*BLESSED ARE

*BLESSED ARE

*Our mission is to preach the Gospel of Jesus Christ absolutely free. We do not want donation. We only want you to know the truth. 

BY WILLIE WONG

1.)  BLESSED ARE YOU, ISRAEL

Deu 33:29,

“Blessed are you, Israel; who is like you, a people saved by the LORD, the shield of your help,and He who is the sword of your majesty! So your enemies will cringe before you,and you will trample on their high places.”

Palestinians were originally Arabs who surreptitiously moved into the Promised Land during British colony of so-called Palestine without payment. Palestinians breed like rabbits and occupy Gaza, etc. Palestinians must evacuate to Arab lands to build a Palestinian state and seek its own life. It is deplorable that Palestinians do not want to go to Arab lands, they prefer to stay in Gaza and Jewish lands to have the status of refugees so that they can get everything free from international aid. Israel has no choice but to destroy Hamas, Hezebollah and Houthis because they are terrorists. I bless Israel. Whenever I meet Jewish people, I tell them I am also a son of Abraham, the father of faith.

Benson Commentary

Deuteronomy 33:29Happy art thou, O Israel — Wanting words sufficiently to express their happiness, he breaks out into admiration of it. Who is like unto thee? — So highly favoured as thou art? people, saved of the Lord — Preserved, protected, and provided for by Omnipotence. Surely this is a privilege of which no nation can boast but yourselves. The shield of thy help — By whom thou art sufficiently guarded against all assailants; and the sword of thy excellency — Or, thy most excellent sword; that is, thy strength, and the author of all thy past or approaching victories. Those in whose hearts is the excellence of holiness, have God himself for their shield and sword. They are defended by the whole armour of God: his word is their sword, and faith their shield. And thine enemies shall be found liars unto thee — Who said they would destroy thee: or, at least, that they would never submit: and thou shalt tread upon their high places — Their strongholds, palaces, and temples. Thus shall the God of peace tread Satan under the feet of all believers, and that shortly.

2.)  Blessed are your men who stand before you continually and hear your wisdom

1Ki 10:8,

“Blessed are your men, and blessed are these 

servants of yours who stand before you

continually and hear your wisdom!”

Matthew Henry’s Concise Commentary

10:1-13 The queen of Sheba came to Solomon to hear his wisdom, thereby to improve her own. Our Saviour mentions her inquiries after God, by Solomon, as showing the stupidity of those who inquire not after God, by our Lord Jesus Christ. By waiting and prayer, by diligently searching the Scriptures, by consulting wise and experienced Christians, and by practising what we have learned, we shall be delivered from difficulties. Solomon’s wisdom made more impression upon the queen of Sheba than all his prosperity and grandeur. There is a spiritual excellence in heavenly things, and in consistent Christians, to which no reports can do justice. Here the truth exceeded; and all who, through grace, are brought to commune with God, will say the one half was not told them of the pleasures and the advantages of wisdom’s ways. Glorified saints, much more, will say of heaven, that the thousandth part was not told them, 1Co 2:9. She pronounced them happy that constantly attended Solomon. With much more reason may we say of Christ’s servants, Blessed are they that dwell in his house; they will be still praising him. She made a noble present to Solomon. What we present to Christ, he needs not, but will have us do so to express our gratitude. The believer who has been with Jesus, will return to his station, discharge his duties with readiness, and from better motives; looking forward to the day when, being absent from the body, he shall be present with the Lord.”

  • )  Blessed are You, Lord God of Israel our father

1Ch 29:10,

So David blessed the LORD in the sight of all the assembly; and David said, “Blessed are You, LORD God of Israel our father, forever and ever.

Benson Commentary

1 Chronicles 29:10-11David said, Blessed, &c. — David was now full of days, and near his end, and it well becomes the aged children of God to have their hearts much enlarged in praise and thanksgiving. The nearer we come to the land of everlasting praise, the more we should speak the language and do the work of that world. Thine is the greatness and the power, &c. — Thus David praises God with holy awe and reverence, acknowledging and adoring, 1st, His infinite perfections; not only that he is great, powerful, and glorious, &c., but that his is the greatness, power, and glory; that he has these perfections in and of himself, and is the centre and fountain of every thing that is excellent and blessed. 2d, His sovereign dominion, that he is the rightful owner and almighty possessor of all. All that is in heaven and in earth is thine — And at thy disposal, by the indisputable right of creation, and as Supreme Ruler and Commander of all. Thine is the kingdom — And all kings are thy subjects; and thou art to be exalted and worshipped as head above all — 3d, His universal influence and agency. All that are rich and honourable among mankind have their riches and honours from God. This acknowledgment David would have the princes to take notice of, and join in, that they might not think they had merited any thing of God by their generosity; for from God they had had their riches and honour, and what they had returned to him was but a small part of what they had received from him. Whoever are great among men, it is God that makes them so; and whatever strength we have, it is God that gives it us. Let no flesh, then, glory in his presence; for of him, and through him, and to him, are all things: to whom be glory for ever! Amen.

4.)   Blessed are all who take refuge in Him

Psa 2:12,

Kiss the Son, that He not be angry and you perish on the way, for His wrath may be kindled quickly. How blessed are all who take 

refuge in Him!

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

  1.  Kiss the Son] According to this rendering the exhortation to serve Jehovah is followed by an exhortation to pay homage to His representative. For the kiss of homage cp. 1 Samuel 10:11 Kings 19:18Job 31:27Hosea 13:2. But this rendering must certainly be abandoned, (1) Not to mention some minor difficulties, it assumes that the Psalmist has used the Aramaic word bar for son (cp. Bar-jona, Bar-Jesus) instead of the usual Hebrew word ben. The only example of its use in the Hebrew of the O.T. (it is of course found in the Aramaic of Ezra and Daniel) is in Proverbs 31:2, a passage which contains other marked Aramaisms. No satisfactory reason has been suggested for its introduction here. We should not expect a poet to borrow a foreign word for son either for ‘emphasis’ or for ‘euphony.’
    (2) None of the ancient Versions, with the exception of the Syriac, give this sense to the words. They represent two views as to the meaning, (a) The LXX, and of course the Versions dependent on it, render, Lay hold of instruction: and similarly the Targum, Receive instruction, (b) Symmachus and Jerome render, Worship purely; and to the same effect, but with his usual bald literalism, Aquila gives, Kiss choicely.
    The Syriac gives the meaning Kiss the son: but its rendering is merely a transcription of the Hebrew words. The reading of the Ambrosian MS., which agrees with the rendering of the LXX, is a correction by a later hand to the reading of the Hexaplar Syriac.
    Jerome was acquainted with the translation Worship the son, but rejected it as doubtful. The passage in his treatise against Ruffinus (i. 19) deserves quotation. He had been charged with inconsistency for translating Worship purely (adorate pure) in his Psalter, though he had given Worship the son (adorate filium) in his Commentary. After discussing the possible meanings of the words he concludes thus: “Why am I to blame, if I have given different translations of an ambiguous word? and while in my short commentary where there is opportunity for discussion I had said Worship the Son, in the text itself, to avoid all appearance of forced interpretation, and to leave no opening for Jewish cavils, I have said, Worship purely, or choicely; as Aquila also and Symmachus have translated it.”
    It is however easier to shew that the rendering Kiss the Son is untenable, than to decide what rendering should be adopted. Bar (beside other senses inapplicable here) may mean choice, or, pure. Hence some commentators have adopted the renderings Worship the chosen one; or, Worship in purity (cp. Psalm 18:20Psalm 18:24Psalm 24:3-5). But the substantial agreement of the LXX and Targum points to the existence of a widely-spread early tradition as to the sense, and on the whole it seems best to follow their general direction and render, Embrace instruction, or perhaps, obedience. No rendering is free from difficulty, and it may be doubted whether the text is sound. But an exaggerated importance has frequently been attached to the words. The uncertainty as to their meaning does not affect the general drift of the Psalm, or its Messianic interpretation.
    lest he be angry] The subject of the verb is Jehovah Himself. The verb is applied to God in all the thirteen passages where it occurs.
    perish from the way] Rather, as R.V., perish in the way: find that your expedition leads only to ruin. Cp. Psalm 1:6. P.B.V. adds right from the LXX (ἐξ ὁδοῦ δικαίας).
    when his wrath is kindled but a little] Better, For quickly (or easily) may his anger blaze forth. Kindled fails to give the idea of the Divine wrath blazing up to consume all adversaries. Cp. Psalm 83:14 f.; Isaiah 30:27.
    Blessed are all they that put their trust in him] Rather, Happy are all they that take refuge in him: lit. seek asylum or shelter: cp. Jdg 9:15Ruth 2:12 (R.V.); Psalm 7:1Psalm 57:1. Here primarily, those are congratulated who place themselves under His protectorate by accepting the suzerainty of His king; but as in the preceding verse, the deeper spiritual sense must not be excluded. Cp. Psalm 34:8Nahum 1:7 combines the thought with that of Psalm 1:6 a.”

5.)  Blessed are the people who know the joyful sound

Psa 89:15,

Blessed are the people who know the joyful sound!

LORD, they walk in the light of Your face.

Benson Commentary

Psalm 89:15Blessed are the people, &c. — Next to the praises of Jehovah, is declared the happiness of those who have him for their God, who are his worshippers and servants, living under his righteous and merciful government; that know — That hear, from time to time, acknowledge and obey; the joyful sound — “The sound of the trumpet, by which the festivals of the Jewish Church were proclaimed, and the people were called together to the offices of devotion;” that is, who have God’s word and ordinances among them, and are favoured with his presence, and with the tokens of his mercy and grace, in and by these means; they shall walk, O Lord, in the light of thy countenance — Being blessed with the light of truth, and being enabled to walk therein, they shall live under the comfortable influences of thy love and favour. Remember, reader, “these blessings are now become our own; the evangelical trumpet hath sounded through the once heathen world; the Sun of righteousness hath risen upon all nations. Let us attend to the joyful sound; let us walk in the glorious light.” — Horne.”

6.)  Blessed are those who maintain justice

Psa 106:3,

How blessed are those who maintain justice,

who practice righteousness at all times!

Do you know any country that maintains justce, who practice righteousness at all times?

Matthew Poole’s Commentary

That keep judgment; that observe and practise what is just and right towards God and men; which in the next clause he calls
doing righteousness. At all times; in adversity as well as in prosperity. And this clause may belong either,
1. To the last foregoing words, that doeth righteousness at all times, constantly and perpetually; or rather,
2. To the first words, they are blessed at all times, even in the day of their calamity, which therefore ought not to hinder us from this great and just duty of praising God. And so this verse coheres with the former.”

7.)  Blessed are those whose way is blameless

Psa 119:1,

Aleph

Blessed are those whose way is blameless,

who walk in the Law of the LORD.

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

1Tôrâh, ‘law,’ LXX νόμος, occurs 25 times. Cp. Deuteronomy 4:8 &c. It has however a much wider range of meaning than ‘law.’ It denotes (adirection or instruction, whether human (Proverbs 1:8) or Divine: (ba body of teaching: (c) more definitely, a law, or (da code of laws, whether the Deuteronomic code or the Levitical legislation, ‘the law of Moses’: and so finally (e) the Pentateuch. Here, as in Psalms 1, 19, it must be taken in its widest sense, as synonymous with the ‘word’ of Jehovah (Isaiah 1:10Isaiah 2:3), to include all Divine revelation as the guide of life, prophetic exhortation as well as priestly direction, the sum of an Israelite’s duty. (Cp. the use of ‘the law’ to denote the whole O.T. in John 10:34.)
1Blessed &c.] Happy the perfect (or upright) in way, integri vitae, those whose course of life is directed and governed by single-hearted devotion to Jehovah, and integrity in dealing with their fellow men. Cp. Psalm 1:1Psalm 15:2 note; Psalm 101:2Psalm 101:6.
who walk &c.] Integrity of life is defined as a walking in Jehovah’s law. This is the path (Psalm 119:33) which man must follow if he would avoid sin. Cp. Exodus 16:4Luke 1:6. For the meaning of ‘law’ see above, p. 703.
1–8Aleph. Loyal obedience to Jehovah’s law is the source of man’s truest happiness, and therefore the Psalmist prays that it may be the fixed rule of his life, and that he may learn to understand it better.”

8.)  Blessed are those who comply with His trdtimonies

Psa 119:2,

Blessed are those who comply with His testimonies,

and seek Him with all their heart.

Barnes’ Notes on the Bible

Blessed are they that keep his testimonies – His commandments or laws, considered as what he bears witness to concerning that which is just, wise, good. Every law of a parent is to his children a testimony on his part of what is wise and right and good; and so every law of God is his solemn testimony as to what is right and good for man. See Psalm 19:7, note; Psalm 25:10, note.

And that seek him with the whole heart – With a sincere desire to know his will and to do it; without hypocrisy or guile; with no selfish or sinister aims. As God knows the heart, all other modes of “seeking” him must be in vain. It is impossible for man to impose on him by appearances.”

9.)  Blessed are the people whose God is the Lord

Psa 144:15,

Blessed are the people who are so situated;

Blessed are the people whose God is the LORD!

Barnes’ Notes on the Bible

Happy is that people that is in such a case – In such a condition; or, where these things prevail.

Yea, happy is that people, whose God is the Lord – Whose God is Yahweh; who worship and serve Him as their God. The worship of Yahweh – the religion of Yahweh – is “adapted” to make a people happy; peaceful; quiet; blessed. Prosperity and peace, such as are referred to in the previous verses, are, and must be, the result of pure religion. Peace, order, abundance, attend it everywhere, and the best security for a nation’s prosperity is the worship of God; that which is most certain to make a nation happy and blessed, is to acknowledge God and to keep his laws.”

10.)   Blessed are you, land whose king is of nobility

Ecc 10:17,

Blessed are you, land whose king is of nobility, and whose princes eat at the appropriate time—for strength and not for drunkenness.”

Do you know any leader of any country who is of noble character?

Pulpit Commentary

Verse 17. – Blessed art thou, O land, when thy king is the son of nobles! cujus rex nobilis est (Vulgate), υἱὸς ἐλευθέρων, “son of free men” (Septuagint). Some would regard “son of nobles” as a periphrasis expressive of character, equivalent to the Latin generous, as “son of strength,” equivalent to “strong man;” “son of wickedness,” equivalent to “wicked man;” but the phrase may well be taken literally. Koheleth (ver. 7) has expressed his disgust at the exaltation of unworthy slaves to high positions; he here intimates his adherence to the idea that those who descend from noble ancestors, and have been educated in the higher ranks of society, are more likely to prove a blessing to their land than upstarts who have been placed by caprice or favoritism in situations of trust and eminence. Of course, it is not universally true that men of high birth make good rulers; but proverbs of general tenor must not be pressed in particulars, and the author must be understood to affirm that the fact of having distinguished ancestors is an incentive to right action, stirs a worthy emulation in a man, gives him a motive which is wanting in the lowborn parvenu. The feeling, noblesse oblige, has preserved many from baseness (comp. John 8:39). Thy princes eat in due season; not like those mentioned in ver. 16, but in tempore, πρὸς καιρόν, at the right time, the “season” which appertains to all mundane things (Ecclesiastes 3:1-8). For strength, and net for drunkenness. The preposition here is taken as expressing the object – they eat to gain strength, not to indulge sensuality; but it is more in accordance with usage to translate “in, or with, manly strength,” i.e. as man’s strength demands, and not degenerating into a carouse. If it is thought incongruous, as Ginsburg deems, to say, “princes eat for drunkenness,” we may take drunkenness as denoting excess of any kind The word in the form here used occurs nowhere else. The Septuagint, regarding rather the consequences of intoxication than the actual word in the text, renders, Καὶ οὐκ αἰσχυνθήσονται, “And they shall not be ashamed.” Thus, too, St. Jerome, Et non in confusione. St. Augustine (‘De Civit.,’ 17:20) deduces from this passage that there are two kingdoms – that of Christ and that of the devil, and he explains the allegory at some length, going into details which are of homiletic utility. Another interpretation is given by St. Jerome, quoted at length by Corn. a Lapide, in his copious commentary. Ecclesiastes 10:17.”

11.)   Blessed are all those who long for Him

Isa 30:18,

Therefore the LORD longs to be gracious to you,

and therefore He waits on high to have compassion 

on you. For the LORD is a God of justice; How

blessed are all those who long for Him.

Pulpit Commentary

Verses 18-26. – A RENEWAL OF PROMISE. The denunciations of the preceding passage (vers. 9-17) had been so terrible that, without some counterpoise of promise, they must have produced a general despair. This was not the Divine purpose. Judah’s probation still continued. Therefore it was necessary to let it be seen that the Divine long-suffering was not yet exhausted – there were still conditions under which God would be gracious to his people. The conditions were “crying to the Lord” (ver. 19), and entire abolition of idolatry (ver. 22). Verse 18. – And therefore. “Because your sins require this chastisement” (Kay); “Because of the extremity of your need” (Cheyne). It is, perhaps, best to own that the motives of the Divine action are very commonly obscure; and, if seen clearly by the prophets, are certainly not clearly set forth, being (it may be) inscrutable. While the motive, however, is obscure, the promise is plain and unmistakable, The Lord will wait, that he may be gracious unto you. God is not about at present to “make a full end;” he is bent on “waiting” – his intent is “to be gracious.” He will be exalted, that he may have mercy. He will find some means of vindicating his honor and exalting himself, short of your destruction, in order that it may be open to him to give you a further chance of repentance, whereby you would obtain mercy. For the Lord is a God of judgment. God is essentially just; sin must receive punishment; but the punishment may be short of destruction. Justice does not exclude mercy. If men bear their punishment with patience, and wait for God, a brighter day will dawn on them in course of time. Isaiah 30:18.”

12.)  Blessed are the poor in spirit

Mat 5:3,

Blessed are the poor in spirit, for theirs is the Kingdom of heaven.

Barnes’ Notes on the Bible

Blessed are the poor in spirit – The word “blessed” means “happy,” referring to that which produces felicity, from whatever quarter it may come.

Poor in spirit – Luke says simply, Blessed are the poor. It has been disputed whether Christ meant the poor in reference to the things of this life, or to the humble. The gospel is said to be preached to the poor, Luke 4:18Matthew 11:5. It was predicted that the Messiah would preach to the poor, Isaiah 61:1. It is said that they have special facilities for being saved, Matthew 19:23Luke 18:24. The state of such persons is therefore comparatively blessed, or happy. Riches produce care, anxiety, and dangers, and not the least is the danger of losing heaven by them. To be poor in spirit is to have a humble opinion of ourselves; to be sensible that we are sinners, and have no righteousness of our own; to be willing to be saved only by the rich grace and mercy of God; to be willing to be where God places us, to bear what he lays on us, to go where he bids us, and to die when he commands; to be willing to be in his hands, and to feel that we deserve no favor from him. It is opposed to pride, and vanity, and ambition. Such are happy:

  1. Because there is more real enjoyment in thinking of ourselves as we are, than in being filled with pride and vanity.
  2. Because such Jesus chooses to bless, and on them he confers his favors here.
  3. Because theirs will be the kingdom of heaven hereafter.

It is remarkable that Jesus began his ministry in this manner, so unlike all others. Other teachers had taught that happiness was to be found in honor, or riches, or splendor, or sensual pleasure. Jesus overlooked all those things, and fixed his eye on the poor and the humble, and said that happiness was to be found in the lowly vale of poverty more than in the pomp and splendors of life. 

Theirs is the kingdom of heaven – That is, either they have special facilities for entering the kingdom of heaven, and of becoming Christians here, or they shall enter heaven hereafter. Both these ideas are probably included. A state of poverty a state where we are despised or unhonored by people is a state where people are most ready to seek the comforts of religion here, and a home in the heavens hereafter. See the notes at Matthew 2:2.”

13.)  Blessed are those who mourn

Mat 5:4,

“Blessed are those who mourn, for they will be comforted.

Barnes’ Notes on the Bible

Blessed are they that mourn – This is capable of two meanings: either, that those are blessed who are afflicted with the loss of friends or possessions, or that they who mourn over sin are blessed. As Christ came to preach repentance, to induce people to mourn over their sins and to forsake them, it is probable that he had the latter particularly in view. Compare 2 Corinthians 7:10. At the same time, it is true that the gospel only can give true comfort to those in affliction, Isaiah 61:1-3Luke 4:18. Other sources of consolation do not reach the deep sorrows of the soul. They may blunt the sensibilities of the mind; they may produce a sullen and reluctant submission to what we cannot help: but they do not point to the true source of comfort. In the God of mercy only; in the Saviour; in the peace that flows from the hope of a better world, and there only, is there consolation, 2 Corinthians 3:17-182 Corinthians 5:1. Those that mourn thus shall be comforted. So those that grieve over sin; that sorrow that they have committed it, and are afflicted and wounded that they have offended God, shall find comfort in the gospel. Through the merciful Saviour those sins may be forgiven. In him the weary and heavy-ladened soul shall find peace Matthew 11:28-30; and the presence of the Comforter, the Holy Spirit, shall sustain them here John 14:26-27, and in heaven all their tears shall be wiped away, Revelation 21:4.”

14.)  Blessed are the gentle

Mat 5:5,

Blessed are the gentle, for they will inherit the earth.

Ellicott’s Commentary for English Readers

  •  The meek.—The word so rendered was probably used by St. Matthew in its popular meaning, without any reference to the definition which ethical writers had given of it, but it may be worth while to recall Aristotle’s account of it (Eth. Nicom. v. 5) as the character of one who has the passion of resentment under control, and who is therefore tranquil and untroubled, as in part determining the popular use of the word, and in part also explaining the beatitude.

They shall inherit the earth.—The words may be partly allusive to the “kingdom of the saints of the Most High” in that prophecy of Daniel (Daniel 7:27) which had done so much to fashion the Messianic expectations of the time. They have, however, a wider and continuous fulfilment. The influence of the meek and self-controlled is in the long-run greater than that of the impulsive and passionate. Their serenity helps them to find the maximum of true joy in all conditions of life; for to them the earth is not a stage for self-assertion and the graspings of desire, but an “inheritance” which they have received from their Father.

Many of the best MSS. invert the order of Matthew 5:4-5, and this arrangement has, at all events, the merit of bringing out the latent antithesis between the kingdom of heaven in its unseen greatness and the visible inheritance of the earth.”

All aggressors are brutal and violent.

15.)  Blessed are those who hunger and thirst for righteousness

Mat 5:6,

Blessed are those who hunger and thirst for righteousness, for they will be satisfied.

Pulpit Commentary

Verse 6. – They which do hunger and thirst. The application of the figure of eating and drinking to spiritual things (cf. Luke 22:30) is not infrequent in the Old Testament; e.g. Isaiah 55:1. Yet the thought here is not the actual participation, but the craving. The Benediction marks a distinct stage in our Lord’s argument. He spoke first of the consciously poor in their spirit; next of those who mourned over their poverty; then of those who were ready to receive whatever teaching or chastisement might be given them; here of those who had an earnest longing for that right relation to God in which they were so lacking. This is the positive stage. Intense longing, such as can only be compared to that of a starving man for food, is sure of satisfaction. After righteousness (τὴν δικαιοσύνην). Observe:
(1) The accusative. In Greek writers πεινάω and διψάω are regularly followed by the genitive. Here by the accusative; for the desire is after the whole object, and not after a part of it (cf. Weiss; also Bishop Westcott, on Hebrews 6:4, 5).
(2) The article. It idealizes. There is but one righteousness worthy of the name, and for this and all that it includes, both in standing before God and in relation to men, the soul longs. How it is to be obtained Christ does not here say. For they. Emphatic, as always (ver. 3, note). Shall be filled (χορτασθήσονται); vide Bishop Lightfoot on Philippians 4:12. Properly of animals being fed with fodder (χόρτος); cf. Revelation 19:21, “All the birds were filled (ἐχορτάσθησαν) with their flesh.” At first only used of men depreciatingly (Plato,’ Rep.,’ 9:9, p. 586 a), afterwards readily. Rare in the sense of moral and spiritual satisfaction (cf. Psalm 17:15). When shall they be filled? As in the case of vers. 3, 4, now in part, fully hereafter. “St. Austin, wondering at the overflowing measure of God’s Spirit in the Apostles’ hearts, observes that the reason why they were so full of God was because they were so empty of his creatures. ‘They were very full,’ he says, ‘because they were very empty'” (Anon., in Ford). That on earth, but in heaven with all the saints –
“Ever filled and ever seeking, what they have they still desire,
Hunger there shall fret them never, nor satiety shall tire, –
Still enjoying whilst aspiring, in their joy they still aspire.” (‘Chronicles of the Schonberg-Cotta Family,’ ch. 9, from the Latin Hymn of Peter Damiani, † 1072.) Matthew 5:6.”

Today people are those who hunger and thirst for money, power, and sex.

16.)  Blessed are the merciful

Mat 5:7,

“Blessed are the merciful, for they will receive mercy.

Benson Commentary

Matthew 5:7Blessed [or happyare the merciful — The tender-hearted, compassionate, kind, and beneficent, who, being inwardly affected with the infirmities, necessities, and miseries of their fellow-creatures, and feeling them as their own, with tender sympathy endeavour, as they have ability, to relieve them; and who, not confining their efforts to the communicating of temporal relief to the needy and wretched, labour also to do spiritual good; to enlighten the darkness of men’s minds, heal the disorders of their souls, and reclaim them from vice and misery, from every unholy and unhappy temper, from every sinful word and work; always manifesting a readiness to forgive the faults of others, as they themselves need and expect forgiveness from God. The merciful, says Erasmus, are those “who, through brotherly love, account another person’s misery their own; who weep over the calamities of others; who, out of their own property, feed the hungry and clothe the naked; who admonish those that are in error, inform the ignorant, pardon the offending; and who, in short, use their utmost endeavours to relieve and comfort others.” They shall obtain mercy — When they most need it. As they deal with their fellow-creatures, God will deal with them. He will incline men to show them mercy and deal kindly with them in this world, and he himself will grant them mercy and loving kindness in the day of final accounts. And since the best and happiest of mankind may need even the former, and inasmuch as all will want the latter, this is surely a strong and powerful argument to persuade us to show mercy to men, in any and every way in our power, that both God and men may show mercy to us. Add to this, that, were there no other inducement, the comfort and satisfaction arising from a disposition that renders us so like our heavenly Father, might, one would suppose, be sufficient to prevail with us to endeavour, especially in this instance, to imitate Him who, being touched with the feeling of our infirmities, was daily employed in relieving them, and even took them upon himself, continually going about doing good, and at last giving up his life to ransom ours.”

17.)  Blessed are the pure in heart

Mat 5:8,

Blessed are the pure in heart, for they will see God.

Pulpit Commentary

Verse 8. – The pure in heart. Our Lord naturally passes in thought from the sixth to the seventh commandment (cf. vers. 21, 27), finding the basis of his phraseology in Psalm 24:3, 4, “Who shall ascend into the hill of the Lord?… He that hath clean hands, and a pure heart (LXX. ἀθῶος χερσὶν καὶ καθαρὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ) (cf. also Psalm 72:1). Καθαρός (besides speaking of mere physical cleanness, ch. 27:59) specially refers to freedom from pollution, judged by God’s standard of what pollution is, whether it be a matter of ceremonial enactment (meats, Romans 14:20; cf. Mark 7:19; cf. leprosy, Mark 8:2, 3; 10:8, et al.) or of ethical relation (John 13:10, 11John 15:3); cf. Origen.’Hem. in Joh.,’ 73:2 (Meyer), “Every sin soils the soul (Πᾶσα ἁμαρτία ῤύπον ἐντίθησι τῇ ψυχῇ)” (cf. also Bishop Westcott, ‘Hebrews,’ p. 346). In heart. The seat of the affections (Matthew 6:21Matthew 22:37) and the understanding (Matthew 13:15), also the central spring of all human words and actions (Matthew 15:19); cf. καθαρὰ καρδία (1 Timothy 1:52 Timothy 2:22), which implies something deeper than καθαρὰ συνείδησις (1 Timothy 3:92 Timothy 1:3). Shall see God. Not in his courts (Psalm 24.) on Mount Moriah, but above; and in one complete vision fully grasped (ὄψονται). The thought of present spiritual sight of God, though, perhaps, hardly to be excluded (contrast Weiss, ‘Matthausev.’), is at least swallowed up in the thought of the full and final revelation. Those who are pure in heart, and care not for such sights as lead men into sin, are unconsciously preparing themselves for the great spiritual sight – the beatific vision (Revelation 22:4; cf. 1 John 3:2). In Hebrews 12:14 holiness (ἁγιασμός) is an indispensable quality for such a vision of “the Lord.” Matthew 5:8.”

18.)  Blessed are the peacemakers

Mat 5:9,

“Blessed are the peacemakers, for they will be called sons of God.

Pulpit Commentary

Verse 9. – The peacemakers (οἱ εἰρηνοποιοί). More than “peaceable” (εἰρηνικός, James 3:17; εἰρηνεύοντες, Romans 12:18Mark 9:50). This is the peaceable character consciously exerted outside itself. The same compound in the New Testament in Colossians 1:20 only: Αἰρηνοποιήσας διὰ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ σταυροῦ αὐτοῦ (cf. Ephesians] 2:14, 15). Christians, in their measure, share in Christ’s work, and, we may add, can attain it generally as he did, only by personal suffering. Observe that this Beatitude must have been specially distasteful to the warlike Galilaeans. Mishna, ‘Ab.,’ 1:13 (Taylor), “Hillel said, Be of the disciples of Aharon, loving peace and pursuing peace,” hardly refers to peacemaking, but in Mishna, ‘Peah,’ 1:1, “These are the things whose fruit a man eats in this world, but which have their capital reward in the world to come: honouring one’s father and mother, showing kindness, and bringing about peace between a man and his neighbour, but study of the Law is equivalent to them all.” For they; αὐτοί, omitted by א, C, D, 13, 124, Latt., Peshito. Possibly it is an addition inserted from a desire to make this Beatitude harmonize with the others. But more probably it is genuine, and was omitted by accident, either by homoiot, of υἱοὶ (Meyer), or (better) because the scribe forgot the abbot in the emphatic υἱοὶ Θεοῦ, the form of the second clause being peculiar to this Beatitude. Shall be called; by God and angels and men. The children of God; Revised Version, sons of Godto show that the word used here is υἱοὶ, not τέκνα Christ’s reference is, that is to say, not so much to the nature as to the privileges involved in sonship. The earthly privileges which peacemakers give up rather than disturb their peaceful relations with others, and in order that they may bring about peace between others, shall be much more than made up to them, and that with the approving verdict of all. They shall, with general approval, enter on the full privileges of their relation to God, who is “the God of peace” (Romans 15:33). Dr. Taylor (‘Ab.,’ 1:19) has an increasing note on “Peace” as a Talmudic name of God. For language similar to our Lord’s, cf. Hosea 1:10 [LXX.], equivalent to Romans 9:26. Here, as often in this Gospel, there may be a tacit contradiction to the assumption that natural birth as Israelites involves the full blessings of sons of God; cf. ‘Ab.,’ 3:22 (Taylor). Matthew 5:9.”

If peacemakers are the sons of God, warmakers must be children of the devil.

19.)  Blessed are those who have been persecuted

Mat 5:10,

Blessed are those who have been persecuted for the sake of righteousness, for theirs is the Kingdom of Heaven.

Pulpit Commentary

Verse 10. – Which are persecuted; which have been persecuted (Revised Version); οἱ δεδιωγμένοι. “Those who are harassed, hunted, spoiled. The term is properly used of wild beasts pursued by hunters, or of an enemy or malefactor in flight” (Wetstein). Our Lord, by the use of the perfect, wishes to indicate
(1) the fact that they have endured persecution, and still stand firm; and probably
(2) the condition of temporal loss to which they have been reduced by such persecution. They have “suffered the loss,” possibly, “of all things,” but they are “blessed.” For righteouness’ sake (ἕνεκεν δικαιοσύνης). No article (contrast ver. 6), either as indicating that for even a part of righteousness persecution can be undergone, or, and more probably, simply dwelling on the cause of persecution without idealizing it. St. Peter also says, perhaps with a reference to our Lord’s words, that they who suffer διὰ δικαιοσύνην are μακάριοι (1 Peter 3:14). For theirs is the kingdom of heaven. The same promise that was given to “the poor in spirit” (ver. 3) is here given to the persecuted for righteousness’ sake. In the former case, poverty in the sphere of the spirit obtains the fullest possessions; here the same promise is given to temporal loss produced by faithfulness to the cause of righteousness. In ver. 3 our Lord removed all occasion for intellectual and spiritual pride. Here he comforts for temporal and social losses (cf. especially 2 Corinthians 6:10; further see ver. 3, note). Clement of Alexandria, ‘Strom.,’ 4:6 (p. 582, Potter)
(1) confuses this and the preceding Beatitude;
(2) gives a curious reading of some who alter the Gospels: “Blessed are they who have been persecuted through righteousness (ὑπὸ τῆς δικαιοσύνης), for they shall be perfect; and blessed are they who have been persecuted for my sake, for they shall have a place where they shall not be persecuted” (cf. Westcott, ‘Introd. Gospp.,’ Appendix C). Matthew 5:10.”

20.)  Blessed are you when people insult you and persecute you falsely

Mat 5:11,

Blessed are you when people insult you and persecute you, and falsely say all kinds of evil

against you because of Me.

Barnes’ Notes on the Bible

Blessed are ye when men shall revile you – Reproach you; call you by evil and contemptuous names; ridicule you because you are Christians. Thus, they said of Jesus that he was a Samaritan and had a devil John 8:48; that he was mad John 10:20; and thus they reviled and mocked him on the cross, Matthew 27:39-44. But, being reviled, he reviled not again 1 Peter 2:23; and thus being reviled, we should bless 1 Corinthians 4:12; and thus, though the contempt of the world is not in itself desirable, yet it is blessed to tread in the footsteps of Jesus, to imitate his example, and even to suffer for his sake, Philippians 1:29.

All manner of evil against you falsely – An emphasis should be laid on the word falsely in this passage. It is not blessed to have evil spoken of us if we deserve it; but if we deserve it not, then we should not consider it as a calamity. We should take it patiently, and show how much the Christian, under the consciousness of innocence, can bear, 1 Peter 3:13-18.

For my sake – Because you are attached to me; because you are Christians. We are not to seek such things. We are not to do things to offend others; to treat them harshly or unkindly, and. to court revilings. We are not to say or do things, though they may be on the subject of religion, designed to disgust or offend. But if, in the faithful endeavor to be Christians, we are reviled, as our Master was, then we are to take it with patience, and to remember that thousands before us have been treated in like manner. When thus reviled or persecuted, we are to be meek, patient, humble; not angry; not reviling again; but endeavoring to do good to our persecutors and slanderers, 2 Timothy 2:24-25. In this way many have been convinced of the power and excellence of that religion which they were persecuting and reviling. They have seen that nothing else but Christianity could impart such patience and meekness to the persecuted; and have, by this means, been constrained to submit themselves to the gospel of Jesus. Long since it became a proverb, “that the blood of the martyrs is the seed of the church.”

21.)  Blessed are your eyes

Mat 13:16

“But blessed are your eyes, because they see; and your ears, because they hear.

Jesus also says, Jhn 20:29, “Jesus said to him, 

“Because you have seen Me, have you now 

believed? Blessed are they who did not see, and 

yet believed.”

Geneva Study Bible

{8} Jesus saith unto him, Thomas, because thou hast seen me, thou hast believed: blessed are they that have not seen, and yet have believed.

(8) True faith depends upon the mouth of God, and not upon the eyes of the flesh.”

After Ascension, those disciples who did not see, and yet believed. All Christians today did not see, and yet believe.

22.)  Blessed are you, Simon Barjona

Mat 16:17,

And Jesus said to him, “Blessed are you, Simon 

Barjona, because flesh and blood did not reveal 

this to you, but My Father who is in Heaven.

Ellicott’s Commentary for English Readers

  •  Blessed art thou, Simon Bar-jona.—Looking to the reality of our Lord’s human nature, its capacity for wonder (Mark 6:6Luke 7:9), anger (Mark 3:5), sorrow (John 11:35Luke 19:41), and other emotions, it is not over-bold to recognise in these words something like a tone of exalted joy. It is the first direct personal beatitude pronounced by Him; and, as such, presents a marked contrast to the rebukes which had been addressed to Peter, as to the others, as being “without understanding,” “of little faith,” with “their heart yet hardened.” Here, then, He had found at last the clear, unshaken, unwavering faith which was the indispensable condition for the manifestation of His kingdom as a visible society upon earth. The beatitude is solemnised (as in John 1:42) by the full utterance of the name which the disciple had borne before he was called by the new name of Cephas, or Peter, to the work of an Apostle. He was to distinguish between the old natural and the new supernatural life. (Comp. John 21:15.)

Flesh and blood hath not revealed it unto thee.—Better, It was not flesh and blood that revealed. The words are used in their common Hebrew meaning (as in John 1:131Corinthians 15:50Ephesians 6:12) for human nature, human agency, in all their manifold forms. The disciple had received the faith which he now professed, not through popular rumours, not through the teaching of scribes, but by a revelation from the Father. He was led, in the strictest sense of the words, through the veil of our Lord’s human nature to recognise the divine.”

Revelation is superior to theology, philosophy, and science.

23.)  BLESSED ARE THOSE WHO HEAR THE WORD OF GOD AND FOLLOW IT

Luk 11:28,

“But He said, “On the contrary, blessed are those who hear the Word of God and follow it.”

Gill’s Exposition of the Entire Bible

But he said,…. Christ said “to the woman”, Persic version reads, as correcting her, though not denying it, nor reproving her for it, but improving upon it:

yea rather, blessed are they that hear the word of God and keep it; intimating, that though his mother was happy in bearing and suckling such a son, yet it was a far greater happiness to hear the word of God; meaning either himself, the eternal “Logos”, so as to embrace him, believe on him, and have him formed in the heart; or the Gospel preached by him, so as to understand it, receive it as the ingrafted word, and bring forth fruit, and act in obedience to it, observe it, and abide by it, and never relinquish it. This is a greater happiness than to be related to Christ in the flesh, though ever so nearly. The Ethiopic version reads, “that hear the word of God, and believe, and keep it”: for faith comes by hearing, and shows itself in doing. Barely to hear the word, and even give an assent to it, will be of little avail, unless what is heard and believed is put in practice.”

24.)  Blessed are those whose sins have been covered

Rom 4:7,

“BLESSED ARE THOSE WHOSE LAWLESS DEEDS 

HAVE BEEN FORGIVEN, AND WHOSE SINS HAVE BEEN COVERED.

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

  •  Blessed, &c.] The Gr. is verbatim from LXX. It is worth remarking that the words (in the Psalm) following this quotation (“and in whose spirit is no guile”) are in full accord with its application here. The “guile” there is evidently “insincerity in coming as a penitent to God.” The “blessed” are they who are really forgiven—who have really sought forgiveness.
    are forgiven] Gr. aorist; were forgiven. The probable reference is to the definite act, past and complete, of remission. So just below, were covered.
    covered] The literal translation of the Hebrew word very often translated “atoned for.”

25.)  Blessed are the dead who die in the Lord

Rev 14:13,

And I heard a voice from heaven, saying, “Write: ‘Blessed are the dead who die in the Lord from now on!’” “Yes,” says the Spirit, “so that they may rest from their labors, for their deeds follow with them.”

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

Blessing on the Faithful Dead, and the Harvest and the Vintage of the Earth, Revelation 14:13-2013Write] See on Revelation 10:4.
Blessed are the dead &c.] Two questions arise as to this verse, though its touching associations make us unwilling to raise questions about it. What is its relevance here? and why are the holy dead blessed “from henceforth”?—i.e. probably, from the time foreshadowed by the last part of the vision. The answer to both probably is, that in those days a holy death will be the only escape from persecution and temptation, which “if it were possible should seduce even the Elect.” Not only “for the Elect’s sake the days shall be shortened,” but even before they end, one and another of the Elect will be delivered from them. Even now it is a matter of thanksgiving when a Christian is delivered by death “from the miseries of this wretched world, from the body of death, and from all temptation,” and much more then, when temptation is so much sorer that no Saint can dare wish to abide in the flesh.—This seems better than supposing that the special blessedness of the dead of those days consists only in the interval being shorter before their “perfect consummation and bliss.”
that they may rest] The construction probably is, “who die that they may rest”—the sense is, “Yea, they are indeed blessed, for the result, and the providential end, of their dying is, to bring them to rest.”
and their works] Read, for their works.
do follow them] More accurately, follow with them: there is therefore hardly any resemblance to 1 Timothy 5:24-25. The meaning of the passage is much the same as 1 Thessalonians 4:15—we are not to think of the holy dead as if they missed (and as if the dead of the last days only just missed) the glories of the Lord’s coming: for they and their good works are kept by Him safe against that day, ready to share in its glories.”

26.)  Blessed are those who are invited to the wedding feast of the Lamb

Rev 19:9,

Then he said to me, “Write: Blessed are those who 

are invited to the wedding feast of the Lamb.’” And he said to me, “These are the true Words of God.”

Pulpit Commentary

Verse 9. – And he saith unto me, Write, Blessed are they which are called unto the marriage supper of the Lamb; which are bidden (Revised Version). Cf. the command in Revelation 1:11 and Revelation 21:5, and the prohibition in Revelation 10:4; cf. also the expression in Revelation 14:13, “Blessed are the dead,” etc. It almost seems as if the writer has in his mind the connection of ideas indicated by the words quoted above on ver. 8, “Their works do follow them.” The figure of the “marriage supper” is rather a new symbol than the continuation of the symbol of the bride; though very probably suggested by it. For those who partake of the “marriage supper” are those who constitute the bride, viz. the faithful Church of God. Cf. Revelation 3:20, the words which are spoken by the “Amen, the faithful and true Witness” (Revelation 3:14): “If any man hear my voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with me.” It is impossible to say who the speaker is that thus addresses St. John, except in so far as may be gathered from ver. 10. And he saith unto me, These are the true sayings of God. Cf. the words of Revelation 3:14, quoted above, and Revelation 21:5; also the “Yea, saith the Spirit” of Revelation 14:13. (On the word “true,” see Revelation 3:7.) These words have been restricted to different portions of the Apocalypse by different commentators; but it seems best, on the whole, to understand them as referring to the whole series of visions connected with the harlot and Babylon and the faithful bride of Christ. Revelation 19:9.”

27.)  Blessed are those who wash their robes, so that they will have the right to the tree of life

Rev 22:14,

Blessed are those who wash their robes, so that they will have the right to the tree of life, and may enter the city by the gates.

Ellicott’s Commentary for English Readers

  •  Blessed are they that do his commandments . . .—The reading of two of the best MSS. is, “Blessed are they that wash their robes.” If we adopt, as we probably ought, this reading, the line of thought suggested above is helped forward: there is in Him who is the First and the Last, refuge from the power of sin and law against which such solemn warning has been given. The blood of Jesus Christ cleanseth from all sin: the best who have striven and conquered were victors not by their own might, but by the blood of the Lamb (Revelation 12:11). If, however, we follow the Received text, we have a benediction which echoes the blessing promised to obedience in Revelation 22:7Revelation 22:9 : this echoing of promises from point to point is in harmony with the spirit of the whole epilogue. (Comp. Revelation 22:7Revelation 22:9Revelation 22:7Revelation 22:12.) The special blessing held out to those who wash their robes (or do His commandments) is the right or authority over the tree of life. Blessed are they . . . that they may have (and continue to have) authority over the tree of life, and that they may enter in by the gates into the city. Admission into the city by the gate, which is of one pearl, and the continuous access to the tree of life, are the privileges of the faithful; and these privileges are free to all, for warnings do not forfeit privileges, but rather do they urge us to use them.”

You have learned about so many blessings in Christ. You need to repent of your sins and believe in the Lord Jesus to inherit them. You must not neglect so great a salvation. You can do it now.

WILLLIE WONG THOUGHT

WILLIE WONG

https://williewong.cw.center

DECEMBER 23, 2025

https://williewong.cw.center

Copyright © 2018 – 2025 by Willie Wong

All African nations, South America, Asia and the world, where can you find a country which does not have large national debts and deficits? Africa is different because for 500 years, not one country has become self-sufficient and solvent, they glorify with their primitive cultures and brag about their scientists and experts, joy to kill each other. International aid actually fuel their official corruption. Any nation that shares destinies with Africa will be doomed! No resources can fill the Black holes! The international community should leave Africa alone, let them do or die.

China modernization must focus that every village will have:

  1. Electricity.
  2. Running water to drink and wash.
  3. Gas to cook and heat.
  4. Internet.
  5. Livelihood.
  6. NEW TOILET BY LAW

*THE NATURE OF GOD

*THE NATURE OF GOD

*Our mission is to preach the Gospel of Jesus Christ absolutely free. We do not want donation. We only want you to know the truth. 

BY WILLIE WONG

Needless to say, God is the greatest mystery; it is not easy for mankind to know God because the creature is difficult to know the Creator. Not only that, God is Spirit, mankind is flesh. It is more difficult for an ameba to know about man than for man to know God. There are so much gibberish and hogwash that theologians who pontificate about God are completely unreliable. I propose we can only know God as far as revelation discloses. It is all written in the Word of God– outside the Holy Scriptures, all imaginations and speculations can be discarded.

  1.  God is self-existent.

God exists by Himself before time and space, before anything else. Besides God, there is no one. A group of adjectives are not sufficient to describe God:  sovereign, merciful, gracious, patient, 

loving, faithful, forgiving, Omnipotent, Omniscient, Omnipresent, holy and just and more.

According to https://biblehub.com/topical/u/understanding_

the_nature_of_god.htm

  1. Attributes of God

    1. Holiness:

God’s holiness is a defining attribute, signifying His absolute purity and separation from sin. In Isaiah 6:3, the seraphim proclaim, “Holy, holy, holy is the LORD of Hosts; all the earth is full of His glory.” This thrice-repeated declaration underscores the perfection and majesty of God’s holiness.

2. Love:

God’s love is central to His nature and is demonstrated supremely in the sending of His Son, Jesus Christ. John 3:16 states, “For God so loved the world that He gave His one and only Son, that everyone who believes in Him shall not perish but have eternal life.” This sacrificial love is unconditional and extends to all humanity.

3. Justice:

God’s justice ensures that He is fair and righteous in all His dealings. Deuteronomy 32:4 affirms, “He is the Rock, His work is perfect; all His ways are just. A God of faithfulness without injustice, righteous and upright is He.” God’s justice is balanced with His mercy, as seen in His redemptive plan for humanity.

4. Omnipotence:

God’s omnipotence refers to His all-powerful nature. Jeremiah 32:17 declares, “Ah, Lord GOD! You have made the heavens and the earth by Your great power and outstretched arm. Nothing is too difficult for You.” God’s omnipotence is evident in creation, providence, and His ability to accomplish His purposes.

5. Omniscience:

God’s omniscience means He possesses complete and perfect knowledge. Psalm 147:5 states, “Great is our Lord and mighty in power; His understanding has no limit.” God’s knowledge encompasses all things past, present, and future, and He knows the thoughts and intentions of every heart.

6. Omnipresence:

God’s omnipresence signifies that He is present everywhere at all times. Psalm 139:7-10 expresses this truth: “Where can I go to escape Your Spirit? Where can I flee from Your presence? If I ascend to the heavens, You are there; if I make my bed in Sheol, You are there.” God’s presence is a source of comfort and assurance for believers.

In Exodus 3:14, God reveals Himself to Moses as “I 

AM WHO I AM,” 

a declaration of His eternal and self-existent nature. I say it again, God is not WHO because He is not a man. God is not WHAT because He is not a thing. The limitations of mankind cannot go beyong who and what. Science cannot study the spiritual, immaaterial, supernatural, invisible and eternal.

John 5:26, “For just as the Father has life in Himself, even so He gave to the Son also to have life in Himself.”

Psalm 90:2, “Before the mountains were born
Or You gave birth to the earth and the world,
Even from everlasting to everlasting, You are God.

Revelation 1:8, “I am the Alpha and the Omega,” says the Lord God, “who is and who was and who is to come, the Almighty.”

Psa 145:3, “Great is the LORD, and greatly to be praised; and his greatness is unsearchable.”

  1.  The Trinity

With respect to Trinity – the THREE in ONE- it is beyond human minds to grasph and understand. But the Holy Father, the Holy Son, the Holy Spirit are true. But  this is not groundlees, it is totally based on the Holy Scriptures:

John 1:1-5, “In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God. He was in the beginning with God. All things came 

into being through Him, and apart from Him not even one thing 

came into being that has come into being. And the Light shines in

the darkness, and the darkness did not grasp it.”

Matthew 28:19: “Go therefore and make disciples of all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Spirit.”

2 Corinthians 13:14: “The grace of the Lord Jesus Christ, the love of God, andthe fellowship of the Holy Spirit be with you all.”

John 14:16-17: “And I will ask the Father, and he will 

give you another Helper, to be with you forever, even 

the Spirit of truth.”

The Holy Spirit is the Spirit of truth.

It is most important there are not three Gods.  There is only One True God. A false and evil religion makes fun of Christianity having three gods. There is One God with three Persons. It is a mystery that cannot be explained in words.

  1.  Same or Similar

There was a historical debate about the matter: the teachings of Arius. Arius taught “there was a time when Jesus was not–a brief moment in which the Son did not yet exist.”

What did Arius know? As the Word of God says,

1Co 3:19, “For the wisdom of this world is foolishness in the sight of God. For it is written: “He is THE ONE WHO CATCHES THE WISE BY THEIR CRAFTINESS”.

His craftiness put Arius accursed from the start. Do you think any man can fully explain the nature of God? The Christian Faith cannot be based on opinions of any man. The dirty trick of the devil to Eve was:

Gen 3:5

“For God knows that on the day you eat from it your eyes will be opened, and you will become like God, knowing good and evil.”

Now even worse, mankind wants to know everything like God.

What is the difference between homoousios and 

homoiousios? Homoousios means “of the same 

substance,” while homoiousios means “of a similar 

substance.” Greek is a remarkable language. If you know the Bible, how can you forget the explanation of Jesus Himself, Jhn 10:30, I and the Father are ONE.” One means the same. The Word of Jesus is worth more than a million church fathers and theologians and scholars combined.

Who cares about philosophical and theological nuances? The Word of God matters.

Mat 26:39

And He went a little beyond them, and fell on His face and prayed, saying, “My Father, if it is possible, let this cup pass from Me; yet not as I will, but as You will.”

Mat 26:42

He went away again a second time and prayed, saying, “My Father, if this cup cannot pass away 

unless I drink from it, Your will be done.”

Luk 10:22

“All things have been handed over to Me by My Father, and no one knows who the Son is except the Father, and who the Father is except the Son, and anyone to whom the Son determines to reveal Him.”

Jhn 5:17

But He answered them, “My Father is working until 

now, and I Myself am working.”

Jhn 6:69

“And we have already believed and have come to know that You are the Holy One of God.”

Jhn 8:19

So they were saying to Him, “Where is Your Father?” Jesus answered, “You know neither Me nor My Father; if you knew Me, you would know My Father also.”

Jhn 14:7

If you had known Me, you would have known My 

Father also; from now on you know Him, and have seen Him.”

Jhn 14:20

On that day you will know that I am in My Father, and you are in Me, and I in you.”

Jhn 14:23

Jesus answered and said to him, “If anyone loves Me, he will follow My word; and My Father will love him, and We will come to him and make Our dwelling with him.”

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

23Judas] Excluding the genealogies of Christ we have six persons of this name in the N.T.
23Jesus answered] The answer is given, as so often in our Lord’s replies, not directly, but by repeating and developing the statement which elicited the question. Comp. John 3:5-8John 4:14John 6:44-51John 6:53-58, &c. The condition of receiving the revelation is loving obedience; those who have it not cannot receive it. This shews that the revelation cannot be universal, cannot be shared by those who hate and disobey (John 15:18).
my words] Rather, My word; the Gospel in its entirety.
we will come] For the use of the plural comp. John 10:30.
abode] See on John 14:2. The thought of God dwelling among His people was familiar to every Jew (Exodus 25:8Exodus 29:45Zechariah 2:10; &c.). This is a thought far beyond that,—God dwelling in the heart of the individual; and later Jewish philosophy had attained to this also. But the united indwelling of the Father and the Son by means of the Spirit is purely Christian.
In these two verses (23, 24) the changes ‘words’ … ‘sayings’ … ‘word’ give a wrong impression: they should run—‘word’ … ‘words’ … ‘word.’ In the Greek we have the same substantive, twice n the singular and once in the plural.”

Jhn 17:11

“I AM no longer going to be in the world; and yet they themselves are in the world, and I am coming to You. Holy Father, keep them in Your name, the name 

which You have given Me, so that they may be

one just as We are.”

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

11but these] Rather, and these. The coupling of the sentences is solemnly simple; ‘And now … and these … and I.’
Holy Father] The expression occurs nowhere else; but comp. Revelation 6:101 John 2:20; and ‘Righteous Father,’ John 17:25. The epithet agrees with the prayer that God would preserve the disciples from the unholiness of the world (John 17:15) in the holiness which Christ had revealed to them and prays the Father to give them (John 17:17).
keep … given] The true reading gives us, keep them in Thy name which Thou hast given Me. In any case the Greek here rendered ‘through Thy name,’ and in John 17:12 ‘in Thy name,’ is the same, and should be translated in the same manner in both verses. Comp. Revelation 2:17Revelation 19:12Revelation 22:4. God has given His name to Christ to reveal to the disciples; and Christ prays that they may be kept true to that revelation. On the meaning of ‘name’ see on John 1:12.
may be one] They had just received a new bond of union. For long there had been oneness of belief. Now they had been made one by union with Jesus; they were one bread and one body, for they had all partaken of the one Bread (1 Corinthians 10:17).
as we are] Or, even as we are (comp. John 17:2): in perfect spiritual union conforming to the essential union between the Father and the Son.
11–16. In John 17:6-8 the disciples’ acceptance of Christ is given as the basis of intercession for them: here another reason is added,—their need of help during Christ’s absence. This plea is first stated in all simplicity, and then repeated at intervals in the petition.”

Jhn 17:21

that they may all be one; just as You, Father, are in Me and I in You, that they also may be in Us, so that the world may believe that You sent Me.”

Pulpit Commentary

Verse 21. – That they all may be one. My prayer is that the many may become one, form one living glorious unity; – every part of which spiritual organism, while living a separate and differentiated life, is yet a part of a whole. In the natural sphere, as the parts of a whole organism are mere and more developed, and increasingly resemble individualities in their separation, they are in the same proportion dependent on the whole for the life that is in them. Even in a highly organized community, as the separate individuals have more and more personal consciousness of special function, they become the more dependent on the whole, and in one sense lost in the unity to which they belong. The branches in the vine form together one vine; the members of a body, being many, are one body and members of one another. It is open to discussion whether the καθὼς clause, which here follows, characterizes the above statement, as Meyer and many others urge, or whether, with Godet, the sentence, “That they all may be one,” should not be taken as a general statement, to be followed by the καθὼς clause, which characterizes the following words. The first method is a more rational interpretation, nor does the sentence drag. According as thou, Father, (art) in me, and I (am) in thee; i.e. the relation between the Father and Son, the manner in which the Father lives in the Son, as in his organ or instrument of manifestation and object of supreme affection, and as the Son is in the Father, abiding ever in the light of his glory, in the power of his Name, and as these two are thus One in being, so, or similarly, the believers are to live in and for each other, becoming a unity, just as the Father and Son are unity. In order that they themselves also may be [one] in us. This ἵνα does not offer a parallel sentence in apposition with the former, nor is the “that” to be inverted, with Godet, who translates, “that according as thou.., they also may be one in us;” but it is the climax of the whole unifying process, after the likeness of the union between the Father and the Son, viz. that they themselves may be included in this unity. Though they are thus to be lost in God, yet they do not lose their own individuality. Nay, in proportion to their organic relation to the fullness of the Godhead and the completeness of their own spiritual fellowship with one another, will this personal consciousness of theirs become more and more pronounced. There is yet a further process contemplated, viz. in order that the world may believe (πιστεύῃ, as in the next verse; γινώσκῃ, in the present subjunctive, rather than the aorist) that thou didst send me. The spiritual life and unity of the Church will produce an impression on the world which now rejects the Christ and does not appreciate his Divine commission. The union which springs from the blended life of the various and even contradictory elements in the Church will prove the reality of its origin. The world will believe, – this is the final purpose of the intercession concerning the disciples; so though above he did not pray for the world as the then immediate object of his intercession, the poor world is in his heart, and the saving of the world the end of his incarnation. If the union between the Father and the Son is the sublime type of the union between those who shall believe, it is not the union of a great society in accordance with certain invincible rules of affiliation and government. The union between the Father and Son is not a visible manifestation, but a spiritual inference. The common indwelling in the Father and Son, the identity of the spiritual emotion and purpose in all who have one Lord, one faith, one baptism, will convince the world by producing a similar inference. Alford: “This unity is not mere outward uniformity, nor can such uniformity produce it. At the same time, its effects are to be real and visible, such that the world may see them.” John 17:21.”

Jhn 17:22

“The glory which You have given Me I also have given to them, so that they may be one, just as We are one.” that the world may believe that You sent Me.”

Pulpit Commentary

Verse 22. – Our Lord now proceeds to record how he has already contributed to produce this result. I also – very emphatic – have given to them – that is, to my disciples – the glory which thou gavest me. Numerous interpretations of this “glory” have been suggested, as e.g., the glory into which he is about to enter in his glorified body; but the emphatic perfect δέδωκα, in connection with the ἐδωκάς, viz.: “I have given and am now and still giving,” renders this improbable. Meyer, who does not accept Baumgarten-Crusius’s view that διδόναι here means “to destine,” yet comes very much to the same thought, and regards it as the heavenly glory of which he had eternal experience, and would ultimately share with his people. But the view variously set forth by Oldhausen, Hengstenberg, Maldonatus, Bengel, Tholuck, Moulton, and Godet appears to be in full harmony with the context, viz. the glory of the supernatural life of Divine Sonship and self-sacrificing love as of the very essence of God. This glory that he should taste death for every man, this glory of nature and character as the incarnate Head of a new humanity, I have given to them, in order that they may be one, living in and for each other, even as we are one. The contrast between his own relation to the Father and theirs is most wonderfully maintained. The union between the Father and Son is once more made the type, in his own unique consciousness, of the union among men who have received as his gift the eternal life and glory of a supernatural love. This is more evident from what follows. John 17:22.”

1Co 8:6

“yet for us there is only one God, the Father, from whom are all things, and we exist for Him; and one Lord, Jesus Christ, by whom are all things, and we exist through Him.”

1Co 15:28

“When all things are subjected to Him, then the Son Himself will also be subjected to the One who subjected all things to Him, so that God may be all in all.”

It is not unambigous, I believe no one, not even Apostle Paul knows the fulness of the nature of God.

So Apostle Paul was inspired to say, 1Co 13:12,

“For now we see in a mirror dimly, but then face to face; now I know in part, but then I will know fully, just as I also have been fully known.”

Arius was really stupid, what he thought himself to be, greater than Apostle? I am always uneasy when anyone compares himself to Apostle Paul. There was an American evangelist who claimed he had preached to more people thatn Paul. Here lies the dangerous vain glory. Blessed be humility.

ACCORDING TO https://www.compellingtruth.org/nature-of-God.html#:~:text=

The nature of God is a truly monumental subject. Theologians have written thousands upon thousands of pages on the topic. Terms and categories exist for describing God’s nature and attributes that are sometimes beyond our complete understanding (e.g., the Trinity) and oftentimes beyond our experience (e.g., self-existence). Because of this, we will first look at the attribute of God called His incomprehensibility. This does not mean that we cannot understand God at all. It means that we cannot totally or fully understand God. He is infinite (Psalm 93:2); we are finite (1 Peter 1:24). He is the Creator (Isaiah 40:28); we are the created (Isaiah 45:12). He is holy (Isaiah 6:3Revelation 4:8); we are sinful (Romans 3:23). Because of these and other differences, we cannot completely understand Him (Isaiah 55:8–9Romans 11:34). There are those who seem to enjoy judging God or even deny His existence altogether. In opposition to Scripture, they claim that due to sin or suffering it is impossible for God to exist or be all-good (omnibenevolent), all-knowing (omniscient), and all-powerful (omnipotent). However, this is as foolish and futile an endeavor as a clay pot sitting in judgment on or even denying the existence of the potter who made it (Psalm 14:1Job 15:840:2Romans 9:20–21). We can only understand the nature and attributes of God to the extent that He reveals Himself to us (Deuteronomy 29:29Job 42:3Psalm 131:1Romans 11:33). Thankfully, God has revealed a tremendous amount to us both concerning His nature and how we can come to know Him in a personal and saving way.”

  •  The Supremacy of Christ

Col 1:18, ”He is also the Head of the body, the Church; and He is the beginning, the firstborn from the dead, so that He Himself will come to have first place in everything.”

In Heaven and on earth, Jesus Christ has the first place in everything. Jesus Christ has the preeminence in everything.

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

18–20. The thought continued. Greatness of the Redeemer as Head of the Church, Bearer of the Divine Plenitude, and Atoning Sacrifice
18And he is] The same words as just above, and a solemn echo of them. He, the same Person, is also, necessarily, all that is now to be stated. The Head of Nature is the Head of Grace; the Person one, the operations analogous though differing.
the head] A word combining the thought of supremacy with that of the origination and conveyance of life and energy. The Son of God presides over His Church, but more—He is to it the constant Cause and mighty Source of spiritual vitality. “Because He lives, it lives also.” Its organization is rooted in Him, grows from Him, and refers to Him. Cp. 1 Corinthians 11:3Ephesians 1:22Ephesians 4:15Ephesians 5:23; and below, Colossians 2:10Colossians 2:19. The idea, it will be seen, appears in this precise form (the Headship of the Body) only in Eph. and Col.; but cp. Romans 12:51 Corinthians 10:171 Corinthians 12:21.
the body] Cp. Romans 12:51 Corinthians 10:171 Corinthians 12:27Ephesians 1:23Ephesians 2:16Ephesians 4:4Ephesians 4:12Ephesians 4:16Ephesians 5:23Ephesians 5:30; below, Colossians 1:24Colossians 2:19Colossians 3:15. This side of the imagery is strictly correlative to that of “the Head.” It presents the believing Company as an Organism subject to the Lord, dependent vitally on Him for its being, cohesion, and energy, and forming an animated vehicle for the accomplishment of His will. And it indicates of course the mutual relations of “the members” (see on this esp. 1 Corinthians 12) in their widely differing functions of life and service.
“To know, to do, the Head’s commands,
For this the Body lives and grows:
All speed of feet, all skill of hands,
Is for Him spent, and from Him flows.”
the church] The Greek admits the rendering, “of the body of the Church;” i.e., of the Church defined, or described, as a body; viewed as being a body. The difference between this rendering and that of A.V. and R.V. is however almost imperceptible; and Colossians 1:24 below, and Ephesians 1:23, incline the rendering in their direction.
The word “Church” here appears in its highest reference, denoting the society of human beings “called out” (as the word ecclêsia implies) from the fallen world into vital union with the glorified Christ as Head. It occurs again Colossians 1:24, and nine times in Eph. (Ephesians 1:23,Ephesians 3:10Ephesians 3:21Ephesians 5:23-25Ephesians 5:27Ephesians 5:29Ephesians 5:32), always with the same reference. See also Hebrews 12:23; and cp. Acts 20:281 Corinthians 15:9.—As presented here, the idea rises above the level of “visibility;” it transcends human registration and external organization, and has to do supremely with direct spiritual relations between the Lord and the believing Company. It is in fact “the Bride, the Lamb’s Wife,” of Revelation 21, only not yet manifested in bridal splendour. It is the “called, justified, and glorified” of Romans 8; “the Church of the firstborn” of Hebrews 12; “the royal priesthood, the people of possession,” of 1 Peter. All other Christian meanings of the word Church are derived and modified from this, but this must not be modified by them. See Hooker, Eccl. Polity, iii. 1, quoted below, Appendix H.
who isSeeing He is (Ellicott).
the beginning] The Origin, the Principle and Secret, of the life of the living Body. Cp. Revelation 3:14, where the probable reference is not (as here) to the spiritual creation specially but to created existence generally. Perhaps also (as Wordsworth suggests) the word (Archê) points also to the Son’s governing primacy, supreme above all possible angelic “Governments.” But this would be a secondary reference.
the firstborn from the dead] Not merely “of the dead,” but “from them;” passing in a supreme and unique sense “from death unto life;” rising in “the power of an indissoluble life” (Hebrews 7:16), a life-originating life (cp. 1 John 5:11-12).—The word “Firstborn” here echoes Colossians 1:15, where the Son appears as (by right of nature, “First-born,”) antecedent and supreme with regard to the whole natural creation. Here He is such, by a similar right, as to the whole spiritual creation. But now comes in the great paradox that He is this, in the sphere of grace, through the process of death, not through Incarnation alone apart from death. As slain and risen He enters, by right and in fact, on His position as living Head of Grace for His Church; “declared to be the Son of God with power” (Romans 1:4), in order to our adoption and regeneration. Not as if He could be thus “born” a new Personality; but as being thus constituted actually the Second Adam of the new Race He is not only the “First-fruits” but the “First-Born” in His resurrection.—For the term in this connexion cp. Revelation 1:5.
in all things] Of grace as of nature, of new life as of old.
he] Emphatic in the Greek; He, the same, and without partner or rival.
have the preeminence] Lit., and better, might become (theFirst, might take the first place (so Ellicott).—The thought here of “becoming,” as distinguished from “being,” must not be lost; what He “is” eternally to finite existence at large He “becomes” actually to His new Creation in His finished and victorious Sacrifice and risen Life. Nor must the echo from clause to clause (in the Greek) of the word “first” be lost.
“With this clause the predications respecting Christ seem to reach their acme” (Ellicott); an acme of calm but rapturous ascription and confession concerning the all-beloved Son of the Father, Secret of Creation, Life and Lord of His happy Church.—No passage in the N.T. more fully, perhaps none so fully, witnesses to the Divine “Nature, Power, and Eternity” of the Saviour of mankind.
I. HOOKER ON THE CHURCH. (Colossians 1:18.)
“That Church of Christ which we properly term His body mystical, can be but one; neither can that one be sensibly discerned by any man, inasmuch as the parts thereof are some in heaven already with Christ, and the rest that are on earth (albeit their natural persons be visible) we do not discern under this property whereby they are truly and infallibly of that body. Only our minds by intellectual conceit are able to apprehend that such a real body there is, a body collective, because it containeth a huge multitude; a body mystical, because the mystery of their conjunction is removed altogether from sense. Whatsoever we read in Scripture concerning the endless love and the saving mercy which God sheweth towards His Church, the only proper subject thereof is this Church. Concerning this flock it is that our Lord and Saviour hath promised: ‘I give unto them eternal life, and they shall never perish, neither shall any pluck them out of my hands.’ They who are of this society have such marks and notes of distinction from all others as are not object unto our sense; only unto God, who seeth their hearts and understandeth all their secret thoughts and cogitations, unto Him they are clear and manifest. All men knew Nathanael to be an Israelite. But our Saviour, piercing deeper, giveth further testimony of him than men could have done with such certainty as He did, ‘Behold indeed an Israelite in whom there is no guile.’ If we profess, as Peter did, that we love the Lord, and profess it in the hearing of men … charitable men are likely to think we do so, as long as they see no proof to the contrary. But that our love is sound and sincere … who can pronounce, saving only the Searcher of all men’s hearts, who alone intuitively doth know in this kind who are His? And as those everlasting promises of love, mercy, and blessedness, belong to the mystical Church, even so on the other side when we read of any duty which the Church of God is bound unto, the Church whom this doth concern is a sensible known company. And this visible Church in like sort is but one.… Which company being divided into two moieties, the one before, the other since the coming of Christ, that part which since the coming of Christ partly hath embraced and partly shall hereafter embrace the Christian religion, we term as by a more proper name the Church of Christ.… The unity of which visible body and Church of Christ consisteth of that uniformity which all several persons thereunto belonging have, by reason of that one Lord, whose servants they all profess themselves; that one faith, which they all acknowledge; that one baptism, wherewith they are all initiated.… Entered we are not into the visible before our admittance by the door of baptism.… Christians by external profession they are all, whose mark of recognisance hath in it those things (one Lord, one faith, one baptism) which we have mentioned, yea, although they be impious idolaters, wicked heretics, persons excommunicable, yea and cast out for notorious improbity.… Is it then possible that the selfsame men should belong both to the synagogue of Satan and to the Church of Jesus Christ? Unto that Church which is His mystical body, not possible; because that body consisteth of none but only … true servants and saints of God. Howbeit of the visible body and Church of Jesus Christ, those may be, and oftentimes are, in respect of the main parts of their outward profession.… For lack of diligent observing the difference, first between the Church of God mystical and visible, then between the visible sound and corrupted, sometimes more, sometimes less; the oversights are neither few nor light that have been committed.”
Of the Laws of Ecclesiastical Polity, iii. 1.”

Col 1:19-20, “For it was the Father’s good pleasure for all the fullness to dwell in Him, and through Him to reconcile all things to Himself, whether things on earth or things in Heaven, having made peace 

through the blood of His cross.”

Jesus Christ has more than Homoousios  “of the 

same substance,” He has all the fullness.

I have said before, and I say it again. I do not believe I will receive any crown. If I receive any crown, when I get to Heaven, I shall request a private audience with Jesus Christ and put my crown at His feet, I shall bow three times saying Holy, Holy, Holy; and say to Jesus Christ who died for me and saved me, “Dear Jesus, I love Thee.”

Rev 12:10,

“Then I heard a loud voice in heaven, saying,

“Now the salvation, and the power, and the

Kingdom of our God and the authority of His Christ 

have come, for the accuser of our brothers and sisters has been thrown down, the one who accuses them before our God day and night.

Pulpit Commentary

Verse 10. – And I heard a loud voice saying in heaven. The “great voice” is characteristic of all the heavenly utterances (cf. Revelation 5:2Revelation 6:1, 10Revelation 16:17, etc.). The personality of the speaker is not indicated. From the following chorus the voice would seem to proceed from many inhabitants of heaven. Now is come salvation, and strength, and the kingdom of our God, and the power of his Christ; the salvation and the power, and the kingdom of our God, and the authority of his Christ (Revised Version). The Revised Version marginal reading may also be noticed, Now is the salvation… become our God’s, and the authority [is becomehis Christ’s. The heavenly inhabitants celebrate the triumphant confirmation of God’s supremacy, which has been vindicated by the defeat and expulsion of the rebellious hosts. “The salvation of God” (σωτηρία) is that which proceeds from him; “that salvation which belongs to God as its Author” (Alford); cf. Revelation 7:10Revelation 19:1. “The authority of his Christ” is first manifested in heaven; Satan is cast down to the earth, and here again at a subsequent epoch the authority of Christ is displayed, and another victory won over the devil. This seems to be the conclusion of the heavenly song. As before stated (see on ver. 7), the three and a half verses now concluded seem to relate to a period previous to the creation of the world. It seems equally probable that the following two and a half verses refer to those earthly martyrs and suffering Christians for whom this book is specially written. These two views can be reconciled by supposing the song of the heavenly voice to cease at the word “Christ” (ver. 10); and then the writer adds words of his own, as if he would say, “The cause of the victorious song which I have just recited was the fact that the devil was cast down, the same who is constantly accusing (ὁ κατηγορῶν) our brethren. But they (our brethren) overcame him, and valued not their lives, etc. Well may ye heavens rejoice over your happy lot, though it means woe to the earth for a short time.” For the accuser of our brethren is cast down, which accused them before our God day and night. The one accusing them (ὁ κατηρορῶν); not the past tense. Satan does not cease to accuse, though he may not do so with effect, since he may be overcome by the “blood of the Lamb.” The heavenly beings are henceforth beyond his reach. He can yet accuse men – our brethren – says St. John; but even here his power is limited by the victory of the death and resurrection of Christ referred to in ver. 5. “Accuser” (κατήγορος) is found in א, B, C, P, Andreas, Arethas. The form κατήγωρ, found in A, is rather the Targumic and rabbinic corruption of the word קטיגור, than the Greek word itself. “Of our brethren,” the saints and martyrs (see above); “is cast down” (or, “was cast down”) from heaven. Revelation 12:10.”

Rev 21:3,

“And I heard a loud voice from the throne, saying, “Behold, the tabernacle of God is among the people, and He will dwell among them, and they shall be His people, and God Himself will be among them.

Rev 11:15,

Then the seventh angel sounded; and there were loud voices in heaven, saying,

“The kingdom of the world has become the Kingdom of our Lord and of His Christ; and He will reign forever and ever.”

Barnes’ Notes on the Bible

And the seventh angel sounded – See the notes on Revelation 8:2Revelation 8:6-7. This is the last of the trumpets, implying, of course, that under this the series of visions was to end, and that this was to introduce the state of things under which the affairs of the world were to be wound up. The place which this occupies in the order of time, is when the events pertaining to the colossal Roman power – the fourth kingdom of Daniel Dan. 2-7 – should have been completed, and when the reign of the saints Daniel 7:9-14Daniel 7:27-28 should have been introduced. This, both in Daniel and in John, is to occur when the mighty power of the papacy shall have been overthrown at the termination of the twelve hundred and sixty years of its duration. See the notes on Daniel 7:25. In both Daniel and John the termination of that persecuting power is the commencement of the reign of the saints; the downfall of the papacy, the introduction of the kingdom of God, and its establishment on the earth.

And there were great voices in heaven – As of exultation and praise. The grand consummation had come, the period so long anticipated and desired when God should reign on the earth had arrived, and this lays the foundation for joy and thanksgiving in heaven.

The kingdoms of this world – The modern editions of the New Testament (see Tittmann and Hahn) read this in the singular number – “The kingdom of this world has become,” etc. According to this reading, the meaning would be, either that the sole reign over this world had become that of the Lord Jesus; or, more probably, that the dominion over the earth had been regarded as one in the sense that Satan had reigned over it, but had now become the kingdom of God; that is, that “the kingdoms of this world are many considered in themselves; but in reference to the sway of Satan, there is only one kingdom ruled over by the ‘god of this world'” (Prof. Stuart). The sense is not materially different whichever reading is adopted; though the authority is in favor of the latter (Wetstein). According to the common reading, the sense is, that all the kingdoms of the earth, being many in themselves, had been now brought under the one scepter of Christ; according to the other, the whole world was regarded as in fact one kingdom – that of Satan – and the scepter had now passed from his hands into those of the Saviour.

The kingdoms of our Lord – Or, the kingdom of our Lord, according to the reading adopted in the previous part of the verse. The word “Lord” here evidently has reference to God as such – represented as the original source of authority, and as giving the kingdom to his Son. See the notes on Daniel 7:13-14; compare Psalm 2:8. The word “Lord” – Κυριος Kurios – implies the notion of possessor, owner, sovereign, supreme ruler – and is thus properly given to God. See Matthew 1:22Matthew 5:33Mark 5:19Luke 1:6Luke 1:28Acts 7:33Hebrews 8:2Hebrews 8:10James 4:15, al. saepe.

And of his Christ – Of his anointed; of him who is set apart as the Messiah, and consecrated to this high office. See the notes on Matthew 1:1. He is called “his Christ,” because he is set apart by him, or appointed by him to perform the work appropriate to that office on earth. Such language as what occurs here is often employed, in which God and Christ are spoken of as, in some respects, distinct – as sustaining different offices, and performing different works. The essential meaning here is, that the kingdom of this world had now become the kingdom of God under Christ; that is, that that kingdom is administered by the Son of God.

And he shall reign forever and ever – A kingdom is commenced which shall never terminate. It is not said that this would be on the earth; but the essential idea is, that the scepter of the world had now, after so long a time, come into his hands never more to pass away. The fuller characteristics of this reign are stated in a subsequent part of this book Revelation 20-22. What is here stated is in accordance with all the predictions in the Bible. A time is to come when, in the proper sense of the term, God is to reign on the earth; when his kingdom is to be universal; when his laws shall be everywhere recognized as binding; when all idolatry shall come to an end; and when the understandings and the hearts of people everywhere shall bow to his authority. Compare Psalm 2:8Isaiah 9:7Isaiah 11:9Isaiah 45:22; 60; Daniel 2:35Daniel 2:44-45Daniel 7:13-14Daniel 7:27-28Zechariah 14:9Malachi 1:11Luke 1:33. On this whole subject, see the very ample illustrations and proofs in the notes on Daniel 2:44-45Daniel 7:13-14Daniel 7:27-28; compare the notes on Revelation 20-22.”

It is about time you bow. Bow to the King of kings and the Lord of lords. It would be suicidal to neglect so great a salvation. Repent of your sins and believe in the Lord Jesus as your God and Savior. Grab the chance to accept the grace of God, to receive the gift of Salvation. You must do it now.

WILLLIE WONG THOUGHT

WILLIE WONG

https://williewong.cw.center

DECEMBER 22, 2025

https://williewong.cw.center

Copyright © 2018 – 2025 by Willie Wong

All African nations, South America, Asia and the world, where can you find a country which does not have large national debts and deficits? Africa is different because for 500 years, not one country has become self-sufficient and solvent, they glorify with their primitive cultures and brag about their scientists and experts, joy to kill each other. International aid actually fuel their official corruption. Any nation that shares destinies with Africa will be doomed! No resources can fill the Black holes! The international community should leave Africa alone, let them do or die.

China modernization must focus that every village will have:

  1. Electricity.
  2. Running water to drink and wash.
  3. Gas to cook and heat.
  4. Internet.
  5. Livelihood.
  6. NEW TOILET BY LAW

*THE SECOND COMING

*THE SECOND COMING

*Our mission is to preach the Gospel of Jesus Christ absolutely free. We do not want donation. We only want you to know the truth. 

BY WILLIE WONG

It may need to verify, there is only one second coming, that is, the Second Coming of Jesus Christ — the most important thing to happen in the universe.

Most people think the second coming of Jesus Christ is one single event, few know that it is the process of one Event. The process involves the seven events.

It is wrong to believe a series of process of the Second Coming of Jesus is a separate and distinct event from the Second Coming of Christ. Many believers err because they think the second coming of Jesus Chris is one-time event, not knowing that the second coming of Jesus is the process which begins with the Rapture, the Great Tribulation, the Appearing of Jesus Christ, the Millennium, the Armageddon, the White Throne Judgement, and finally the Kingdom of Heaven. There are so many false teachers and false prophets in the world today, it is a waste of time and efforts to study them. It is wrong to start debating the Christian Faith on ground of certain teachings and private interpretations of some individuals no matter how famous they were.

On top of the problem, the Bible uses the word Rapture on other meaning, only Jesus teaches the concept of Rapture.

It is wrong when someone wrote, “Rapture doctrine did not exist before John Darby invented it in 1830 AD. Before it “popped into John Darby’s head” no one had ever heard of a secret rapture doctrine.

Rapture is taught by Jesus Christ Himself some 2,000

Years ago…

There is nothing more deadly than false doctrines or teachings by false teachers claiming to be authentic or authoritative.

The doctrine of Rapture has nothing to do with John Nelson Darby or Billy Graham. I believe in the doctrine of Rapture because 2,000 years ago Jesus Christ Himself taught it.

It is written,  Mat 24:37-42, “For the coming of the Son of Man will be just like the days of Noah. For as in those days before the flood they were eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage, until the day that Noah entered the ark, and they did not 

understand until the flood came and took them all away; so will the coming of the Son of Man be. At that time there will be two men in the field; one will be taken and one will be left. Two women will be grinding at the mill; one will be taken and one will be left. Be Ready for His Coming. Therefore be on the alert, for you do not know which day your Lord is coming.

Benson Commentary

Matthew 24:37-41But as the days of Noe were, &c. — As then they were eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage, till they were surprised by the flood, notwithstanding the frequent warnings and admonitions of that preacher of righteousness: so now, they shall be engaged in the business and pleasures of the world, little expecting, little thinking of this universal ruin, till it come upon them, notwithstanding the express predictions and declarations of Christ and his apostles. Then shall two be in the field, &c. — That is, Providence will then make a distinction between such as are not at all distinguished now. Some shall be rescued from the destruction of Jerusalem, like Lot out of the burning of Sodom; while others, nowise different in outward circumstances, shall be left to perish in it. Two women shall be grinding at the mill — A passage in Dr. E. Daniel Clarke’s Travels in Greece, Egypt, and the Holy Land, published in 1812, (p. 428,) may fitly be quoted here. “Scarcely had we reached the apartment prepared for our reception,” (namely, in Nazareth,) “when, looking from the window into the court-yard belonging to the house, we beheld two women grinding at the mill in a manner most forcibly illustrating a saying of our Saviour’s. In the centre of the upper stone was a cavity for pouring in the corn, and by the side of this an upright wooden handle for moving the stone. As the operation began, one of the women, with her right hand, pushed this handle to the woman opposite, who again sent it to her companion; thus communicating a rotatory and very rapid motion to the upper stone, their left hands being all the while employed in supplying fresh corn, as fast as the bran and flour escaped from the sides of the machine.”
Hitherto we have explained the contents of this chapter as relating to the destruction of Jerusalem; of which, without doubt, it is primarily to be understood. But though it is to be understood of this primarily, yet not of this only; for there is no question that our Lord had a further view in it. It is usual with the prophets to frame and express their prophecies so as that they shall comprehend more than one event, and have their several periods of completion. This every one must have observed who has been ever so little conversant in the writings of the ancient prophets, and this doubtless is the case here; and the destruction of Jerusalem is to be considered as typical of the end of the world, of which the destruction of a great city is a lively type and image. And we may observe that our Saviour no sooner begins to speak of the destruction of Jerusalem, than his figures are raised, his language swelled, (The sun shall be darkened, &c.,) and he expresses himself in such terms as, in a lower and figurative sense indeed, are applicable to that destruction; but in their higher and literal sense, can be meant only of the end of the world. The same may be said of that text, Of that day and season knoweth no man, &c: the consistence and connection of the discourse oblige us to understand it as spoken of the time of the destruction of Jerusalem, but in a higher sense it may be true also of the time of the end of the world, and of the general judgment. All the subsequent discourse too, we may observe, does not relate so properly to the destruction of Jerusalem as to the end of the world and the general judgment. Our Lord loses sight, as it were, of his former subject, and adapts his discourse more to the latter. And, indeed, the end of the Jewish state was, in a manner, the end of the world to many of the Jews.
It appears next to impossible that any man should duly consider these prophecies, and the exact completion of them, and, if he is a believer, not be confirmed in the faith; or, if he is an infidel, not be converted. Can any stronger proof be given of a divine revelation than the spirit of prophecy; or of the spirit of prophecy, than the examples now before us, in which so many contingencies, and we may say, improbabilities, which human wisdom or prudence could never have foreseen, are so particularly foretold, and so punctually accomplished! At the time when Christ pronounced these prophecies, the Roman governor resided at Jerusalem, and had a force sufficient to keep the people in obedience; and could human prudence foresee that the city, as well as the country, would revolt and rebel against the Romans? Could it foresee pestilences, and famines, and earthquakes in divers places? Could it foresee the speedy propagation of the gospel, so contrary to all human probability? Could human prudence foresee such an utter destruction of Jerusalem, with all the circumstances preceding and following it? It was never the custom of the Romans absolutely to ruin any of their provinces. It was improbable, therefore, that such a thing should happen at all, and still more improbable that it should happen under the humane and generous Titus who was indeed, as he was called, the love and delight of mankind. Yet, however improbable this was it has happened, and it was foreseen and foretold by Christ; but how was it possible for him to foresee it, unless his foresight was divine, and his prediction the infallible oracle of God? Eusebius observes well upon this place, that, “Whoever shall compare the words of our Saviour with the history which Josephus has written of the war, cannot but admire the wisdom of Christ, and acknowledge his prediction to be divine.”

Why did the early church believe about the “Rapture”? Because the Bible says so, stupid. What is wrong with the Rapture? Nothing is wrong with the Rapture, SOMETHING is wrong with those who do not believe. What you believe are not important, what the Bible says matters. Watch out for the enemies who want to destroy the Faith by pretending to be believers or teachers.

There have been many predictions of the date of the second coming of Jesus Christ, all have failed as the Lord says, no one knows.

Many confuse about the Second Coming of Jesus Christ because they think it is only one Event. Most people do not know the Second Coming of Jesus Christ is a series of the process linking to the Event. Taking the Second Coming of Jesus Christ as a popular subject, many merchandise and peddle the knowledge of God by charging a large sum for subscription and in addition shamelessly ask for donation. False ministers think they are entitled to donations simply because they preach the Gospel. If you take a cursory look at the Internet, you will  be surprised how many individuals and organizations engage in merchandising and selling the Bible knowledge for money. If you do not pay a subscription, you will have no access to their articles and they disable any copy of their articles. These enemies of the truth embellish with their private opinions. They do not seem to fear the fiery Hell.

2Pe 1:20-21, “But know this first of all, that no prophecy of Scripture becomes a matter of 

someone’s own interpretation, for no prophecy 

was ever made by an act of human will, but men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God.”

Ellicott’s Commentary for English Readers

  •  Knowing this first.—The participle belongs to “take heed” in 2Peter 1:19. “First” means “first of all” (1Timothy 2:1), not “before I tell you.” In studying prophecy this is the first thing to be borne in mind.

Is of any private interpretation.—Better, comes to be, or becomes of private interpretation. The word rendered “interpretation” occurs nowhere else in the New Testament; but the cognate verb occurs in Mark 4:34, where it is translated “expound.” (See Note there.) There can be little doubt that “interpretation,” or “solution,” is the right rendering here, although others have been suggested. The main question however, is the meaning of the word rendered “private,” which may also mean “its own.” Hence three explanations are possible. The term may refer (1) to the recipients of the prophecies—that we may not expound prophecy according to our own fancy; or (2) to the utterers of the prophecies—that the prophets had not the power of expounding their own prophecies; or (3) to the prophecies themselves—that no prophecy comes to be of its own interpretation, i.e., no prophecy explains itself. The guide to the right explanation is 2Peter 1:21, which gives the reason why “no prophecy of the scripture,” &c. This consideration excludes (3); for 2Peter 1:21 yields no sense as showing why prophecy does not interpret itself. Either of the other two explanations may be right. (1) If prophecy came “by the will of man,” then it might be interpreted according to man’s fancy. But it did not so come; consequently the interpretation must be sought elsewhere—viz., at the same source from which the prophecy itself proceeded. (2) If the prophets spoke just as they pleased, they would be the best exponents of what they meant. But they spoke under divine influence, and therefore need not know the import of their own words. Prophecy must be explained by prophecy and by history, not by the individual prophet. The whole body of prophecy, “the prophetic word” (2Peter 1:19), is our lamp in the wilderness, not the private dicta of any one seer. In modern phraseology, interpretation must be comparative and scientific. This view is strengthened by comparing 1Peter 1:10-12, where it is stated that the prophets did not know how or when their own predictions would be fulfilled. Possibly this passage is meant to refer to 1Peter 1:10-12, and if so, we have a mark of genuineness; a forger would have made the reference more clear. If the coincidence is accidental, this also points in the same direction; in any case, the coincidence is worth noting.”

I do not get pay by presenting the Word of God, neither do I ask for any donation. I strongly believe in rightly dividing the Word of God, I sincerely believe the Second Coming of Jesus Christ will begins with the process chronologically the Rapture, the Great Tribulation, the Appearing of the Lord in great power and glory, the Millennium, the Armageddon, the White Throne Judgement, and finally the Kingdom of Heaven when and where the King of kings and the Lord of lords, Jesus Christ, will reign forever and ever.

Many do not know the so-called Second Coming of Jesus Christ is the same as

Tit 2:13, “looking for the blessed hope and the 

appearing of the glory of our great God and Savior, Christ Jesus.”

Ellicott’s Commentary for English Readers

  •  Looking for that blessed hope, and the glorious appearing.—The Greek should here be rendered, looking for the blessed hope and manifestation of the glory. And that holy life, just urged on the believer, of quiet self-restraint, of love to others, of piety towards God, must be lit up by a blessed hope, by a hope which is far more than a hope; that holy life of the faithful must be a continued waiting for a blessed hope—“the hope laid up for us in heaven” (Colossians 1:5). It may be asked, What is this hope? We answer, it is “the hope of glory” which we shall share with the Son of God, when we behold Him as He is. So for us the hope of glory is intimately bound up with the second coming of the Lord. Then the life of the lover of the Lord must be one continued looking for, waiting for, the coming of the Lord in glory—must be a looking for that hour when we shall see in all His divine majesty, Him who redeemed us. In that life and light, in that majesty and glory, His own will share.

Of the great God and our Saviour Jesus Christ.—The translation here should run, of our great God and Saviour Jesus Christ. From the English version, it would seem that Paul’s idea was that the Christian should live waiting for the glorious appearing of the great God, accompanied with our Lord Jesus Christ. The rendering we have adopted, on what seems conclusive grounds, speaks of a Christian life, as a life ever looking for the glorious appearing of our great God and Saviour Jesus Christ.

In this sublime passage the glory of the only begotten Son alone finds mention. Taken thus, it is a studied declaration of the divinity of the Eternal Son, who is here styled “our great God and Saviour.” Reasoning merely on grammatical principles, either translation would be possible, only even then there is a presumption in favour of the translation we have adopted. (See Ellicott’s Note on this verse.) But other considerations are by no means so nearly equally balanced. The word “manifestation” (epiphany)the central thought of the sentence, is employed by St. Paul in his Epistles five times, and in every one of them to describe the manifestation of Christ, and in four of them to designate the future manifestation of His coming in glory, as here. The term epiphany is never applied to the Father.

Again, the whole of the context of the passage specially relates to the “Son of God.” The introduction of the epiphany “of the Father” would be a thought not merely strange to the whole New Testament, but would bring quite a new idea into this statement, which sets forth so sublimely the epiphany of Christ as the ground of the Christian’s hope—an idea, too, no sooner suggested than dropped, for the passage goes on to speak only of the Son. Perhaps, however, the weightiest argument that can be adduced is the consensus of the Greek orthodox fathers, who, with scarcely an exception, concur in the interpretation which understands the expression “of our great God” as used of Jesus Christ. To select two examples out of the long chain of fathers reaching from the apostolic age who have thus understood this text: “St. Paul here calls Christ the great God, and thus rebukes the heretical blasphemy which denies His Godhead” (Theodoret). “What can those persons say,” asks Chrysostom, referring to this passage, “who allege that the Son is inferior to the Father?” (See Wordsworth’s Note here.).”

Although the word “rapture” in the Bible may not be used in the sense related to the Second Coming of Jesus Christ, remember the Words of Jesus alone are sufficient to form a doctrine and worth more than words of ten thousand so-called church fathers. The worst practice is to distort the Word of God on account to discredit some teachings of certain individual(s) alluded and linked to a specific sound doctrine. It is a diabolical practice to attack a man in order to discredit a certain Biblical teaching. The Christian Faith is not based on teachings or opinions of any man. False prophets and false teachers invented their teachings as Biblical doctrines.

This is the subject that false preachers and teachers make money by deceiving the people. Roughly, the series of process involving the Second Coming of Jesus Christ is chronologically presented as follows:  

1.)  The Rapture

Luk 17:34-36, “I tell you, on that night there will be two in one bed; one will be taken and the other will be left. There will be two women grinding at the same 

place; one will be taken and the other will be left. Two men will be in the field; one will be taken and the other will be left.”

Pulpit Commentary

Verses 34, 35. – I tell you, in that night there shall be two men in one bed; the one shall be taken, and the other shall be left. Two women shall be grinding together; the one shall be taken, the other left. How taken? Not, as some scholars have supposed, taken only to perish, but taken away by the Lord in the way described by St. Paul in 1 Thessalonians 4:17, where he paints how the faithful servant who is living when the Lord returns in glory, will be caught up in the clouds, to meet the Lord in the air. The other will be left. Thus, as it has been strikingly observed, “the beings who have been most closely connected here below shall, in the twinkling of an eye, be parted for ever.” Luke 17:34

1Th 4:17, “Then we who are alive, who remain, will be caught up together with them in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air, and so we will always be with the Lord.”

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

17then we which are alive and remain] Better, we that are alive, that remain (or survive). The phrase of 1 Thessalonians 4:15 repeated; see note. The Apostle distinguishes, as in 1 Corinthians 15:51-52, between those “living” and those “dead in Christ” at the time of His advent, marking the different position in which these two divisions of the saints will then be found.
shall be caught up together with them in the clouds] In the Greek order: together with them will be caught up in the clouds, emphasis being thrown on the precedence of the dead: “we the living shall join their company, who are already with the Lord.” Together with implies full association.
“Caught” in the original implies a sudden, irresistible force,—seizedsnatched up! In Matthew 11:12 it is rendered, “The violent take it by force;” in 2 Corinthians 12:22 Corinthians 12:4 St Paul applies it to his rapture into the third heaven.
“In” signifies not into, but “amid clouds,”—surrounding and upbearing us “like a triumphal chariot” (Grotius). So Christ Himself, and the angels at His Ascension, promised He should come (Matthew 26:68Acts 1:9-11); comp. the “bright overshadowing cloud” at the Transfiguration, and the “voice out of the cloud” (Matthew 17:5). There is something wonderful and mystical about the clouds, half of heaven and half of earth, that fits them to be the medium of such events. They lend their ethereal drapery to form the curtain and canopy of this glorious meeting. “What belongs to cloudland is no less real than if set down on the solid ground.”
Such a raising of the living bodies of the saints, along with the risen dead, implies the physical transformation of the former to which the Apostle afterwards alludes in 1 Corinthians 15:51 : “we shall not all sleep, but we shall all be changed” (comp. 2 Corinthians 5:1-4Php 3:21). Some change had taken place in the sacred body of Jesus after His resurrection, for it was emancipated from the ordinary laws of matter. And this transformation the Apostle conceived to be possible without dissolution.
to meet the Lord in the air] Lit., into (raised into) the air. “The air,” like the “clouds,” belongs to the interspace between the heaven from which Christ comes and the earth to which He returns. Here He will meet His Church. She will not need to wait until He sets foot on earth; but those who are ready, “looking for their Lord when He shall return” (Luke 12:35-40), will hear His trumpet call and “go forth to meet the Bridegroom” (Matthew 25:1Matthew 25:6). St Paul employs the same, somewhat rare Hebraistic idiom which is found in this passage of St Matthew, as though the words of Christ lingered in his ear.
and so shall we ever be with the LordWhere the Apostle does not say; whether still on earth for some longer space, or in heaven. The one and all-sufficing comfort is in the thought of being always with the Lord. This, too, was the promise of Christ, “Where I am, there shall also My servant be” (John 12:26John 14:3). Those living in the flesh cannot be so in any complete sense; “at home in the body,” we are “absent from the Lord” (2 Corinthians 5:6).”

Rapture in the Scriptures cited above can literally mean “taken up” and “caught up”. Rapture as taken up or caught up the saints to meet the Lord in the air is a secret process. I translate “in the space” for “in the air”. I am not going to dwell in detail here. It is important to say that the Rapture can take place any time now, it is imminent. When it happens, the process of the Second Coming of Jesus Christ has begun. If the Rapture has taken place the whole world will know about it, because people will be missing.

2.)  The Great Tribulation

Mat 24:21-25, “For then there will be a great tribulation, such as has not occurred since the beginning of the world until now, nor ever will again. And if those 

days had not been cut short, no life would have been saved; but for the sake of the elect those days will be cut short. Then if anyone says to you, ‘Behold, here is the Christ,’ or ‘He is over here,’ do not believe him.

For false christs and false prophets will arise and will provide great signs and wonders, so as to mislead, if possible, even the elect. Behold, I have told you in advance.” No one knows how many days have been cut short, so no one knows what day or hour Jesus Christ will come and appear the Second Time.

Matthew Henry’s Concise Commentary

24:4-28 The disciples had asked concerning the times, When these things should be? Christ gave them no answer to that; but they had also asked, What shall be the sign? This question he answers fully. The prophecy first respects events near at hand, the destruction of Jerusalem, the end of the Jewish church and state, the calling of the Gentiles, and the setting up of Christ’s kingdom in the world; but it also looks to the general judgment; and toward the close, points more particularly to the latter. What Christ here said to his disciples, tended more to promote caution than to satisfy their curiosity; more to prepare them for the events that should happen, than to give a distinct idea of the events. This is that good understanding of the times which all should covet, thence to infer what Israel ought to do. Our Saviour cautions his disciples to stand on their guard against false teachers. And he foretells wars and great commotions among nations. From the time that the Jews rejected Christ, and he left their house desolate, the sword never departed from them. See what comes of refusing the gospel. Those who will not hear the messengers of peace, shall be made to hear the messengers of war. But where the heart is fixed, trusting in God, it is kept in peace, and is not afraid. It is against the mind of Christ, that his people should have troubled hearts, even in troublous times. When we looked forward to the eternity of misery that is before the obstinate refusers of Christ and his gospel, we may truly say, The greatest earthly judgments are but the beginning of sorrows. It is comforting that some shall endure even to the end. Our Lord foretells the preaching of the gospel in all the world. The end of the world shall not be till the gospel has done its work. Christ foretells the ruin coming upon the people of the Jews; and what he said here, would be of use to his disciples, for their conduct and for their comfort. If God opens a door of escape, we ought to make our escape, otherwise we do not trust God, but tempt him. It becomes Christ’s disciples, in times of public trouble, to be much in prayer: that is never out of season, but in a special manner seasonable when we are distressed on every side. Though we must take what God sends, yet we may pray against sufferings; and it is very trying to a good man, to be taken by any work of necessity from the solemn service and worship of God on the sabbath day. But here is one word of comfort, that for the elect’s sake these days shall be made shorter than their enemies designed, who would have cut all off, if God, who used these foes to serve his own purpose, had not set bounds to their wrath. Christ foretells the rapid spreading of the gospel in the world. It is plainly seen as the lightning. Christ preached his gospel openly. The Romans were like an eagle, and the ensign of their armies was an eagle. When a people, by their sin, make themselves as loathsome carcasses, nothing can be expected but that God should send enemies to destroy them. It is very applicable to the day of judgment, the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ in that day, 2Th 2:1. Let us give diligence to make our calling and election sure; then may we know that no enemy or deceiver shall ever prevail against us.”

3.)  The Appearing of Jesus Christ

Tit 2:13, “looking for the blessed hope and the appearing of the glory of our great God and Savior, Christ Jesus”

Benson Commentary

Titus 2:13-14Looking — With eager desire and lively expectation; for the blessed hope — That is, for the blessedness for which we hope; the grace of hope being here put for the object of it, future and eternal felicity. And the glorious appearing — Very different from his former appearance in a state of poverty, reproach, and suffering; of the great God and our Saviour — The original expression, επιφανειαν της δοξης του μεγαλου Θεου και Σωτηρος ημων, are literally, the appearing, or manifestation, of the glory of the great God and our Saviour Jesus Christ: or, of the great God, even our Saviour Jesus Christ. If the words be taken in the former sense, the apostle may be considered as alluding to our Lord’s words, Luke 9:26, where the Lord Jesus is spoken of as coming in his own glory and in his Father’s, and of his holy angels; and, (Matthew 16:27,) the Son of man shall come in the glory of the Father with his angels. Beza, however, is of opinion, that one person only is spoken of, namely, Jesus Christ, to whom he thinks the title of the great God is given in this verse; and with him Whitby agrees, both because the article is wanting before ΣωτηροςSaviour, and because, as God the Father is not said properly to appear, so the word επιφανειαappearing, never occurs in the New Testament but when it is applied to Jesus Christ. But to this Macknight answers, “1st, That the article wanting before Saviour may be supplied, as our translators have done here before επιφανειαappearing, and elsewhere, particularly Ephesians 5:5In the kingdom, του Χριστου και Θεουof Christ and of God. and, 2d, That the apostle does not speak of the appearing of the Father, but of the appearing of the glory of the Father; agreeably to what Christ himself declared, that at his return to judgment he will appear surrounded with the glory of his Father.” Whitby, however, as an additional reason for thinking that Christ is only spoken of, observes, that “not only all the ancient commentators on the place do so interpret this text, but the Ante-Nicene Fathers also; Hippolytus speaking of the appearance of our God and Saviour Jesus Christ, and Clemens of Alexandria proving Christ to be both God and man, our Creator, and the Author of all our good things, from these very words of St. Paul.” Who gave himself for us — Namely, to die in our stead; that he might redeem us — Miserable bond-slaves; from all iniquity — As well from the power and the very being, as from the guilt of our sins; and purify to himself — From all pollution of flesh and spirit, (see on 2 Corinthians 7:1,) a peculiar people — Who should thankfully own themselves his property, and express their gratitude for such inestimable favours, by being not only careful to avoid the practice of evil, but zealous of good works — Active in all the duties of life, and in every office of righteousness and goodness to each other. “This is said in allusion to Exodus 19:5Deuteronomy 7:6, where God calls the Jews a peculiar and a special people to himself, because he had made them his property by redeeming them from the bondage of Egypt, and had distinguished them from the rest of mankind as his, by rites and ordinances of his own appointment. Christ hath made believers his peculiar people by giving himself for them, to redeem them from all iniquity, and to purify them to himself, a people zealous, not of rites and ceremonies, but of good works. This being the great end of Christ’s death, how dare any person, pretending to be one of Christ’s people, either speak or think lightly of good works, as not necessary to salvation? — Macknight.

Mat 24:30, “And then the sign of the Son of Man will appear in the sky, and then all the tribes of the earth will mourn, and they will see the SON OF 

MAN COMING ON THE CLOUDS OF THE SKY with power and great glory.”

Heb 9:28, “so Christ also, having been offered once to bear the sins of many, will appear a second time for salvation without reference to sin, to those who eagerly await Him.”

It is necessary to say that the Second Coming of Jesus Christ is a public event, all will see the Lord Jesus coming on the clouds of the sky with power and great glory.

Matthew Poole’s Commentary

So Christ was once offered to bear the sins of many: outwv kai is an illative connection between the antecedent Hebrews 9:27, and this consequent; As it was appointed to men once to die, so it was appointed to Christ once to offer himself. God’s statute determineth both of these; Christ the High Priest, opposed to men, Hebrews 9:27, having died once as a sacrifice for sins, and offered his blood to God to expiate them, bearing their punishment which God laid on him, Isaiah 53:6; and so took away sins, guilt, filth, power and condemnation from many, whom the Father gave to him, and he undertook for, in it, Matthew 20:28 26:28 John 10:15,16.
And unto them that look for him shall he appear the second time without sin; and to his believing, penitent expectants, such as long for his coming, Philippians 3:20 Titus 2:13, stretching out their heads, as the mother of Sisera, Judges 5:28, with a holy impatience of seeing him, such as by faith and prayer are hastening it, Romans 8:23 2 Corinthians 5:1-10 1 Peter 1:3-9, shall he once more visibly appear to them and the world, Acts 1:11 Revelation 1:7, gloriously, without need to suffer or die again for them, having at his departure after his first coming, carried all their sins into the land of forgetfulness.
Unto salvation; and to their persons will he bring entire and complete salvation, raising and uniting bodies and souls together, Philippians 3:21; and then take them as assistants to himself in the judgment-work on men and angels in the air; and having despatched that work, return with them to the holy of holiest in heaven, there to be completely blessed, in praising, serving, glorifying, and enjoying God in Christ, and the blessedness that attends that state, for ever and ever, as 1 Corinthians 6:2,3 1 Thessalonians 4:17.

4.)  The Millennium

Rev 20:4-6, “Then I saw thrones, and they sat on them, and judgment was given to them. And I saw the souls of those who had been beheaded because of 

their testimony of Jesus and because of the Word of God, and those who had not worshiped the beast 

or his image, and had not received the mark on their foreheads and on their hands; and they came to life 

and reigned with Christ for a thousand years.

The rest of the dead did not come to life until the thousand years were completed. This is the first resurrection. Blessed and holy is the one who has a part in the first resurrection; over these the second death has no power, but they will be priests of God and of Christ, and will reign with Him for a thousand years.”

Ellicott’s Commentary for English Readers

THE MILLENNIAL REIGN.

(4) And I saw thrones, and they sat . . . There is a prominence given to the thrones, because the thought of the reign of the saints is uppermost in the mind of the seer. The thrones are seen, and those who sat on them. It has been asked, “By whom are the thrones occupied?” The answer is supplied in the latter part of the verse. Those who are in the latter part said to reign with Christ are clearly those who sit upon the thrones which first caught the prophet’s eye; these are all the real servants of God. They appear before the seer in two great classes:—First, the martyrs who have been faithful unto death; for he speaks first of seeing the souls of those who have been beheaded (strictly, “slain with the axe,” but clearly the special class of beheaded martyrs is to be taken as representing all), because of the testimony of Jesus, and because of the word of God. The number of the martyrs is now complete (comp. Revelation 6:11); these form the first class mentioned. Secondly, those who have been faithful in life occupy these thrones. The prophet sees these, even whosoever did not worship (during life) the wild beast, nor yet his image, and did not receive the mark (comp. Revelation 13:10on their forehead and upon their hand. The triumph and sovereignty, whatever they be, are shared by all the faithful. These things are stated as constituting their privileges. They lived, whereas the rest of the dead lived not; they reigned, and judgment was given them. This last has been felt to be a difficulty. What sort of judgment is intended? The passage in Daniel (Daniel 7:22) is clearly suggestive of the present one. The phrase (judgment was given) is not there to be understood as meaning that right was done them (see Note in Speaker’s Commentary on Daniel), neither must it be so understood here. Judicial powers are given to the saints as to those who occupy thrones; “the chief power in governing” (Gebhardt) is given them (comp. Matthew 19:28, and 1Corinthians 6:2-3); they reign, they judge, they live; the true and full powers of life are seen to be theirs. And is not this the case always? Who, next to Him who knows the secrets of our hearts, exercises judicial powers over men? Do not those whose lives, as we read them, rebuke our own? Truly, those who lived for God, and refused the mark of earthliness, reign and judge us in our worldliness and weakness. This is their sovereign honour here, besides the glad reign in the unseen world.”

The Bible says a thousand years, I believe it is a thousand years.

Rev 20:1-3, “Then I saw an angel coming down from Heaven, holding the key of the abyss and a great 

chain in his hand. And he took hold of the dragon, the serpent of old, who is the devil and Satan, and bound him for a thousand years; and he threw him into the abyss and shut it and sealed it over him, so that he would not deceive the nations any longer, until the thousand years were completed; after these things he must be released for a short time.”

Isa 11:6, “And the wolf will dwell with the lamb, and the leopard will lie down with the young goat, and the calf and the young lion and the fattened steer will be together; and a little boy will lead them.

Pulpit Commentary

Verses 6-9. – Messiah’s kingdom, when fully realized, shall be one of perfect peace. “They shall neither hurt nor destroy in all his holy mountain.” Primarily, no doubt, the passage is figurative, and points to harmony among men, who, in Messiah’s kingdom, shall no longer prey one upon another (see especially ver. 9). But, from the highest spiritual standpoint, the figure itself becomes a reality, and it is seen that, if in the “new heavens and new earth” there is an animal creation, it will be fitting that there harmony should equally prevail among the inferior creation. Human sin may not have introduced rapine and violence among the beasts – at least, geologists tell us that animals preyed one upon another long before the earth was the habitation of man – but still man’s influence may prevail to eradicate the beasts’ natural impulses and educate them to something higher. Already domestication produces an accord and harmony that is in a certain sense against nature. May not this be carried further in the course of ages, and Isaiah’s picture have a literal fulfillment? Jerome’s scorn of the notion as a poetic dream has about it something harsh and untender. Will not God realize all, and more than all, of love and happiness that poets’ dreams can reach to? Verse 6. – The wolf… the leopard… the young lion… the bear are the only ferocious animals of Palestine, where the tiger, the crocodile, the alligator, and the jaguar are unknown. That the Palestinian bear was carnivorous, and a danger to man, appears by Lamentations 3:10Daniel 7:5Amos 5:19. A little child shall lead them. Man’s superiority over the brute creation shall continue, and even be augmented. The most powerful beasts shall submit to the control of a child. Isaiah 11:6.”

5.)  The Armageddon

Some phony theologians and false Bible commentators make much ado about the Armageddon, by calling it the greatest last World War;

there the final world conflict will take place.

Even Britannica said falsely, “The term Armageddon has often been used by Protestant fundamentalists to refer to an impending cataclysmic struggle between the forces of good and evil.

Rev 19:19-21, “And I saw the beast and the kings of the earth and their armies, assembled to make war

against Him who sat on the horse, and against His army. And the beast was seized, and with him the false prophet who performed the signs in his presence, by which he deceived those who had received the mark of the beast and those who worshiped his image; these two were thrown alive into the Lake of Fire, which burns with brimstone. And the

rest were killed with the sword which came from the mouth of Him who sat on the horse, and all the birds were filled with their flesh.”

Matthew Poole’s Commentary

The beast, whether by it be understood the dragon, or the beast with seven heads and ten horns, or the beast with two horns, or all of them, shall before this time be all destroyed, that is, as to their power and dominion; but there will be relics left, both of pagans, and Turks, and papists, of whom it is probable that this is to be understood; viz. that after God, upon the pouring out of the fifth vial, shall have deprived the papacy of their dominion; and by the pouring out of the sixth vial, shall have deprived the Turk of his dominion; that yet such pagans, Turks, and papists, as shall be left, shall be gathered together, and make one or more great armies, with whom the Jews and Gentiles (now united in one church) shall fight under the conduct of Christ, as the Captain general of his church, by whom they shall be overcome; and that this shall be the great battle in Armageddon, mentioned Revelation 16:16.

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

  •  was taken] Scarcely a strong enough word—“was seized” or “overpowered.”
    the false prophet] So called in Revelation 16:13 : see Revelation 13:11 sqq.
    miracles] Should be “the signs”—those described in Revelation 13:13 sqq.
    were cast alive &c.] In Daniel 7:11 the Beast is slain and his body burnt. Perhaps the one indicates the fate of the empire, the other of its personal ruler.”

Gill’s Exposition of the Entire Bible

And the remnant were slain,…. Not only the kings of the earth, and their armies, that will now be gathered together, but all the remains of Papists, Pagans, and Mahometans, in the several parts of the world, even all the enemies of Christ: these will be slainwith the sword of him that sat upon the horse; upon the white horse, as the Ethiopic version reads; the Arabic version reads, that sat upon the throne,

which sword proceedeth out of his mouth, Revelation 19:15 and is the word of God, or the judiciary sentence of Christ according to it; and the meaning is, either that these shall be subdued, conquered, and converted by the word; and so are fitly called a “remnant”, a remnant according to the election of grace among the antichristian party; and which sense agrees with Revelation 11:13 or else that they will be convicted and confounded, and not be able to stand against the light and evidence of the word of God, and will be sentenced by Christ to everlasting punishment; and it may be partly one, and partly the other.

And all the fowls were filled with their flesh; all the Christian princes and people will be satisfied with their kingdoms, riches, and wealth, and will rejoice at their destruction, and in the righteousness of God, which will be displayed in it; and now the world being clear of all Christ’s enemies, Pagan, Papal, and Mahometan, the way will be prepared for Christ’s open and glorious kingdom in it.”

Rev 20:7-9, “When the thousand years are completed, Satan will be released from his prison, and will come 

out to deceive the nations which are at the four 

corners of the earth, Gog and Magog, to gather them together for the war; the number of them is like the sand of the seashore. And they came up on the 

road plain of the earth and surrounded the camp of the saints and the beloved city, and fire came down 

from Heaven and devoured them.”

The King of kings and the Lord of lords does not need to fight any war at all and certainly not “an impending cataclysmic struggle between the forces of good and evil.” The fire comes from Heaven destroys all those who follow the devil.

Bengel’s Gnomen

Revelation 20:7ΤαthoseThose thousand years only, during which Satan was bound; for now again Satan is treated of. The article so refers to the noun (thousand years) applied to two preceding subjects [the two distinct periods of a thousand years each], that it has reference to the former subject. Thus altogether τὸ θηρίονthat beast, ch. Revelation 13:15, does not refer to Revelation 20:11, but to Revelation 20:1. Thus 2 Samuel 23:192 Samuel 23:23τρεῖς refers not to the nearest, but to the more distant, ternary, Revelation 20:8, etc.—χίλια ἔτηthousand years) The threefold expression of the former millennium (to which the threefold mention of the second millennium harmoniously answers) plainly makes a threefold opposition to the Non-chronus (which occupies the time between 1111 1/9 and 999 9/9 or 1000 years), to the short space [Revelation 17:10] (888 8/9 years), and to the time 1, 2, ½ (777 7/9 years); for these three periods, which the dragon rendered particularly disastrous, are immediately followed by a thousand joyful years, while the dragon is bound, and these years are three times expressed [in Revelation 20:2-3Revelation 20:7].—λυθήσεται ἐκ τῆς φυλακῆς) An abbreviated expression: that is, shall be loosed from his chain, and sent forth from his prison.”

6.)  White Throne Judgment

Rev 20:11-15, “Then I saw a great white throne and Him who sat upon it, from whose presence earth and Heaven fled, and no place was found for them.

And I saw the dead, the great and the small, standing before the throne, and books were opened; and another book was opened, which is the Book of Life; and the dead were judged from the things which were written in the books, according to their deeds.

And the sea gave up the dead who were in it, and Death and Hades gave up the dead who were in them; and they were judged, each one of them according to their deeds. Then Death and Hades were thrown into the Lake of Fire. This is the second death, the Lake of Fire. And if anyone’s name was not found written in the Book of Life, he was thrown into the Lake of Fire.

Rev 20:10, “And the devil who deceived them was thrown into the Lake of Fire and Brimstone, where the beast and the false prophet are also; and they will be tormented day and night forever and ever.”

Once the universe is safe and secure because the devil, his agents and the wicked are all thrown down into the Lake of Fire, the King of kings and the Lord of lords will begin His eternal reign.

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

10And the devil that deceived them] Lit. that deceiveth, but the sense is general: as if we were to say “their deceiver.”
into the lake &c.] Revelation 19:20.
where] Read, where also.
the beast and the false prophet are] It might be better to supply were cast. That they are there still, not consumed by their more than thousand years of torment, is not stated in this clause but is in the next.
shall be &c.] To prevent ambiguity we should render, they shall be, all three of them.
for ever and ever] Lit. to the ages of the ages, as strong an expression for absolute endlessness as Biblical language affords. The expression “day and night” seems hardly consistent with the view often expressed, that the eternity here spoken of is unaccompanied with a sense of duration like that which we call time.”

7.)  The Kingdom of Heaven

Finally, when the devil and the wicked are thrown into the Lake of Fire and Brimstone, Jesus Christ will reign forever and ever. Please read the following:

located in the Holy City, New Jerusalem, Revelation Chapter 21.

Rev 11:15, “Then the seventh angel sounded; and there were loud voices in Heaven, saying,

“The kingdoms of the world have become the

Kingdom of our Lord and of His Christ; and He will reign forever and ever.”

Pulpit Commentary

Verse 15. – And the seventh angel sounded; and there were great voices in heaven, saying. The participle “saying” is masculine, λέγοντες, in A, B; the feminine, λέγουσαι, is read in א, C, P. Though the latter would be more correct, grammatically, yet irregular construction in such cases is not uncommon in the Apocalypse. The voices were possibly those of the angels rejoicing in the triumph of the kingdom of God. Or perhaps they proceeded from the four living beings, since the elders are next mentioned (ver. 17) as offering the praises of the redeemed Church which they represent. At the opening of the seventh seal there was silence in heaven; here, at the sound of the seventh angel’s trumpet, voices are heard “in heaven,” but there is silence as to the fate of the wicked, with whom the trumpet visions have been chiefly concerned. In the revelation of the fate in store for the Church, as well as in that of the doom awarded to the ungodly, the visions stop short of describing circumstances connected with the life after the judgment day. The kingdoms of this world are become the kingdoms of our Lord, and of his Christ; and he shall reign forever and ever. Ἐγένετο ἡ βασιλαία, in the singular, is found in א, A, B, C, P, and versions, and is adopted by the Revised Version. Ἐγένοντο αἱ βασιλεῖαι, the plural, is read in two cursives. We can understand the first part of this verse by referring to Revelation 12:10. God’s power and authority is established by the final overthrow of Satan. It naturally follows the account, in vers. 12, 13, of the vindication of God’s witnesses, and of the glory rendered by the rest of mankind. With God the Father is associated Christ, by whose means the overthrow of the devil is effected, and by whom his servants overcome (cf. Revelation 1:6Revelation 5:9Revelation 7:14Revelation 12:11). This is the final victory; henceforth “he shall reign forever and ever.” Revelation 11:15.”

You have learned about the Second Coming of Jesus Christ in detail. This is the glorious and most important event to take place in the universe.

Mar 1:15, “and saying, “The time is fulfilled, and the Kingdom of God has come near; repent and 

believe in the Gospel.”

Yes, the time has come near. The dispensation of grace under the Kingdom of God will soon be over. It is high time for you to repent of your sin and believe in the Lord Jesus Christ as your God and Savior.  You must not neglect so great a salvation. You can do it now.

WILLLIE WONG THOUGHT

WILLIE WONG

https://williewong.cw.center

DECEMBER 20, 2025

https://williewong.cw.center

Copyright © 2018 – 2025 by Willie Wong

All African nations, South America, Asia and the world, where can you find a country which does not have large national debts and deficits? Africa is different because for 500 years, not one country has become self-sufficient and solvent, they glorify with their primitive cultures and brag about their scientists and experts, joy to kill each other. International aid actually fuel their official corruption. Any nation that shares destinies with Africa will be doomed! No resources can fill the Black holes! The international community should leave Africa alone, let them do or die.

China modernization must focus that every village will have:

  1. Electricity.
  2. Running water to drink and wash.
  3. Gas to cook and heat.
  4. Internet.
  5. Livelihood.

*THIS WORLD

*THIS WORLD

*Our mission is to preach the Gospel of Jesus Christ absolutely free. We do not want donation. We only want you to know the truth. 

BY WILLIE WONG

1.)  I AM not of this world

Jhn 8:23, “And He was saying to them, “You are from below, I am from above; you are of this world, I am not of this world.”

Ellicott’s Commentary for English Readers

  • There is indeed a gulf which they cannot pass, but it is not that between souls in Abraham’s bosom and souls in Hades. It is the gulf between heaven and earth. This He brings out in two pairs of antithetic clauses. (Comp. Note on John 1:3.) These clauses interpret each other, and no deeper meaning is to be given to the first pair than is borne by the second. We may arrange them in a pair of affirmatives and a pair of negatives—

“Ye are from beneath;” “ye are of this world.”

“I am from above” (not from beneath); “I am not of this world.”

We have thus the full Hebrew expression of one thought, and this is the thought which John the Baptist, from another point of view, taught his disciples in John 3:31. They are by origin and nature of the earth. He was by origin and nature from heaven. Of the earth, their feelings and thoughts and life were of the earth, and, by devotion to things of the earth, they are destroying the spirit made in the image of God, which is within them, and the link between them and heaven. He is from heaven in origin, and is divine in nature. He has come to reveal the heavenly and the divine to the earthly and the human. In Him, and in Him only, can their spirits find deliverance from sin, and find the true life; for in Him, and in Him only, the divine and the human meet.”

We have to know what kind of world is this world before we do anything about it. Beware, the Lord says He is not of this world, He does not belong to this world. This world cannot be good, because Jesus is not of this world.

2.)  Jesus chose Christians out of the world

Jhn 15:19, “If you were of the world, the world would love you as its own; but because you are not of the world, but I chose you out of the world, because of this the world hates you.

Barnes’ Notes on the Bible

If ye were of the world – If you were actuated by the principles of the world. If, like them, you were vain, earthly, sensual, given to pleasure, wealth, ambition, they would not oppose you.

Because ye are not of the world – Because you are influenced by different principles from men of the world. You are actuated by the love of God and holiness; they by the love of sin.

I have chosen you out of the world – I have, by choosing you to be my followers, separated you from their society, and placed you under the government of my holy laws.

Therefore … – A Christian may esteem it as one evidence of his piety that he is hated by wicked men. Often most decided evidence is given that a man is the friend of God by the opposition excited against him by the profane, by Sabbath-breakers, and by the dissolute, 1 John 3:13John 7:7.”

These are the words that Jesus prayed to the Father:

Jhn 17:13-18, “But now I am coming to You; and these things I speak in the world so that they may have My joy made full in themselves. I have given them Your Word; and the world has hated them because they are not of the world, just as I am not of the world. I am not asking You to take them out of the world, but to keep them away from the evil one. They are not of the world, just as I am not of the world. Sanctify them in the truth; Your Word is truth. Just as You sent Me into the world, I also sent them into the world.”

The most difficult part for Christians: Christians are chosen out of the world. They are not of this world, but they are in the world.

3.)  Jesus came into this world for judgment

Jhn 9:39, “And Jesus said, “For judgment I came into this world, so that those who do not see may see, and those who see may become blind.”

Ellicott’s Commentary for English Readers

  •  For judgment I am come into this world.—These words arise immediately out of what has preceded. The beggar has passed from a state of physical blindness, and has received the faculty of sight. He has passed from a state of spiritual blindness, and has received the power to recognise and believe on Jesus Christ as the Son of God. He did not see, but the result of the manifestation of the Messiah is for him that he now does see. Conscious of his own spiritual blindness, he asked, “Who is He, Lord, that I might believe on Him?” and to him, as to every earnest and humble seeker after truth, because in all his seeming need he really “hath,” there is given that he may “have more abundance.” In marked contrast to this spirit of humility and desire to come to the light, was that of the Pharisees. They claimed to have the “key of knowledge” (Matthew 11:25), and were, as a Pharisee represents him who is “called a Jew,” “confident that they were guides of the blind, lights of them which are in darkness” (Romans 2:17 et seq.; comp. 1Corinthians 1:211Corinthians 3:18). Conscious of their own spiritual light, they felt no need of a truer Light, and therefore could not see it; and from them, as from every careless and self-trusting possessor of truth, because, in all his seeming abundance, he really hath not,” there is taken away “even that he hath.” (Comp. Note on John 1:16.)

This passing from darkness to light, and from light to darkness, suggests thoughts which our Lord has already uttered in John 3:17-19, and which will meet us again more fully in John 12:37-50. (See Notes on these passages.) Judgment is not the ultimate end of His coming, for He came to save the world; but it is an end, and therefore a result. The special form of the word rendered “judgment” in this place is used nowhere else by St. John, and indicates that what is here thought of is not the act of judging, but the concrete result—the sentence pronounced after judgment. His coming was a bringing light into the darkness of men’s hearts, a testing of the false and the true, and as men accepted or rejected Him they pronounced a judicial sentence upon themselves. That light judged no man, and yet by it every man was judged.

That they which see not might see.—The force of these words lies in the fact that the phrases, “they which see not” and “they which see,” are to be interpreted as from their own point of view—“That they which think they see not might really see; and that they which think they see might really be made blind.”

4.)  The one who hates his life in this world

Jhn 12:25, “The one who loves his life loses it, and the one who hates his life in this world will keep it to eternal life.”

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

25loveth his life … hateth his life … life eternal] ‘Life’ is here used in two senses, and in the Greek two different words are used. In the first two cases ‘life’ means the life of the individual, in the last, life in the abstract. By sacrificing life in the one sense, we may win life in the other. See notes on Matthew 10:39Matthew 16:25Mark 8:35Luke 9:24Luke 17:33. A comparison of the texts will shew that most of them refer to different occasions, so that this solemn warning must have been often on His lips. The present utterance is distinct from all the rest.
shall lose it] Better, loseth it; the Greek may mean destroyeth it.
hateth his life] i.e. is ready to act towards it as if he hated it, if need so require. Neither here nor in Luke 14:26 must ‘hate’ be watered down to mean ‘be not too fond of;’ it means that and a great deal more. The word rendered ‘life’ in ‘loveth his life’ and ‘hateth his life’ might also mean ‘soul,’ and some would translate it so: but would Christ have spoken of hating one’s soul as the way to eternal life?

Jesus makes the contrast so clear. Christians cannot be worldly-minded, devoid of the Spirit, to cause divisions. Christians who have worldly goods, cannot close their hearts. Christians must avoid worldly and empty chatter. Christians must oppose arguments of what is falsely called “knowledge”. Christians cannot join the worldly and unholy, those who kill their fathers or mothers, the murderers.

5.)  Now judgment is upon this world

Jhn 12:31, “Now judgment is upon this world; now the ruler of this world will be cast out.”

Ellicott’s Commentary for English Readers

  •  Now is the judgment of this world.—For the word “judgment” comp. Notes on John 3:17-19John 16:11. There is here, following on the coming of the Greeks, which He reads as a sign, and upon the voice from heaven, which was a sign for the multitude, the thought of the Messianic kingdom, of which the first members were then present, and which was to comprehend all men. This thought includes—(1) the judgment (condemnatory) of this world; (2) the casting out of the prince of this world; (3) the establishment of His spiritual kingdom (John 12:32).

Now shall the prince of this world be cast out.—The title “prince of this world” was the regular Rabbinic title for Satan, whom they regarded as the ruler of the Gentiles, the Jews not being included in his kingdom. The reign of the true Messiah is over the Gentile and Jewish world alike; Gentiles as well as Jews are at this moment in the temple listening to Him; Jews as well as Gentiles have been subjects of the prince of this world (John 8:44; Romans 2). The world itself, as opposed to Christ, is condemned, for its unbelief crucifies Jesus Christ; but the Resurrection and Ascension are Heaven’s witness that He is the Son of God. The world’s condemnation is followed by the casting out of its ruler.

The whole future is present to the mind of Christ, and in the confidence of victory He uses the emphatic “now” of both the judgment of the world and the dethronement of its prince. It should be noted, however, that the tenses differ. The one is thought of as the immediate result of His death; the other is the gradual victory of truth, and is spoken of in the same future as the drawing all men of the following verse.”

6.)  He would depart from this world to the Father

Jhn 13:1, “Now before the Feast of the Passover, Jesus, knowing that His hour had come that He would depart from this world to the Father, having loved His own who were in the world, He loved them to the end.

Ellicott’s Commentary for English Readers

  • LOVE MANIFESTED IN HUMILIATION (John 13:1-30).
  • The washing of the disciples’ feet (verses
  • The spiritual interpretation of this act (John 13:12-28).
  • The Betrayal. Hatred passes from the presence of love (John 13:21-30). (1) Now before the feast of the passover.—Comp. John 12:1John 12:12John 12:36, and Excursus F: The Day of the Crucifixion of our Lord.

When Jesus knew that his hour was come . . .—He knew during the course of His earthly work that His hour was not yet come, and again and again declared this. (Comp. Note on John 2:4John 7:6John 11:9.) Now He knows with equal certainty that the hour is at hand that He should depart unto the Father. Having loved his own which were in the world . . .—By “his own” are here meant those who by believing on Him had received power to become the sons of God; those who by walking according as they had light were becoming sons of light. They are the true members, of the family of God. (Comp. Note on John 1:11-12.) The words as here used refer specially to those who had been called by Him, and had left all and followed Him. He is the head of this family, and He knows that these His “little children” (John 13:33) will be left as orphans (John 14:18). He would depart “out of the world;” they would be left “in the world,” as sheep among wolves, and as sheep without their shepherd. St. John places these facts in touching contrast. His thoughts are for them and not for Himself. For Him there would be the return to the glory of His Father’s throne, but His mind dwells on the bereavement and sorrow of those He leaves behind, and this moves Him to a special manifestation of His love.

He loved them unto the end—It has been usual to explain these words of the continuance of our Lord’s love—“Having loved His own, He continued to love them until the last moment.” This is, of course, true, but is a truth so certain and necessary from every conception of our Lord’s character as St. John has portrayed it, that we may doubt whether he would in this formal way state it. And though the phrase rendered “unto the end” sometimes means “finally”—as, e.g., in the New Testament, Luke 18:5, and 1Thessalonians 2:16 (see Notes)—the sense, “unto the end” is very rare, and the general meaning is, “in the fullest degree,” “up to the limit.” It thus answers exactly to our “extremely.”

What seems not to have been noted is that the whole sentence may be a common Hebrew idiom in Greek dress. It belongs to the simple syntax of a primitive people to express intensity by repetition. The Vale of Sodom was “pits, pits of bitumen “(Genesis 14:10). Esau asked Jacob to feed him with “that red, red, thing” (Genesis 25:30). The intensity of the verbal idea was expressed in like manner by a simple form of the verb which brought the thought before the mind, and then by the special form which denoted the action. This is sometimes preserved in the English, as, e.g., in Genesis 20:17—“That in blessing I will bless thee, and in multiplying I will multiply thy seed” (I will bless thee abundantly, and will multiply thy seed exceedingly). Sometimes it is not. We have, e.g., in Amos 9:8, “I will not utterly destroy the house of Jacob, saith the Lord,” where the Hebrew is literally, “Destroying I will not destroy . . . (Vulgate, conter ens non conter am). In these passages the English exactly follows the Greek—i.e., the Greek in the passage of Genesis repeats the words as the Hebrew does, and in that of Amos, expresses the intensity by an adverbial phrase (εìs τέλος). Now that phrase is exactly the same as the one used by St. John here, and which is rendered “unto the end.” St. John was a Jew writing in Greek. May we not naturally expect a Hebrew thought in Greek form? He thinks of the intensity of our Lord’s love, and speaks of it in the simple expressiveness of the old Hebrew phrase, “Loving, he loved them with fulness of love.” (Comp. John 12:13.) This is not given as an amended rendering, because authority has been sought for it without success; but it is offered, as an explanation, to the reader’s judgment. The student will find in Schleusner s Lexicon Veteris Testamenti other instances which support this view.”

7.)  The ruler of this world has been judged

Jhn 16:11, “and regarding judgment, because the ruler of this world has been judged.”

Pulpit Commentary

Verse 11. – In respect of judgment, because the prince of this world is judged. The conviction of sin will have a peculiarly and specially subjective cause; that of judgment will, like that of righteousness, be preceded by two stupendous objective facts – the exaltation of Christ and the judgment of Satan. The glorification of the Son of man, to the extent of his being declared to be the Son of God with power, will be the grand event which human nature will be powerless to counteract or ultimately to resist. “Know assuredly that this same Jesus whom you have crucified is both Lord and Christ.” The judgment of the prince of this world is also a fact lying outside the politics of the world, which may fume and rage as it will; it is beyond the reach of the philosophy or literature, the courts or armies, the fashions or the force, of this world. The central prince and spirit of the world is judged by the Lord Jesus, and condemned; and the time is coming when the old standard of judgment will be cast out, and the world will be compelled to admit that it has been vanquished (John 12:31). The conviction concerning sin, righteousness, and judgment, by the aid of the Advocate whom Christ will send, will become the great work of the apostles and of the Church, until he comes again in his glory. While commenting upon this sublime assurance the awful process must not be forgotten, nor the fact that the prince of the world dies hard. The atrocious wickedness which burst out after the exaltation of Christ among the people who had rejected their Lord, and the consummation of the mystery of iniquity in the Roman empire, was a part of the providential conviction of the world. Archdeacon Hare, in his ‘ Mission of the Comforter,’ insists that the entire conviction of judgment, righteousness, and sin must be the work of “the Comforter;” that all the objective facts, all the teaching of example, all the thunder of prophecy, nay, all the outward demonstration of sin, righteousness, and judgment, made in and by the incarnation and sacrifice of Christ, must be complemented by the grace of the Holy Spirit on individuals, nations, and humanity at large; and that it is in the capacity of human “Comforter,” or “Advocate,” that this conviction is wrought. John 16:11.”

8.)  My Kingdom is not of this world

Jhn 18:36, “Jesus answered, “My Kingdom is not of this world. If My kingdom were of this world, My servants would be fighting so that I would not be handed over to the Jews; but as it is, My Kingdom is not of this realm.”

I have studied and been to the best parts of the world.  My findings is the fact there is no good society in this world.

Please read https://williewong.cw.center/the-theory-of-good-society/

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

  •  My kingdom] There is a strong emphasis on ‘My’ throughout the verse; ‘the kingdom that is Mine, the servants that are Mine;’ i.e. those that are truly such (see on John 14:27). The word for ‘servants’ here is the same as is rendered ‘officers’ in John 18:3John 18:12John 18:18John 18:33John 7:32John 7:45-46 (comp. Matthew 5:25), and no doubt contains an allusion to the officials of the Jewish hierarchy. In Luke 1:2, the only other place in the Gospels where the word is used of Christians, it is rendered ‘ministers,’ as also in 1 Corinthians 4:1, the only place where the word occurs in the Epistles. Comp. Acts 13:5.
    is not of this world] Has not its origin or root there so as to draw its power from thence. Comp. John 8:23John 20:19John 17:14John 17:16.
    if my kingdom] In the original the order is impressively reversed; if of this world were My kingdom. For the construction comp. John 5:46.
    fight] Better, be striving (comp. Luke 13:241 Corinthians 9:25). For the construction comp. John 5:46John 8:19John 8:42John 9:41John 15:19.
    but now] The meaning of ‘now’ is clear from the context and also from John 8:40John 9:41John 15:22John 15:24, ‘as it is,’ ‘as the case really stands.’ It does not mean ‘My kingdom is not of this world now, but shall be so hereafter;’ as if Christ were promising a millenium.”

Many do not know that the second coming of Jesus Christ is not one event, but a process of events. It starts with (1.) The Rapture (2.) The Great Tribulation (3.)  The Appearing of Jesus Christ  (4.) The Millennium  (5.) The Armageddon  (6.) The White Throne Judgment  (7.)  The Kingdom of Heaven.

The Kingdom of Heaven as described in Revelation Chapter 21, where Christ and saints will reign forever and ever. The Kingdom of Heaven is the perfect eternal home of true believers.

9.)  Do not be conformed to this world

Rom 12:2, “And do not be conformed to this world, but be transformed by the renewing of your mind, so that you may prove what the will of God is, that which is good and acceptable and perfect.”

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

  •  be not conformed] Same word as 1 Peter 1:14; (E. V. “not fashioning yourselves”) The Gr. noun (schema) on which the verb rendered “conform” is based indicates a form external rather than internal, transient or unreal rather than solid and lasting:—a “figure.” It occurs 1 Corinthians 7:31, (E. V. “the fashion of this world,”) and Php 2:8, (E. V. “in fashion as a man.”) In the last passage the reference is to the Lord’s Manhood not as unreal but as, in a certain sense, external, i.e. as distinguished from the real but invisible Deity which lay, as it were, within the veil or robe of the real and visible Humanity.—Here the verb indicates that a true Christian’s “conformity to this world” could only be (1) conformity to a transient thing, a thing doomed to destruction, and (2) illusory in itself, because alien from the man’s true principles and position.—A similar reference is plainly traceable in 1 Peter 1:14.
    this world] Lit. this age. Same word as Matthew 12:32Luke 16:81 Corinthians 1:201 Corinthians 2:61 Corinthians 2:81 Corinthians 3:182 Corinthians 4:4Galatians 1:4Ephesians 1:211 Timothy 6:172 Timothy 4:10Titus 2:12. The antithesis is “the world to come,” “the coming age,” “that age:” e.g. Matthew 12:32Luke 20:35Ephesians 1:21. The passages quoted (and many might be added) shew that the meaning is rightly conveyed in E. V. “This age” is the present order of things, the period of sin and death, and (by a natural transference) the contents of that period, the principles and practices of evil. The antithesis is the Eternal Future, the resurrection-life, (Luke 20:35-36,) in which sin and death shall have no place for ever. Thus the exhortation here is, to live as those whose lives are governed by the principles and hopes of a holy eternity in prospect.
    be transformed] Same word as Matthew 17:2, (“was transfigured;”) 2 Corinthians 3:18, (“are changed”) The root-noun (morphè) is different from the root-noun of “conformed” just above, and forms an antithesis to it. In such antithetical connexions it indicates an essential, permanent, and real form. It is used e.g. Php 2:6Php 2:8; in which verses the essential reality of the Lord’s Deity and Servitude respectively are emphasized. Here the point of the word is manifest: the Christian, by the Divine “renewal,” is to realize an essential and permanent change; to prove himself, as it were, one of a new species; a “new man,” not the “old man” in a new dress.
    For masterly discussions of the differences between Schema and Morphè see Abp Trench’s New Testament Synonyms, under the word μορφὴ, and Bp Lightfoot’s Philippians, detached Note to ch. 2. Abp Trench vividly illustrates the difference thus: “If I were to change a Dutch garden into an Italian, this would be [a change of schema;] but if I were to transform a garden into something wholly different, say a garden into a city, this would be [a change of morphè.][44]”
    [44] We translate the Greek nouns, used by the Abp in this sentence. He paraphrases the present passage: “Do not fall in with the fleeting fashions of this world, out undergo a deep abiding change, by the renewing of your mind, such as the Spirit of God alone can work in you (2 Corinthians 3:18).”
    Observe that the Gr. word translated “conformed” in Romans 8:29 is based not on schema but on morphè.—This passage is illustrated by that. The predestinating will of God is carried out, as we here see, through the real efforts of the renewed wills of the saints, to which the appeal is here made. See Php 2:12-13; (where render “for His good pleasure’s sake.”)
    by the renewing of your mind] As the quasi-instrument of the transformation. The regenerating power of the Holy Spirit had rectified their intelligence, which they were now to use in “purifying themselves as the Lord was pure.” As the Divine change had enabled them to use their intelligence aright, the change is spoken of as if itself the instrument to be used.—The word rendered “renewing” occurs Titus 3:5; and the cognate verb 2 Corinthians 4:16Colossians 3:10. It may denote, according to context, either the initial “renewing,” when man definitely becomes “the child of God through faith in Christ Jesus,” and “the Spirit of Christ” takes up His dwelling in the soul; or the progressive “renewing” consequent on this, as thought, will, and affections “grow in grace,” and the man is (according to the appeal here) progressively “transformed.” Such is probably the reference in 2 Corinthians 4:16Colossians 3:10. Here the other reference is more probable, as we have indicated above: the “renewing” here is already a fact, and is used in the process of “transformation.”
    your mind] Here probably, in a strict sense, your intelligence, renewed or rectified by Divine grace, so as (in the following words) “to prove what is the will of God.”—Observe that the “mind,” as well as other parts of the being, is assumed to have needed “renewing.” Cp. Ephesians 4:18.
    that ye may provemay assay, or test. Same word as Romans 1:28, (E. V., “like,”) Romans 2:18Romans 14:22 (“allow;”), 1 Corinthians 3:13 (“try;”), 2 Corinthians 13:5Ephesians 5:10 (a close parallel;), Php 1:10 (where render, “test things which differ;), &c.” Where the context allows, the word often includes (and sometimes wholly adopts) the idea of preference, of approval; e.g. 1 Corinthians 16:3. Here the meaning is that the Christian’s intelligence has been so “renewed” by grace that he now, by a holy instinct, can discern, in conflicting cases, the will of God from the will of self or of the world. And on this perception he is to act.
    acceptable] Same word as in Romans 12:1. His will is “acceptable” to the saints, because the will of their Father. It is also “acceptable “to Himself, both in itself, and because as done by His children it results in acts pleasing to Him.
    perfect] In wisdom and love, whatever perplexities becloud it.”

10.)  The wisdom of this world is foolishness in the sight of God

1Co 3:19, “For the wisdom of this world is foolishness in the sight of God. For it is written: “He is THE ONE WHO CATCHES THE WISE BY THEIR CRAFTINESS”

Matthew Poole’s Commentary

For the wisdom of this world is foolishness with God; God accounteth that folly which the world calleth wisdom, and indeed it is so (for God cannot err, nor be mistaken in his judgment): the philosophers and wise men of the world propose the happiness of man as their end, which indeed is the true end which all men aim at, and do propound to themselves; true wisdom directeth the best means in order to the best end. Whatsoever directeth not to the best end, or to what is not the best means in order to that end, is not wisdom, but real folly; worldly wisdom neither directeth to the best end, for it looks at no further happiness than that of this life, nor yet to the best means, and therefore is truly, what God accounts it, foolishness.
For it is written: He taketh the wise in their own craftiness; and to see the wise and learned men of the world thus err both in their judgment and practice, is no wonder at all; for God is set out of old by Eliphaz, as one that taketh the wise in their own craftiness, Job 5:13.”

Fools do not know they are fools. Ask world leaders, none of them think they are foolish. So the wisdom of the world is foolishness in the sight of God.

11.)  The god of this world has blinded the minds of the unbelieving

2Co 4:4, “in whose case the god of this world has blinded the minds of the unbelieving so that they will not see the light of the Gospel of the glory of Christ, who is the image of God.”

I often thought why otherwise intelligent persons would reject the glorious Gospel of Christ; this Scripture gives the answer.

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

  •  in whom the god of this world] i.e. the devil, who is called the prince or ruler of this world in John 12:31John 14:30John 16:11. So also Matthew 4:9Luke 4:6Ephesians 2:2Ephesians 6:12. He is so called because for the present he has power in it, Revelation 12:12. The early fathers, in their zeal against the two gods (one good and one evil) of the Manichaeans and some sects of the Gnostics, repudiate this interpretation, and render, in defiance of the plain meaning, ‘God hath blinded the understandings of the unbelievers of this world.’ On this Calvin makes some wise remarks: “We see what the heat of controversy does in such disputes. If all these men had read the words of Paul with a tranquil mind, it would never have come into their mind so to wrest his words into a forced sense. But because their adversaries bore hardly on them, they thought more of vanquishing them than of endeavouring to ascertain the mind of Paul.”
    hath blinded the minds of them which believe not] The meaning is either (1) that all were perishing alike (John 3:18), but that some believed and Satan blinded the minds of the rest, or (2) that all were formerly unbelieving, but that some, by rejecting the good tidings of salvation through Christ, passed over into the category of the perishing. In support of (1) we may render ‘in whom’ by ‘among whom.’ The word here translated ‘them which believe not’ is used in 1 Corinthians 6:61 Corinthians 7:12-151 Corinthians 10:271 Corinthians 14:22-24, of those who do not believe in Christ. For the word translated ‘minds,’ see note on ch. 2 Corinthians 2:11. The word translated ‘blinded’ is not the same as that used in ch. 2 Corinthians 3:14.
    lest the light of the glorious gospel of Christ] Rather, lest the enlightenment (Rhemish, illuminationof the Gospel of the glory of Christ. The word translated ‘light’ in the A. V. signifies rather the result of light than light itself. The words translated ‘glorious gospel’ are so translated in virtue of the constant occurrence of Hebraisms of this kind in the N. T. But it seems impossible to doubt that there is here a reference to the ‘glory’ so frequently mentioned in the last chapter, as in the word ‘blinded’ there is an obvious reference to the vail.
    who is the image of God] Cf. ch. 2 Corinthians 3:18Colossians 1:15. The word in the original is exactly equivalent to our word likeness. An image or likeness is a visible representation of an object. So Christ in His humanity (cf. Genesis 1:271 Corinthians 11:7) is a visible representation of the unseen God. Cf. John 1:1-14 (especially the last verse), and Hebrews 1:3. Also John 14:8-9. No revelation of the wisdom and power of God that man has received can compare with that made in the Life, Death and Resurrection of the Incarnate Son. Also as the ‘Mediator of the New Covenant’ (Hebrews 12:24), glory, the glory of the Invisible God, streams from His Face, a glory far brighter than that with which Moses’ face shone after communing with God.”

I hope the god of this world has not blinded your minds so that you would believe and be saved.

12.)  God chose the poor of this world

Jas 2:5, “Listen, my beloved brothers and sisters: did God not choose the poor of this world to be rich in faith and heirs of the kingdom which He promised to those who love Him?”

Ellicott’s Commentary for English Readers

  •  Hearken, my beloved brethren.—With complete change of manner the Apostle writes now as if he were speaking, in brief quivering sentences, appealing to the hearts which his stronger words may not compel.

Hath not God chosen . . .?—There is, then, an election on the part of God. It were folly to deny it. But this passage, like so many others, gives the reason for that choice. “The poor of this world” are His chosen; not merely for their poverty, although it may have been the air, so to speak, in which the virtues which endeared them to Him have flourished most. And these are rich for present and for future. They know Him “now by faith,” and “after this life have the fruition of His glorious Godhead.” “Blessed be ye poor, for yours is the kingdom of God” (Luke 6:20). The way thereto for them is nearer and less cumbered than for the rich, if only they fulfil the Scripture (comp. Matthew 6:3), and be poor “in spirit:” then, indeed, are they “heirs of the kingdom which He hath promised to them that love Him.” The world must always measure by its own standard, and consider poverty a curse, just as it looks on pain and trouble as evil. But the teaching of God, declared most eloquently in the life of His blessed Son, is the direct opposite to this. In a worship which demands of its votaries costly gifts and offerings—and every religion tends downwards to such desires—the rich man has a golden pavement to his future bliss. No wonder, therefore, that again and again the voice of the Spirit of God has pointed out the narrow way, and the eternal excellency of truth, and faith, and love, the riches easiest of acquisition by the poor.”

So I insist the Gospel is preached to the poor absolutely free.

13.)  Demas loved this present world

2 Ti 4:10, “for Demas, having loved this present world, has deserted me and gone to Thessalonica; Crescens has gone to Galatia, Titus to Dalmatia.”

Barnes’ Notes on the Bible

For Demas hath forsaken me – Demas is honorably mentioned in Colossians 4:14; but nothing more is known of him than what can be gathered from that place and this – that he was at first a friend and fellow-laborer of Paul, but that, under the influence of a desire to live, he afterward forsook him, even in circumstances where he greatly needed the presence of a friend.

Having loved this present world – This does not mean, necessarily, that he was an avaricious man, or that, in itself, he loved the honors or wealth of this world; but it means that he desired to live. He was not willing to stay with Paul, and subject himself to the probabilities of martyrdom; and, in order to secure his life, he departed to a place of safety. The Greek is, ἀγαπὴσας τὸν νὺν αἰῶνα agapēsas ton nun aiōna – having loved the world that now is; that is, this world as it is, with all its cares, and troubles, and comforts; having desired to remain in this world, rather than to go to the other. There is, perhaps, a slight censure here in the language of Paul – “the censure of grief;” but there is no reason why Demas should be held up as an example of a worldly man. That he desired to live longer; that he was unwilling to remain and risk the loss of life, is indeed clear. That Paul was pained by his departure, and that he felt lonely and sad, is quite apparent; but I see no evidence that Demas was influenced by what are commonly called worldly feelings, or that he was led to this course by the desire of wealth, or fame, or pleasure.

And is departed unto Thessalonica – Perhaps his native place. “Calmet.”

Crescens – Nothing more is known of Crescens than is here mentioned. “He is thought by Eusebius and others to have preached in Gaul, and to have founded the church in Vienne, in Dauphiny” – Calmet.

To Galatia – See Intro. to the Epistle to the Galatians, Section 1. It is not known to what part of Galatia he had gone, or why he went there.

Titus into Dalmatia – Dalmatia was a part of Illyricum, on the gulf of Venice, or the Adriatic sea. On the situation of Illyricum, see the notes on Romans 15:19. Paul does not mention the reason why Titus had gone there; but it is not improbable that he had gone to preach the gospel, or to visit the churches which Paul had planted in that region. The apostle does not suggest that he was deserving of blame for having gone, and it can hardly be supposed that “Titus” would have left him at this time without his concurrence. Perhaps, when he permitted him to go, he did not know how soon events would come to a crisis with him; and as a letter would more readily reach Timothy at Ephesus, than Titus in Dalmatia, he requested him to come to him, instead of directing Titus to return.”

14.)  The present form of this world is passing away

1Co 7:31, “and those who use the world, as though they did not make full use of it; for the present form of this world is passing away.”

Ellicott’s Commentary for English Readers

  •  Not abusing it.—We can scarcely find a better word in English than “abusing” by which to render the Greek of this passage. But this word implies, in modern language, an abuse arising from misuse, and not, as in the original here, an abuse arising from over-much use. All the things mentioned in this series by the Apostle are right things; and the warning is against being in bondage to those things which are in themselves right and good, and not against any criminal use of them. Though they are not wrong in themselves, we are not to become slaves of them; we are to renounce them, “so as not to follow nor be led by them.”

For the fashion of this world passeth away.—Better, for the outward form of this world is passing away (the word translated “fashion” occurs only here and in Philippians 2:8). The allusion is not a merely general reference to the ephemeral nature of things temporal, but arises from the Apostle’s conviction that the last days were already commencing, when the outward temporal form of things was being superseded (Romans 8:19Revelation 21:1). The word “for” does not introduce a reason for the immediately preceding injunction, but carries us back to the previous statement in 1Corinthians 7:29 : “the time is short,” the intervening series of illustrative exhortations being parenthetical.”

Your mansion, luxury car, money, jewelry, fashion clothes, furniture, collectables, etc. are passing away. What does it mean the world is passing away?

2Pe 3:11-13, “Since all these things are to be destroyed in this way, what sort of people ought you to be in holy conduct and godliness, looking for and

hastening the coming of the Day of God, because of which the heavens will be destroyed by burning, and the elements will melt with intense heat! But according to His promise we are looking for 

new heavens and a new earth, in which 

righteousness dwells.” What are elements? Elements are iron, copper, cobalt, nickel, silver, gold, etc. are melted by intense heat.

2Pe 3:7, “But by His word the present heavens and earth are being reserved for fire, kept for the Day of judgment and destruction of ungodly people.”

Jde 1:7, “just as Sodom and Gomorrah and the cities around them, since they in the same way as these angels indulged in sexual perversion and went after strange flesh, are exhibited as an example in undergoing the punishment of eternal fire.”

You have learned that the present world will be destroyed by fire. The world is passing away. Therefore it is wise for you to repent of your sins and believe in Jesus Christ. You must not neglect so great a salvation. You can do it now.

WILLLIE WONG THOUGHT

WILLIE WONG

https://williewong.cw.center

DECEMBER 15, 2025

https://williewong.cw.center

Copyright © 2018 – 2025 by Willie Wong

All African nations, South America, Asia and the world, where can you find a country which does not have large national debts and deficits? Africa is different because for 500 years, not one country has become self-sufficient and solvent, they glorify with their primitive cultures and brag about their scientists and experts, joy to kill each other. International aid actually fuel their official corruption. Any nation that shares destinies with Africa will be doomed! No resources can fill the Black holes! The international community should leave Africa alone, let them do or die.

China modernization must focus that every village will have:

  1. Electricity.
  2. Running water to drink and wash.
  3. Gas to cook and heat.
  4. Internet.
  5. Livelihood.
  6. New toilet by law

The nymcoompoop of Ukraine is guilty and responsible for 55 K deaths of its soldiers and many more missing in initiating war with Russia. He should be executed. The leaders of EU are dummies for making $billions of loans to Ukraine who can never repay. Ukraine should never be rebuilt to serve as a warning to the world.
 

*EMPTY

*EMPTY

*Our mission is to preach the Gospel of Jesus Christ absolutely free. We do not want donation. We only want you to know the truth. 

BY WILLIE WONG

Ecc 1:2, “Vanity of vanities,” says the Preacher,
“Vanity of vanities! All is vanity.”

Vanity in Hewbrew is heḇel which means vapour, breath, emptiness; figuratively, something transitory and unsatisfactory; a breath ( aura) will carry away;

something that is vain, empty, or valueless; something vain and empty (Strong’s Concordance); — which occurs 73 times in the Old Testament.

Pulpit Commentary

Verses 2-11. – PROLOGUE. The vanity of all human and mundane things, and the oppressive monotony of their continued recurrence. Verse 2. – Vanity of vanities, saith the Preacher, vanity of vanities; all is vanity (comp. Ecclesiastes 12:8). “Vanity” is hebel, which means “breath,” and is used metaphorically of anything transitory, frail, unsatisfying. We have it in the proper name Abel, an appropriate designation of the youth whose life was cut short by a brother’s murderous hand. “Vanity of vanities,” like “heaven of heavens” (1 Kings 8:27), “song of songs” (Song of Solomon 1:1), etc., is equivalent to a superlative, “most utterly vain.” It is here an exclamation, and is to be regarded as the key-note of the whole subsequent treatise, which is merely the development of this text. Septuagint, ματαιότης ματαιοτήτων; other Greek translators, ἀτμὶς ἀτμίδων, “vapor of vapors.” For “saith” the Vulgate gives dixit; the Septuagint, εϊπεν; but as there is no reference to any previous utterance of the Preacher, the present is more suitable here. In affirming that “all is vanity,” the writer is referring to human and mundane things, and directs not his view beyond such phenomena. Such reflection is common in sacred and profane writings alike; such experience is universal (comp. Genesis 47:9Psalm 39:5-7Psalm 90:3-10James 3:14). “Pulvis et umbra sumus,” says Horace (‘Carm.,’ 4:7. 16. “O curas hominum! O quantum est in rebus inane!” (Persius, ‘Sat.,’ 1:1). If Dean Plumptre is correct in contending that the Book of Wisdom was written to rectify the deductions which might be drawn from Koheleth, we may contrast the caution of the apocryphal writer, who predicates vanity, not of all things, but only of the hope of the ungodly, which he likens to dust, froth, and smoke (see Wisd. 2:1, etc.; 5:14). St. Paul (Romans 8:20) seems to have had Ecclesiastes in mind when he spoke of the creation being subjected to vanity (τῇ ματαιότητι), as a consequence of the fall of man, not to be remedied till the final restitution of all things. “But a man will say, If all things are vain and vanity, wherefore were they made? If they are God’s works, how are they vain? But it is not the works of God which he calls vain. God forbid! The heaven is not vain; the earth is not vain: God forbid! Nor the sun, nor the moon, nor the stars, nor our own body. No; all these are very good. But what is vain? Man’s works, pomp, and vain-glory. These came not from the hand of God, but are of our own creating. And they are vain because they have no useful end That is called vain which is expected indeed to possess value, yet possesses it not; that which men call empty, as when they speak of ’empty hopes,’ and that which is fruitless. And generally that is called vain which is of no use. Let us see, then, whether all human things are not of this sort” (St. Chrysostom, ‘Hem. 12. in Ephes.’). Ecclesiastes 1:2.”

  1. )  Empty handed

Gen 31:42, “If the God of my father, the God of Abraham and the fear of Isaac, had not been for me, surely now you would have sent me away empty-handed. God has seen my affliction and the labor of my hands, so He rendered judgment last night.”

God was for Jacob, he did not go away empty-handed.

Gill’s Exposition of the Entire Bible

Except the God of my father, the God of Abraham, and the fear of Isaac, had been with me,…. One and the same God is meant, who was the God of his father Isaac, and before him the God of Abraham, and now the fear of Isaac, whom he feared and served with reverence and godly fear, being at this present time a worshipper of him: now Jacob suggests, that unless his father’s God had been on his side, and had protected and preserved him, as well as before blessed and prospered him:

surely thou hadst sent me away now empty: coming with such force upon him, he would have stripped him of all he had, of his wives and children, and servants and cattle:

God hath seen my affliction, and the labour of my hands; what hardships he endured in Laban’s service, and what pains he took in feeding his flocks:

and rebuked thee yesternight; in a dream, charging him to say neither good nor evil to Jacob, which he himself had confessed, Genesis 31:29.”

God granted favor when the people of Israel went, they did not go empty-handed.

Exo 3:21, “I will grant this people favor in the sight of the Egyptians; and it shall be that when you go, you will not go empty-handed.”

Pulpit Commentary

Verses 21, 22. – The “spoiling of the Egyptians” has called forth much bitter comment. (See Kalisch, note on Exodus 3:22.) It has been termed a combination of “fraud, deception and theft” – “base deceit and nefarious fraud” – “glaring villainy,” and the like. The unfortunate translation of a verb meaning “ask” by “borrow” in ver. 22, has greatly helped the objectors. In reality, what God here commanded and declared was this: – The Israelite women were told on the eve of their departure from Egypt to ask presents (bakhsheesh) from their rich Egyptian neighbours, as a contribution to the necessary expenses of the long journey on which they were entering; and God promised that he would so favourably incline the hearts of these neighbours towards them, that, in reply to their request, articles of silver and of gold, together with raiment, would be freely and bounteously bestowed on them – so freely and so bounteously, that they might clothe and adorn, not only themselves, but their sons and daughters, with the presents; and the entire result would be that, instead of quitting Egypt like a nation of slaves, in rags and penniless, they would go forth in the guise of an army of conquerors, laden with the good things of the country, having (with their own good-will) “spoiled the Egyptians.” No fraud, no deceit, was to be practised – the Egyptians perfectly well understood that, if the Israelites once went, they would never voluntarily return – they were asked to give and they gave – with the result that Egypt was “spoiled.” Divine justice sees in this a rightful nemesis. Oppressed, wronged, down-trodden, miserably paid for their hard labour during centuries, the Israelites were to obtain at the last something like a compensation for their ill-usage; the riches of Africa were to be showered on them. Egypt, “glad at their departing,” was to build them a bridge of gold to expedite their flight, and to despoil herself in order to enrich her quondam slaves, of whom she was, under the circumstances, delighted to be rid. Exodus 3:21.”

This explains how the Jews treated the prophets.

Mar 12:3, “And they took him, and beat him, and sent him away empty-handed.”

Matthew Henry’s Concise Commentary

12:1-12 Christ showed in parables, that he would lay aside the Jewish church. It is sad to think what base usage God’s faithful ministers have met with in all ages, from those who have enjoyed the privileges of the church, but have not brought forth fruit answerable. God at length sent his Son, his Well-beloved; and it might be expected that he whom their Master loved, they also should respect and love; but instead of honouring him because he was the Son and Heir, they therefore hated him. But the exaltation of Christ was the Lord’s doing; and it is his doing to exalt him in our hearts, and to set up his throne there; and if this be done, it cannot but be marvellous in our eyes. The Scriptures, and faithful preachers, and the coming of Christ in the flesh, call on us to render due praise to God in our lives. Let sinners beware of a proud, carnal spirit; if they revile or despise the preachers of Christ, they would have done so their Master, had they lived when he was upon earth.”

Luk 1:53, “He has filled the hungry with good things, and sent the rich away empty-handed.

This is one verse of Mary’s Song.

Gill’s Exposition of the Entire Bible

He hath filled the hungry with good things,…. Such as earnestly desired and longed after the coming of the Messiah, as good old Simeon, and Anna the prophetess; and those that looked for redemption in Israel, to whom she spake: and all such persons as heartily desire salvation by Christ, and breathe after the forgiveness of their sins through his blood, and thirst after his righteousness, and long for communion with him, and a greater knowledge of him, and more conformity to him, and pant after his word and ordinances; these are filled, sooner or later, with a sense of their interest in Christ, and his salvation; with a view of the full and free forgiveness of their sins, and with his righteousness they hunger after; and with every good thing they stand in need of, with joy and peace, with food and gladness, even to satisfaction; so that they can say with Jacob, they have enough, yea, all things; seeing Christ is theirs, and all things with him:

and the rich he hath sent empty away: not the rich in this world’s goods, though such who trust in their wealth, and boast of their riches, or do not make a proper use of them, God, in his providence, sometimes strips them of all, and turns them into the world naked and empty; much less the rich in grace, who are often the poor of the world; and who, though they seem to have nothing, yet possess all things, and are full: but such who are rich in their opinion, and in their own works; and trust in their righteousness, and despise others; these, as they come full of themselves to the throne of grace, as the Pharisee, are sent empty away; without any token of the love and favour of God, or any blessing from him: and as they come to ordinances in their own strength, and trust in the performance of them, they go away empty, as they came; these are dry breasts unto them, whilst they are full breasts of consolation to the poor in spirit, and to all meek and humble souls: and what is still worst of all, notwithstanding all their good works they boast of, and trust in, they will be sent away at the last judgment from the presence of Christ, as not known by him, and as workers of iniquity.”

Luk 20:10, “At the harvest time he sent a slave to the vine-growers, so that they would give him his share of the produce of the vineyard; but the vine-growers

beat him and sent him away empty-handed.”

Pulpit Commentary

Verses 10-12. – He sent a servant to the husbandmen, that they should give him of the fruit of the vineyard. After the pains and care bestowed upon the vineyard, that is, after the many mighty works done in Israel’s behalf, the Lord of hosts looked for fruits of gratitude and fidelity in some proportion to the mighty favours which it had received from him. The people were intended to be the example to, and the educators of, the world, and, instead of carrying out these high functions, they lived the poor selfish life so sadly depicted in the long story contained in the historical and prophetical books. “He looked that it [his vineyard] should bring forth grapes, and it brought forth wild grapes” (Isaiah 5:2). But the husbandmen beat him, and sent him away empty. And again he sent another servant: and they beat him also, and entreated him shamefully, and sent him away empty. And again he sent a third: and they wounded him also, and cast him out. These represent the prophets, those faithful servants of the Lord, whose toils and trials and fate are painted in the Epistle to the Hebrews (11.) in such glowing and eloquent language. And again he sent. In vers. 11 and 12, προσέθεο πέμψαι, literally, “he added to send another” – a Hebraism. This shows St. Luke here based his account on a Hebrew (Aramaic) original. Professor Bruce well puts the thoughts which possessed the wicked husbandmen thus: “When the servants came for fruit, they were simply surprised. ‘Fruit! did you say? We have occupied the position of vine-dressers, and have duly drawn our wages: what more do you want?’ Such was the actual fact in regard to the spiritual heads of Israel. They were men who never thought of fruit, but only of the honour and privilege of being entrusted with the keeping of the vineyard. They were triflers, men utterly devoid of earnestness, and the practical purpose of the property committed to their charge they habitually forgot. Generally speaking, they had utterly lost sight of the end of Israel’s calling.” Their anger flamed forth when accredited messengers of the Lord visited them and reminded them of their forgotten duties; they vented their furious wrath by persecuting some and killing others of these faithful men. Luke 20:10

Luk 20:11, “And he proceeded to send another slave; but they beat him also and treated him shamefully, and sent him away empty-handed.”

Gill’s Exposition of the Entire Bible

And again he sent another servant,…. Or set of prophets in after times, and yet before the Babylonish captivity:

and they beat him also; as they had done the other; they continued in their malpractices, yea increased in them:

and entreated him shamefully; putting him to open shame, using him in a very ignominious and shameful manner, which it was a shame to relate, and which was shameful for them to do:

and sent him away empty; as they had done the other.

2.)  Empty words

2Ki 18:20, “You say—but they are only empty words—‘I have a plan and strength for the war.’ Now on whom have you relied, that you have revolted against me?”

Empty words mean just words only without any plan and strength for the war.

Pulpit Commentary

Verse 20. – Thou sayest (but they are but vain words); literally, words of lipsi.e. words which the lips speak, without the heart having any conviction of their truth. We must suppose that Sennacherib has either heard from his spies that Hezekiah is speaking to the people as he represents him to be speaking, or conjectures what he is likely to say. According to the writer of Chronicles (2 Chronicles 32:7, 8), what he did say was very different. He neither boasted of “counsel” nor of material “strength;” but simply said, “There be more with us than with him: with him is an arm of flesh; but with us is the Lord our God to help us and to fight our battles.” I have counsel and strength for the war. Sennacherib imagines that Hezekiah’s real trust is in the “fleshly arm” of Egypt, and in the counselors who have advised and brought about the alliance. And perhaps he is not far wrong. Hezekiah, it would seem, “halted between two opinions.” He hoped for aid from Egypt; but, if it failed, then he hoped for the Divine help promised by Isaiah. Now on whom dost thou trust, that thou rebellest against me? 2 Kings 18:20.”

Job 35:16, “So Job opens his mouth with empty 

words; he multiplies words without knowledge.”

Empty words are words without knowledge.

Gill’s Exposition of the Entire Bible

Therefore doth Job open his mouth in vain,…. In uttering such unbecoming expressions, observed, and refuted, in his loud complaints of God, and of his dealings with him, and in defence of himself;

he multiplieth words without knowledge; both against God and in answer to others; being in a great measure ignorant of the nature and number of his sins, and of his afflictions; and of the end of God in them, and of the right he had to lay them upon him; us well as of his duty patiently to bear them, and trust in God, and wait his own time for deliverance out of them; and or the truth of this he was afterwards convinced, and acknowledged it, Job 42:3.”

Isa 36:5, “I say, ‘Your plan and strength for the war are only empty words.’ Now on whom have you relied, that you have revolted against me?”

Gill’s Exposition of the Entire Bible

I say, (sayest thou,) but they are but vain words,…. Or, “word of lips” (f); meaning the following, which he suggests were only the fruit of his lips, not of his heart; or were vain and foolish, and without effect, and stood for nothing; so the first part of the words are Hezekiah’s, “I say (sayest thou)”; and the latter, Rabshakeh’s note upon them; though they may be understood as Hezekiah’s, or what he is made to speak by Rabshakeh, as the ground of his confidence, namely, “word of lips”; that is, prayer to God, as Kimchi explains it; or eloquence in addressing his soldiers, and encouraging them to fight, either of which Rabshakeh derides, as well as what follows:

I have counsel and strength for war; as he had; he had wise ministers to consult, and was capable of forming a good plan, and wise schemes, and of putting them in execution, and of heartening men; though he did not put his confidence in these things, as Rabshakeh suggested, 2 Chronicles 32:3, the words may be rendered; “but counsel and strength are for war” (g): what signifies words to God, or eloquence with men? this is all lip labour, and of little service; wisdom and counsel to form plans, and power to execute them, are the things which are necessary to carry on a war with success, and which, it is intimated, were wanting in Hezekiah; and therefore he had nothing to ground his confidence upon, within himself, or his people:

now on whom dost thou trust, that thou rebellest against me? which it does not appear he had, having paid the money agreed to for the withdrawment of his army; but this was a pretence for the siege of Jerusalem.”

Psa 41:6, “And when he comes to see me, he speaks empty words; his heart gathers wickedness to itself; when he goes outside, he tells it.

Barnes’ Notes on the Bible

And if he come to see me – If he condescends to visit me in my sickness. The word me is not in the original; and perhaps the idea is not that he came to see the sufferer, but that he came to see “for himself,” though under pretence of paying a visit of kindness. His real motive was to make observation, that he might find something in the expressions or manner of the sufferer that would enable him to make a report unfavorable to him, and to confirm him in his impression that it was desirable such a man should die. He would come under the mask of sympathy and friendship, but really to find something that would confirm him in the opinion that he was a bad man, and that would enable him to state to others that it was desirable he should die.

He speaketh vanity – He utters no expressions of sincerity and truth; he suggests nothing that would console and comfort me; his words are all foreign to the purpose for which a man should visit another in such circumstances, and are, therefore, vain words. What he says is mere pretence and hypocrisy, and is designed to deceive me, as if he had sympathy with me, while his real purpose is to do me mischief.

His heart gathereth iniquity to itself – Or, in his heart he is gathering mischief. That is, in his heart, or in his secret purpose, under the pretence of sympathy and friendship, he is really aiming to gather the materials for doing me wrong. He is endeavoring to find something in my words or manner; in my expressions of impatience and complaining; in the utterances of my unguarded moments, when I am scarcely conscious – something that may be uttered in the honesty of feeling when a man thinks that he is about to die – some reflections of my own on my past life – some confession of sin, which he may turn to my disadvantage, or which may justify his slanderous report that I am a bad man, and that it is desirable that such a man should live no longer. Can anything be imagined more malicious than this?

When he goeth abroad, he telleth it – literally, he tells it to the street, or to those who are without. Perhaps his friends, as malicious as himself, are anxiously waiting without for his report, and, like him, are desirous of finding something that may confirm them in their opinion of him. Or perhaps he designs to tell this to the friends of the sufferer, to show them now that they were deceived in the man; that although in the days of his health, and in his prosperity, he seemed to be a good man, yet that now, when the trial has come, and a real test has been applied, all his religion has been found false and hollow; his impatience, his complaining, his murmuring, and his unwillingness to die, all showing that he was a hypocrite, and was at heart a bad man. Compare the notes at Job 1:9-11.”

Eph 5:6, “See that no one deceives you with empty 

words, for because of these things the wrath of God comes upon the sons of disobedience.

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

6Let no man deceive you] See for similar warnings Romans 16:181 Corinthians 3:182 Corinthians 11:3Colossians 2:82 Thessalonians 2:3James 1:26.
vain] Lit., empty; alien to the solidity of the immoveable facts that the body cannot sin without sin of the spirit; that body and spirit alike are concerned in eternal retribution; that the wrath of God is no figure of speech, and that His love cannot possibly modify His holiness. “Vain words” on these matters, and therefore such cautions as this, are never obsolete. Human sin began (Genesis 3) with exactly such deceits, and they are the subtlest ingredient still in the secret of temptation.
comethis coming; is on its way, till in “the day of wrath” (Romans 2:5) it falls.
the wrath of God] For this awful phrase cp. John 3:36Romans 1:18Romans 2:5Romans 2:8Romans 5:9Romans 9:22Colossians 3:6 (parallel here); 1 Thessalonians 1:10Revelation 6:16Revelation 19:15; &c. And see note above on Ephesians 2:3 (“children of wrath”).
children] Lit., sons. For the Hebraism, see above on the same phrase, Ephesians 2:2.”

3.)  Empty comfort

Job 21:34, “So how dare you give me empty comfort?

For your answers remain nothing but falsehood!”
Empty comfort
 means false reassurance, hollow solace, artificial comfort, insubstantial hope, hollow reassurance, etc.

Benson Commentary

Job 21:34How then comfort ye me in vain? — See then how ill you discharge the office of comforters, whose arguments have so little truth in them. Or, Why do you seek to comfort me with vain hopes of recovering my prosperity if I repent, seeing your grounds are manifestly false, and common experience shows, what also every body can tell you, that good men are very often in great tribulation, while the vilest of men thrive and prosper in the world.”

A good example:

Jas 2:15-17, “If a brother or sister is without 

clothing and in need of daily food, and one of you

says to them, “Go in peace, be warmed and be filled,” yet you do not give them what is necessary for 

their body, what use is that? In the same way, faith also, if it has no works, is dead, being by itself.”

Barnes’ Notes on the Bible

If a brother or sister be naked … – The comparison in these verses is very obvious and striking. The sense is, that faith in itself, without the acts that correspond to it, and to which it would prompt, is as cold, and heartless, and unmeaning, and useless, as it would be to say to one who was destitute of the necessaries of life, depart in peace.” In itself considered, it might seem to have something that was good; but it would answer none of the purposes of faith unless it should prompt to action. In the case of one who was hungry or naked, what he wanted was not good wishes or kind words merely, but the acts to which good wishes and kind words prompt. And so in religion, what is wanted is not merely the abstract state of mind which would be indicated by faith, but the life of goodness to which it ought to lead. Good wishes and kind words, in order to make them what they should be for the welfare of the world, should be accompanied with corresponding action. So it is with faith. It is not enough for salvation without the benevolent and holy acts to which it would prompt, any more than the good wishes and kind words of the benevolent are enough to satisfy the wants of the hungry, and to clothe the naked, without correspondent action. Faith is not and cannot be shown to be genuine, unless it is accompanied with corresponding acts; as our good wishes for the poor and needy can be shown to be genuine, when we have the means of aiding them, only by actually ministering to their necessities. In the one case, our wishes would be shown to be unmeaning and heartless; in the other, our faith would be equally so. In regard to this passage, therefore, it may be observed:

  • That in fact faith is of no more value, and has no more evidence of genuineness when it is unaccompanied with good works, than such empty wishes for the welfare of the poor would be when unaccompanied with the means of relieving their wants. Faith is designed to lead to good works. It is intended to produce a holy life; a life of activity in the service of the Saviour. This is its very essence; it is what it always produces when it is genuine. Religion is not designed to be a cold abstraction; it is to be a living and vivifying principle.
  • there is a great deal of that kindness and charity in the world which is expressed by mere good wishes. If we really have not the means of relieving the poor and the needy, then the expression of a kind wish may be in itself an alleviation to their sorrows, for even sympathy in such a case is of value, and it is much to us to know that others feel for us; but if we have the means, and the object is a worthy one, then such expressions are mere mockery, and aggravate rather than soothe the feelings of the sufferer. Such wishes will neither clothe nor feed them; and they will only make deeper the sorrows which we ought to heal. But how much of this is there in the world, when the sufferer cannot but feel that all these wishes, however kindly expressed, are hollow and false, and when he cannot but feel that relief would be easy!
  • in like manner there is much of this same kind of worthless faith in the world – faith that is dead; faith that produces no good works; faith that exerts no practical influence whatever on the life. The individual professes indeed to believe the truths of the gospel; he may be in the church of Christ; he would esteem it a gross calumny to be spoken of as an infidel; but as to any influence which his faith exerts over him, his life would be the same if he had never heard of the gospel. There is not one of the truths of religion which is bodied forth in his life; not a deed to which he is prompted by religion; not an act which could not be accounted for on the supposition that he has no true piety. In such a case, faith may with propriety be said to be dead.

Being alone – Margin, “by itself.” The sense is, “being by itself:” that is, destitute of any accompanying fruits or results, it shows that it is dead. That which is alive bodies itself forth, produces effects, makes itself visible; that which is dead produces no effect, and is as if it were not.”

4.)  Empty sapce

Job 26:7, “He stretches out the north over 

empty space and hangs the earth on nothing.

The Holy Bible is not a scientific text, this statement made thousands of years ago is most scientific.

When the Chinese anscestors thought the earth was square, the Bible tells the truth about the earth. Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

  • It may be doubtful whether “the north” refers to the northern part of the earth or to the northern heavens. In favour of the latter reference is the fact that the expression “stretch out,” often said in regard to the heavens (e.g. ch. Job 9:8), is not elsewhere used with reference to the earth, and it is scarcely probable that “the earth” would be used as a parallel to “the north,” a part of the earth. The northern region of the heavens also, with its brilliant constellations clustering round the pole, would naturally attract the eye, and seem to the beholder, who looked up to it through the transparent atmosphere, to be stretched out over the “empty place,” that is, the vast void between earth and heaven. That a different mode of representation is found elsewhere, the arch of the heavens being spoken of as reposing on the earth (Isaiah 40:22), is of little consequence. Where religious wonder and poetical feeling, not scientific thought, dictate the language in which nature and its phenomena are described, uniformity of conception or expression is not to be looked for. And the words seem to refer to the appearance of the heavens by night, when the horizon is not so visible, and the dark “void” between earth and heaven more impressive. Others think of the northern region of the earth, the region where lofty mountains rise, and whose stability without support seems most wonderful. It is difficult in this case, however, to conjecture what the void is over which the “north” is stretched; the opinion of Ewald that it is the abyss of Sheol is too adventurous.
    hangeth the earth upon nothing] To hang “upon” is to hang from; the representation, therefore, is that the earth is suspended, attached to nothing above it which sustains its weight, not that it hangs with no support under it. The representation obviously is the other side of that in reference to “the north” in the first clause. The eye was impressed by the great void between earth and the starry heavens. The latter were stretched over this abyss, upheld by nothing under them, a striking instance of the power of God; while the broad face of the earth lay firm below this void though hung from no support that upheld it. The idea of modern astronomy that the earth is a ball, poised free on all sides in space, is of course not found here.
    7–13. God’s power and greatness in heaven and earth.

According to https://www.space.com/24870-what-is-space.html

Space is an almost perfect vacuum, nearly void of matter and with extremely low pressure. In space, sound doesn’t carry because there aren’t molecules close enough together to transmit sound between them. Not quite empty, bits of gas, dust and other matter floats around “emptier” areas of the universe, while more crowded regions can host planets, 

stars and galaxies.

From our Earth-bound perspective, outer space is most often thought to begin about 62 miles (100 kilometers) above sea level at what is known as the Kármán line. This is an imaginary boundary at an altitude where there is no appreciable air to breathe or scatter light. Passing this altitude, blue starts to give way to black because oxygen molecules are not in enough abundance to make the sky blue.

5.)  Empty pursuits

Pro 28:19, “One who works his land will have plenty of food, but one who follows empty pursuits will have plenty of poverty.

This explains why undeveloped and insolvent nations are poor, they follow empty pursuits. Some of them have destructive pursuits such as civil war, war with neighbors, tension, conflict, etc.

Gill’s Exposition of the Entire Bible

He that tilleth his land shall have plenty of bread,…. Or, “shall he filled” or “satisfied with bread” (s): shall have bread enough, and to spare; provisions of all sorts, and in great plenty; See Gill on Proverbs 12:11;

but he that followeth, after vain persons; empty idle persons; keeps company and spends his time with them, when he should be about the business of his calling:

shall have poverty enough; or be “filled with it” (t); he shall be exceeding poor, reduced to the utmost distress, be clothed in rags and destitute of daily food.”

According to Jesus-disciples.com/2025/11/17/ecclesiastes-2-the-empty-pursuits-of-life-without-god/

The Pursuit of Pleasure — Joy That Fades Quickly 

Solomon begins with an honest confession: he tried to find meaning in pleasure.

He gave himself fully to:

laughter
wine
celebration
entertainment
comfort

But pleasure without God soon feels shallow. It dulls the heart instead of satisfying it. Pleasure can distract, but it cannot complete the soul.

In a world where people endlessly chase enjoyment, Ecclesiastes 2 lifts the veil and reveals the truth:

Pleasure cannot carry the weight of purpose.

6.)  Empty help

Isa 30:7, “Even Egypt, whose help is vain and empty.

Therefore, I have called her “Rahab who has been exterminated.”

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

7For the Egyptians … purpose] Render And as for Egypt—their help is vain and empty. Cf. Isaiah 30:3Isaiah 30:5.
have I cried concerning this] Better, have I called her (R.V.).
Their strength is to sit still] R.V. Rahab that sitteth still, lit. “Rahab, they are a sitting still,” or “Rahab are they, a sitting still.” The sentence is almost hopelessly obscure. “Rahab” is the name of a mythological monster, a sea-dragon (ch. Isaiah 51:9Job 9:13Job 26:12), which became a symbol of Egypt (Psalm 87:4Psalm 89:10), although that use may be based on this verse. Etymologically it signifies “insolent arrogance” (the root occurs in ch. Isaiah 3:5); and probably all three senses are combined in this instance. The general sense may be, “This proud boastful monster—its proper name is ‘Inaction’.”

7.)  Empty containers

Jer 14:3, “Their nobles have sent their servants for water; they have come to the cisterns and found no water. They have returned with their containers empty; they have been put to shame and humiliated, and they cover their heads.”

Gill’s Exposition of the Entire Bible

And their nobles have sent their little ones to the waters,…. To places where water used to be; to the pools, the upper and the lower, particularly to the fountain of Shiloah, which, Jerom says, was the only one the city of Jerusalem used. The meaning either is, that the nobles in Jerusalem sent their own children to get water for them, they having no servants to attend them, these being put away because they could not support them, the famine being so sore; or rather that they sent their menial servants, their subjects, as the Targum renders it, to fetch them a little water to refresh themselves with:

they came to the pits and found no water; their servants came according to order to the pools and cisterns, or to the deep wells, and to such places where there used to be a great confluence of water, and plenty of it, but now they could find none:

they returned with their vessels empty; just as they came:

they were ashamed and confounded; either the servants that were sent, or rather their masters that sent them, when they saw them come with their empty vessels; having been looking out and longing for their return, expecting they would have brought water with them for their refreshment; but to their great disappointment and confusion brought none:

and covered their heads; as persons ashamed, or as mourners used to do, being full of anguish and distress because of the drought.”

  • )  Empty vessel

Jer 51:34, “Nebuchadnezzar the king of Babylon has devoured me, he has crushed me,

he has set me down like an empty vessel;

he has swallowed me like a monster,

he has filled his stomach with my delicacies;

he has washed me away.

Gill’s Exposition of the Entire Bible

Nebuchadrezzar the king of Babylon hath devoured me,…. Or “us” (w); everyone of us: these are the words of Zion and Jerusalem, as appears from Jeremiah 51:35; complaining of the injuries done them by the king of Babylon, who had eaten them up; spoiled their substance, as the Targum; took their cities, plundered them of their riches, and carried them away captive:

he hath crushed me; to the earth; or “bruised” or “broken”, even all her bones; see Jeremiah 50:17;

he hath made me an empty vessel; emptied the land of its inhabitants and riches, and left nothing valuable in it:

he hath swallowed me up like a dragon; or “whale”, or any large fish, which swallow the lesser ones whole. The allusion is to the large swallow of dragons, which is sometimes represented as almost beyond all belief; for not only Pliny (x) from Megasthenes reports, that, in India, serpents, that is, dragons, grow to such a bulk, that they will swallow whole deer, and even bulls; but Posidonius (y) relates, that in Coelesyria was one, whose gaping jaws would admit of a horse and his rider: and Onesicritus (z) speaks of two dragons in the country of Abisarus in India; the one was fourscore and the other a hundred and forty cubits long;

he hath filled his belly with my delicates; with the treasures of the king and his nobles; with the vessels of the temple, and the riches of the people, which he loaded himself with to his full satisfaction. So the Targum,

“he filled his treasury with the good of my land;”he hath cast me out; out of my land, and carried me captive; so the Targum.

(w) The “Cetib”, or textual reading, is “us”; but the “Keri”, or marginal reading, is “me”, which our version follows, and so the same in the four following words, in the text. (x) Nat. Hist. l. 8. c. 14. col. 436. (y) Apud Bochart. Hierozoic. par. 2. l. 3. c. 14. col. 436. (z) Apud Strabo. Geograph. l. 15. p. 480.”

9.)  Empty one

1Co 9:15, “But I have used none of these things. And I have not written these things so that it will be done 

so in my case; for it would be better for me to die 

than that. No one shall make my boast an empty one!

Benson Commentary

1 Corinthians 9:15-18But — Though my right to a maintenance, as an apostle, be established by the precepts both of the law and of the gospel; I have used none of those things — During my abode among you, as you well know; neither have I written these things that — If, according to my purpose, I should ever visit you again; it should be so done unto me — But only to teach you how to use your Christian liberty. For it were better for me to die — To suffer the greatest want, even to starving; than that any man should make my glorying — That I have preached the gospel freely; void — By drawing me to require a maintenance. In other words, to give occasion to them that seek occasion against me. For, though I preach the gospel — And that ever so clearly and fully, faithfully and diligently; I have nothing to glory of — Being, after all, but an unprofitable servant, and having done no more than was my duty to do, Luke 17:10for necessity is laid upon me — By Christ’s appearing to me, and commanding me to preach, and I must either preach it or perish: and to preach it merely to escape damnation, is surely not matter of glorying. Yea, wo is unto me if I preach not the gospel — For me to decline a work assigned me by so condescending an appearance of Christ, when, with the most malicious rage, I was persecuting and endeavouring to destroy his church, would be an instance of ingratitude and obstinacy deserving the most dreadful and insupportable punishment. For if — Or rather, if indeed, I do this thing — Namely, preach the gospel; willingly — Without reluctance, and from an obedient mind. In preaching the gospel willingly, the apostle evidently included his preaching it from such a conviction of its truth and importance, and from such a principle of love to God and regard for his glory, and love to mankind and concern for their salvation, as enabled him to do it with cheerfulness, alacrity, and joy. I have a reward — Prepared for me according to my labour; that is, I shall obtain that distinguished reward, which, in the life to come, will be bestowed on them who turn many to righteousness, and who in that work undergo great hardships. This was Paul’s case, who, in his voyages and journeys among the Jews and Gentiles, exposed himself to innumerable dangers and sufferings, with much bodily fatigue. But if against my will — As I said before; a dispensation is committed unto me — And I must of necessity fulfil it. What then is my reward — What is that circumstance in my conduct for which I expect a peculiar reward from my great Master? — Verily — Surely this; that when I preach I may make the gospel without charge — May communicate it to my hearers free of expense; that I abuse not — To any low and secular purpose; my power in the gospel — Or carry it beyond its due bounds.”

10.)  Empty conceit

Phl 2:3, “Do nothing from selfishness or empty 

conceit, but with humility consider one another as more important than yourselves.”

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

  • Let nothing be done] The briefer original, in which no verb appears, is very forcible, but would be exaggerated in a literal rendering.—Observe the totality of the prohibition. It is a rule for all Christian lives at all times.
    through] Lit. “according to,” on the principles of.
    strife] The same word as above, Php 1:16; see note. And see p. 16 for Ignatius’ use of the word.—R.V. “faction.” Only, the word may denote not merely the combined self-seeking of partizanship, but also a solitary ambition, working by intrigue.
    in lowliness of mind] The Greek (dative) may be more precisely represented by in respect of lowliness, &c. Their lowliness was to be embodied in, and proved by, what he now describes.
    Lowliness of mind:”—essentially a Christian grace. The word itself (one Greek word is represented by the three English words) is not found in Greek before the N.T. And kindred words in the classics are always used in a tone of blame, as of a defect of proper courage and self-assertion. This fact is deeply suggestive. In its essential principles the mighty positive morality of the Gospel is based on the profound negative of the surrender and dethronement of self before a Redeeming Lord who has had compassion on perfectly unworthy objects. The world’s “poor spirited,” and the Lord’s “poor in spirit,” are phrases used in very different tones.
    let each esteem other] Lit., “mutually counting others superior to (your-) selves.”—The precept is to be read in the light of the Holy Spirit’s illumination of the individual conscience. Even where one Christian might see another to be manifestly less gifted than himself, spiritually or otherwise, yet “if the endowments, and the obligations connected with them, were properly estimated, they would rather conduce to humble than to exalt” (Scott). And in any case, where the man habitually viewed himself in the contrasted light of the Divine holiness, with that insight which belongs to self-knowledge alone, he would respond instinctively to this precept.”

11.)  Empty deception

Col 2:8, “See to it that there is no one who takes you captive through philosophy and empty deception in accordance with human tradition, in accordance with the elementary principles of the world, rather than in 

accordance with Christ.

Ellicott’s Commentary for English Readers

(8-15) The general exhortation of the previous verses is now emphasised by a solemn warning against deadly speculative error. Now, (1) the character of that error in itself is described with apparently intentional vagueness, as “a philosophy of vain deceit,” “after tradition of men,” after “the rudiments of this world.” Even its Judaic origin, which is made clear below (Colossians 2:16-17), is here only hinted at in the significant allusion to Circumcision, and perhaps in the phrase “the rudiments of the world,” which is also used of the Judaism of Galatia (Galatians 4:3Galatians 4:9). (2) What is brought out vividly and emphatically is the truth which it contradicts or obscures. First, the full indwelling Godhead of Christ and His headship over all created being; and next, as derived from this, our own “spiritual circumcision in Him, i.e., the true “death unto sin and new life unto righteousness” in Him who is the One Atonement for all sin, and the One Conqueror of all the powers of evil. On the relation of the Epistle to Gnosticism see Excursus A.

(8) Spoil you.—Properly, lead you away as a spoil, triumph over you as a captive, and make you a slave. Comp. St. Paul’s language as to the older Judaism at Corinth (2Corinthians 11:20), “Ye suffer, if a man bring you into bondage, if a man devour you, if a man exalt himself, if a man smite you on the face.”

Philosophy and vain deceiti.e. (like “the knowledge falsely so called” of 1Timothy 6:20), a philosophy which is inseparably connected with vain deceit. The warning implied here seems to be two-fold:—(1) First, against considering Christianity primarily as a “philosophy,” i.e., a search for and knowledge of speculative truth, even the highest. That it involves philosophy is obvious, for it claims to solve for us the great problem of Being, in Nature, in Man, and in God. St. Paul, while he depreciates the wisdom of this world, dwells emphatically on the gospel as the “wisdom of God.” (See especially 1Corinthians 2:6-16.) In this Epistle in particular he speaks of “wisdom” again and again (Colossians 1:9Colossians 1:28Colossians 2:3Colossians 3:16Colossians 4:6) as one great characteristic of Christian life. Nor is it less clear (as the ancient Greek commentators here earnestly remind us) that Christianity finds a place and a blessing for all true philosophy of men, and makes it, as St. Paul made it at Athens, an introduction to the higher wisdom. But Christianity is not a philosophy, but a life—not a knowledge of abstract principles, but a personal knowledge of faith and love of God in Christ. (2) Next, against accepting in philosophy the “vain deceit” of mere speculation and imagination instead of the modest, laborious investigation of facts. This is the “knowledge falsely so called”; of this it may be said (as in 1Corinthians 8:1) that it “puffs up,” and does not “build up.” In ancient and modern times it has always confused brilliant theory with solid discovery, delighting especially to dissolve the great facts of the gospel into abstractions, which may float in its cloudland of imagination.

After the tradition of men.—This is the keynote of our Lord’s condemnation of the old Pharisaic exclusiveness and formalism (Matthew 15:2-3Matthew 15:6Mark 7:8-9); it is equally the condemnation of the later Jewish, or half-Jewish, mysticism which St. Paul attacks here. It is hardly necessary to remark that the Apostle often claims reverence for “traditions” (1Corinthians 11:22Thessalonians 2:152Thessalonians 3:6; see also 1Corinthians 15:32Peter 2:21), but they are traditions having their starting point in direct revelation of God (Galatians 1:12), and, moreover, traditions freely given to all, as being His. The “traditions of men” here condemned had their origin in human speculation, and were secretly transmitted to the initiated only.

The rudiments of the world.—See Galatians 4:2, and Note there. This marks the chief point of contact with the earlier Judaism, in the stress still laid, perhaps with less consistency, on matters of ritual, law, ascetic observance, and the like. These are “of the world,” i.e., belonging to the visible sphere; and they are “rudiments,” fit only for the elementary education of those who are as children, and intended simply as preparation for a higher teaching.”

12.)  Empty chatter

1Ti 6:20, “Timothy, protect what has been entrusted to you, avoiding worldly, empty chatter and the opposing arguments of what is falsely called

“knowledge”—

Ellicott’s Commentary for English Readers

  •  O Timothy, keep that which is committed to thy trust.—More literally and better rendered, O Timothy, keep the trust committed to thee. It is a beautiful thought which sees in these few earnest closing words the very handwriting of the worn and aged Apostle St. Paul. The Epistle, no doubt dictated by the old man, was in the handwriting of some friend of St. Paul and the Church, who acted as his scribe; but, as seems to have been sometimes his habit (see especially the closing words of the Galatian Letter), the last pleading reminder was added by the hand of the Apostle himself. “O Timothy”—he writes now no longer addressing church or pastor, but his own favourite friend and pupil, the loved heir of his God-inspired traditions and maxims, which so faithfully represented the doctrine and teaching of Jesus of Nazareth—“O Timothy, keep the sacred trust committed to thy charge.”

This “sacred trust,” so solemnly committed as the parting charge to Timothy, was “the doctrine delivered by St. Paul to him to preach,” the central point of which, we know from the Apostle’s other writings, was the teaching respecting the atonement and the precious blood of Christ. There is a beautiful, though somewhat lengthened, paraphrase of the “Trust” in the Commonitorium of Vincentius Lirinensis, composed about A.D. 430. “What is meant,” he asks, “by ‘keep the trust?’ The disciple of St. Paul must keep the sound doctrine of his master safe from robbers and foes. . . . What is meant by ‘the trust?’ Something intrusted to you to keep—not a possession you have discovered for yourself; something you have received from another—not what you have thought out for yourself . . . of this ‘trust,’ remember, you are nothing but the guardian. . . . What, then, is the meaning of ‘keep the trust?’ It is surely nothing else than ‘guard the treasure of the Catholic faith.’ . . . Gold have you received; see that you hand gold on to others.”

“Is there, then,” asks this same wise writer “to be no progress, no development in religious teaching? Yes,” he answers; “there should be a real progress, a marked development, but it must partake of the nature of a progress, not of a change. . . . Let religion in the soul follow the example of the growth of the various members which compose the body, and which, as years roll on, become ever stronger and more perfect, but which, notwithstanding their growth and developed beauty, always remain the same.”

Avoiding profane and vain babblings.—The Apostle has before in this Epistle warned Timothy against these useless, profitless discussions. Anything like theological controversy and discussion seems to. have been distasteful to St. Paul, as tending to augment dissension and hatred, and to exalt into an undue prominence mere words and phrases.

Oppositions of science falsely so called.—Rather, of knowledge falsely so called. These “oppositions” have been supposed by some to be a special allusion to some of the Gnostic theories of the opposition between the Law and the Gospel, of which peculiar school, later, Marcion was the great teacher. It is hardly likely that any definite Gnostic teaching had as yet been heard in Ephesus, but there is little doubt that the seeds of much of the Gnosticism of the next century were—when St. Paul wrote to Timothy—being then sown in some of the Jewish schools of Ephesus and the neighbouring cities. (Comp. the allusions to these Jewish and cabalistic schools in St. Paul’s letter to the Colossian Church.) The “oppositions” here may be understood as referring generally to the theories of the false teachers, who were undermining the doctrine of St. Paul as taught by Timothy.”

2Ti 2:16, “But avoid worldly and empty chatter, for it will lead to further ungodliness.”

Empty chatter in Greek is kenophōnia which means vain babblings;  empty sounding, i.e. fruitless discussion (Strong’s Concordance); empty discussion, discussion of vain and useless matters; — which occurs 2 times in the New Testament.

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

16shun] The word is the same as in Titus 3:9 where reasons are given for rendering it avoid. The present tense here and in 2 Timothy 2:14 are all the more forcible for the aorists which come in between. ‘Be ever putting in remembrance’ ‘ever avoiding.’ The article before ‘profane babblings’ points to a well-known theme, ‘these false teachers and their talk.’ ‘Let your teachers and yourself handle truth aright; but the false teachers and their profane babblings avoid.’ Hence there is no real ambiguity about the subject to the next clause; though R.V. leaves us in doubt. ‘For these false teachers will only proceed further in ungodliness.’ The pronoun in the next verse refers back to them.
profane and vain babblingsProfane babblings; ‘babblings’ is sufficient rendering of the word without the addition of ‘vain’: the word only occurs here and 1 Timothy 6:20; see note there.
they will increase unto more ungodliness] Lit. they will proceed further on. The verb corresponds to the word for ‘progress’ in 1 Timothy 4:15 where its usage is noted. As Bp Ellicott points out, the future shews that the error of the false teachers had not yet ‘appeared in its most developed state.’”

13.)  Empty talkers

Tit 1:10, “For there are many rebellious people, 

empty talkers and deceivers, especially those of the circumcision.”

Empty talker in Greek is mataiologos which mean vaintalker; idle talker, one who utters empty senseless things (Strong’s Concordance); a wrangler; an idle talker, one who utters empty, senseless things: — which occurs 1 time in the New Testament. Not only the empty talkers are deceivers; Tit 1:11-14,

“who must be silenced because they are upsetting 

whole families, teaching things they should not teach 

for the sake of dishonest gain. One of them, a prophet

of their own, said, “Cretans are always liars, evil 

beasts, lazy gluttons.” This testimony is true.

For this reason reprimand them severely so that 

they may be sound in the faith, not paying attention to

Jewish myths and commandments of men who turn away from the truth.”

Gill’s Exposition of the Entire Bible

For there are many unruly,…. Persons who are not subject to the law of God, or Gospel of Christ; whose spirits are not subject to the prophets; and who will not submit themselves to them that have the rule over them, nor attend to the admonitions of the church, nor be brought into any regularity and order; and there were many of this sort, who were not sent forth by Christ, or his churches, but went forth of themselves, and were corrupters of the word; and therefore Christ’s ministers ought to hold fast the faithful word, and convince such opposers by sound doctrine;

and vain talkers; who deliver out in their discourses empty, trifling, superficial, and frivolous things; which have no solidity and substance in them, nor do they tend to edification; only great swelling words of vanity, vain jangling and babbling about things to no profit.

And deceivers; both of themselves and others; who lie in wait to deceive, and are deceitful workers; and by their good words, and fair speeches, deceive the hearts of the simple; and so are dangerous persons, and of pernicious consequence:

especially they of the circumcision; or “of the Jews”, as the Ethiopic version renders it; that is, not the unbelieving Jews, but such as professed Christianity, judaizing Christians, who joined Moses and Christ and blended the law and Gospel together; who taught that circumcision, and the observance of other ceremonies of the law, were necessary to justification and salvation; and hereby did a great deal of mischief among the churches.”

You have learned there are many empty things and empty people is this world. So you must not neglect so great a salvation. Repent of your sins and believe in Jesus Christ as your Lord and Savior. You can do it now.

WILLLIE WONG THOUGHT

WILLIE WONG

https://williewong.cw.center

DECEMBER 14, 2025

https://williewong.cw.center

Copyright © 2018 – 2025 by Willie Wong

All African nations, South America, Asia and the world, where can you find a country which does not have large national debts and deficits? Africa is different because for 500 years, not one country has become self-sufficient and solvent, they glorify with their primitive cultures and brag about their scientists and experts, joy to kill each other. International aid actually fuel their official corruption. Any nation that shares destinies with Africa will be doomed! No resources can fill the Black holes! The international community should leave Africa alone, let them do or die.

China modernization must focus that every village will have:

  1. Electricity.
  2. Running water to drink and wash.
  3. Gas to cook and heat.
  4. Internet.
  5. Livelihood.

*DO NOT BE

*DO NOT BE

*Our mission is to preach the Gospel of Jesus Christ absolutely free. We do not want donation. We only want you to know the truth. 

BY WILLIE WONG

“Do not be” is stronger than “do not do”.  For being is of a permanent nature, doing is just activity occasionally. For example, it is the nature of being a bird with the ability of flight. But not all things who can fly are birds.

It is one thing to say You are a liar. It is another thing to say, You lie occasionally.

1.)  Gen 46:3, “Then He said, “I AM God, the God of your father; do not be afraid to go down to Egypt, for I will make you into a great nation there.”

Pulpit Commentary

Verse 3. – And he said, I am God, the God of thy father – literally, I am the El (the Mighty One), the Elohim of thy father. Though in consequence of this phrase the section (vers. 1-7), indeed the entire chapter, is usually assigned to the Elohist (Tuch, Bleek, Vaihinger), yet the contents of this theophany are felt to be so substantially Jehovistic in their import (Hengstenberg), that certain critics have been constrained to give verses 1-5 to the Jehovist (Colenso), or, omitting the last clause of ver. 5, to the redactor (Davidson). In Genesis 28:13 the designation used is “I am Jehovah, the God of Abraham thy father.” As on that former occasion when setting out for Padanaram, so now, when departing for Egypt, he receives a comforting assurance. Fear not to go down into Egypt. Them was reason for Jacob’s apprehensions, since Abraham had been in peril in the land of the Pharaohs (Genesis 12:14-20), Isaac had been forbidden to go thither (Genesis 26:2), and Egypt had been foreshadowed as a place of servitude for his descendants (Genesis 15:13). מֵרְדָה is an irregular infinitive רֵדָה for רֶדֶת (cf. דֵּעַה for דַּעַת, Exodus 2:4), with מִן. prefixed after a verb of fearing (vide Ewald’s ‘Hebrews Synt.,’ § 336). For I will there make of thee a great nation – literally, for to a great nation will I put thee there (cf. Genesis 21:13). Jacob had previously received the injunction, accompanied by the Divine benediction, to be fruitful and multiply (Genesis 28:3). Twice over had it previously been predicted that he should develop into a multitudinous people (Genesis 28:14Genesis 35:11). The present promise was an indication that the fulfillment of the prophecy was at band. Genesis 46:3.”

2.)  Exo 23:21, “Be attentive to him and obey his voice; do not be rebellious toward him, for he will not pardon your rebellion, since My name is in him.”

Matthew Poole’s Commentary

He will not pardon your transgressions, i.e. he will severely punish you for them, by a common meiosis, as Exodus 20:7. Understand, if you continue obstinate in your sins.
My name is in him, Heb. is in his inward parts, i.e. is intimately united to him, according to John 14:11,
I am in the Father, and the Father in me. It not only signifies that he acts in his name, and by his power and authority, which even the apostles did, and other ministers of the gospel do, and therefore it is unreasonable to think no more is ascribed to this Angel; but that his Divine nature or essence is in him, whence he is called the Lord our RighteousnessJeremiah 23:6; and God, who will not give his glory to anotherIsaiah 42:8, hath given it to Christ, that all men should honour the Son even as they honour the FatherJohn 5:23, which never was nor can be said of any angel without blasphemy. Add to this, that the word name is oft put for the thing or being, whether it be human or Divine, as is manifest from Deu 28:58 Psalm 20:1 115:1 Isaiah 30:27 Acts 1:15 Revelation 3:4 11:13. And so it must be here, because this name is not said to be given to him, as it would be, if it were properly taken; but to be in him; or in his inwards, which agrees well to the Divine nature or essence, but not to the mere name.”

Jesus is in God’s name. Mat 1:23, “BEHOLD, THE VIRGIN WILL CONCEIVE AND GIVE BIRTH TO A SON, AND THEY SHALL NAME HIM IMMANUEL,” which translated means, “GOD WITH US.”

Benson Commentary

Matthew 1:23Behold, a virgin shall be with child, and shall bring forth, &c. — Some have unhappily supposed that this famous prophecy immediately related to the birth of a child of Isaiah’s in a natural way, and that it only referred to Christ in a secondary sense. But surely a son’s being born of one then a virgin, when she was married, was no such extraordinary event as to answer such a pompous introduction as we meet with in the viith of Isaiah. Had this been all, what need was there of these words, The Lord himself shall give you a sign? What need of that solemn notice, Behold! there being nothing new or strange in all this. Besides, the promise, A virgin shall conceive and bear a son, and shall call his name Emmanuel, is made as a sign or miracle, to confirm the house of David in God’s promise made to him, respecting the perpetuity of his kingdom. But what sign or miracle could it be, that a woman should be with child after the ordinary manner? what wonder was there in this? As to Isaiah 7:16Before the child (or, as it is in the Hebrew, this child,shall know to refuse the evil and choose the good, the land that thou abhorrest shall be forsaken of both her kings, it seems most reasonable to interpret it as referring to Shear-jashub, whom Isaiah was ordered to take in his hand for no other imaginable reason but that something remarkable was to be said of him. So that their deliverance from the two kings of Syria and Israel, before Isaiah’s son, (whom he had taken in his hand,) should be able to distinguish between good and evil, was to be considered by them as typical of a much greater deliverance by the Messiah, in due time to be born of a future virgin. See notes on Isaiah 7:11-16. Thus, according to the usual manner of the prophets, the people of God, in their present distress, are comforted with the promise of the Messiah hereafter to appear. They shall call his name — That is, his name shall be called; a personal verb being put for an impersonal, as is frequently the case; or, as some copies read it, Thou shalt call, or, he shall be owned and accounted; Emmanuel, God with us — God in our nature, by whose incarnation, God is united to our nature; and by whose mediation, God is reconciled to us and is present with us. The names of Christ, it must be observed, are of two kinds: 1st, proper and distinguishing, pointing out his person; 2dly, descriptive, either of his person or offices, such as there are many in Scripture, as David, the Branch, Wonderful, Counsellor. It is to be observed, that in the Scripture language, to be called, and to be, are the same thing. It is, therefore, no objection against the application of these words to Christ, that he did not bear the name Emmanuel, if he really was God with us, which is the import of it. And that he was, is sufficiently proved from his being entitled the mighty God by Isaiah, ch. Matthew 9:6. Now, he who is properly called El, God, and is also emmanu, with us, must infallibly be that Emmanuel, who is God with us.

  • )  Deu 20:3, “He shall say to them, ‘Hear, Israel, you are approaching the battle against your enemies

today.  Do not be faintheartedDo not be afraid,

or panic, or be terrified by them.”

Gill’s Exposition of the Entire Bible

And shall say unto them, hear, O Israel,…. Exciting their attention to what he was about to say, and which, as Jarchi observes, was spoken in the holy tongue, or in the Hebrew language:you approach this day unto battle against your enemies; were marching or ready to march, preparing to engage with them, and a battle seemed near at hand:

let not your hearts faint, fear not, and do not tremble, neither be ye terrified because of them; many words are made use of to animate them against those fears which the strength, number, and appearance of their enemies, would be apt to cause in them. Jarchi observes, that here are four exhortations, answerable to four things which the kings of the nations do (in order to inject terror into their enemies); they shake their shields, to clash them one against another, that hearing their noise they may be afraid of them and flee; they prance their horses, and make them neigh, to cause the noise of the hoofs of their horses to be heard; they shout with their voices, and blow with their trumpets: and accordingly these several clauses are so interpreted in the Misnah (e)””and let not your hearts faint”; at the neighing of the horses, and the brightness of swords: “fear not”; at the clashing of shields: “and do not tremble”; at the sound of trumpets: “neither be ye terrified” at the voice of shouting;”and no doubt but it takes in everything that has a tendency to cause fear, faintness, and dismay, which they are cautioned against.”

4.)  Deu 31:6, “Be strong and courageous, do not be 

afraid or in dread of them, for the LORD your God is the One who is going with you. He will not desert you or abandon you.”

Gill’s Exposition of the Entire Bible

Be strong and of a good courage,…. The Septuagint version is,”play the men, and be strong;”be strong in the Lord, and in the power of his might, trusting and relying on him that goes before you; and so take heart, and be of good courage, and act the manly part; the apostle seems to refer to this passage, 1 Corinthians 16:13,

fear not, nor be afraid of them; their enemies, though so numerous, so mighty, and some of them of a gigantic stature, and their cities strong and well fenced:

for the Lord thy God, he it is that doth go with thee: in comparison of whom, numbers of men, their strength of body, and fortified places, signify nothing:

he will not fail thee, nor forsake thee; not fail to fulfil his promises to them, not leave them till he had given them complete victory over their enemies, put them into the possession of their land, and settled them in it. This promise, though made to literal Israel, belongs to the spiritual Israel of God, and is made good to every true believer in the Lord; see Hebrews 13:5.”

  • )  Rom 12:16, “Be of the same mind toward

one another; do not be haughty in mind, but associate with the lowly. Do not be wise in your own estimation.”

Gill’s Exposition of the Entire Bible

Be of the same mind one towards another,…. Which is not to be understood of the sameness of their judgment, or of their agreement in sentiments, espousing the same doctrines, observing the same ordinances, and in the same manner, and attending to the same form of discipline; but of their having the same love, and being of the same accord and affection to one another, entertaining the same good opinion, or a better, of others than of themselves; and so the Syriac version renders the passage, “what ye think of yourselves, think also of your brethren”: think of one another, as equally interested in the love of God, redeemed by the blood of Christ, blessed with the same spiritual blessings in him, and called in the same hope of your calling; and do not think of one another, as being one richer or wiser than another, do not value yourselves upon that:

mind not high things; be not highminded, do not think too highly of yourselves, and despise others; meddle not with, nor grasp at things too high for you, that are out of your reach, and beyond your capacity; nor seek great things for yourselves, as riches, honours, &c. nor covet great company:

but condescend to men of low estate; or “to low things”; be content with mean and low things in life, and disdain not to take notice of and converse with, men in a low condition, whether in things temporal or spiritual; who may be poor in this world, be very ignorant and illiterate, as to general knowledge and learning; be men of mean parts and abilities, of very small gifts, and be weak in faith and experience; condescend to their weaknesses, bear their infirmities, and become all things to them for their good, and God’s glory: consider the apostle is writing to citizens of Rome, who might be tempted to look upon themselves above others, and to look disdainfully upon others, as citizens too often do on country people, as if they were below them, as persons of low life to them:

be not wise in your own conceits; see Proverbs 3:7. This is attended with bad consequences, spoils a man’s usefulness, prevents his improvement in knowledge, tempts him to reject all counsel and advice given him, and to treat his fellow creatures and Christians with haughtiness and insolence, and exposes him to the scorn and contempt of men: or “be not wise by or with yourselves”; imagining you have all the wisdom, and others have none; or keeping it to yourselves, what wisdom you have communicate it to others; the Ethiopic version reads, “say not, we are wise”; see Job 12:2.

This is the most problem for most of the people: to be wise in their own estimation. People are self-conceited.

6.)  Jos 11:6, “Yet the LORD said to Joshua, “Do not be afraid because of them, for tomorrow at this time I am going to turn all of them over to Israel as good as dead; you shall hamstring their horses and burn their chariots with fire.”

Gill’s Exposition of the Entire Bible

And the Lord said unto Joshua, be not afraid because of them,…. Of their number, of their horsemen, and of their scythed chariots; which might at first hearing occasion some fear and dread. And according to Josephus (f), the multitude of them terrified both Joshua and the Israelites; and therefore the Lord appeared and spoke to him for his encouragement: though what was said was for the sake of the Israelites, and to animate them who might be disheartened, rather than for the sake of Joshua, who was of a bold and courageous spirit. Whether this was said to him at Gilgal, and out of the tabernacle there, quickly after the tidings of the combination of the kings were brought to him, or whether when upon his march towards them, is uncertain:

for tomorrow about this time will I deliver them up slain before Israel; as many were, and others wounded and put to flight, as the word signifies, so as to be as good as dead. If Gilgal was twenty two miles from the waters of Merom, as Bunting says (g), and supposing this to be said to him before he set out, he must travel all night to reach thither the next day; and if it was sixty miles, as some say, this must be said to him when on his march, and within a day’s march of the enemy; for Josephus says (h) it was on the fifth day that he came up with them, and fell upon them:

thou shalt hough their horses; cut their nerves under their hams, or hamstring them, so that they might be useless hereafter; for the kings of Israel were not to multiply horses; and Joshua, as their chief ruler, was to have no advantage of them by their falling into his hands:

and burn their chariots with fire; that so they might not be used by the Israelites afterwards, who might be tempted to put their trust and confidence in them, as many did.”

7.)  Jos 1:9, “Have I not commanded you? Be strong and courageous! Do not be terrified nor dismayed, for the LORD your God is with you wherever you go.

Gill’s Exposition of the Entire Bible

Have not I commanded thee?…. The above things, to go over Jordan with the people into the land of Canaan, and to observe the law of Moses in all things, and to be of good courage, which is again repeated; consider who it is that has given these orders and instructions, the great Jehovah, the everlasting I AM, who is faithful to his promises, and able to perform. The consideration of which would serve to animate him to the work he was called unto, to encourage his faith in God, to engage in his service cheerfully and readily:

be strong, and of a good courage; See Gill on Joshua 1:6; See Gill on Joshua 1:7.

be not afraid, nor be thou dismayed; at his enemies, numerous and powerful, nor discouraged at anything in himself, any unfitness for such service, as he might think, or at any difficulties he might fear from the people he had the government of, and was to lead on; it was enough that the divine Presence was promised him, and which is repeated:

for the Lord thy God is with thee whithersoever thou goest: or, as the Targum of Jonathan,”for thy help is the Word of the Lord thy God;”See Gill on Joshua 1:5.”

8.)  Jdg 6:23, “But the LORD said to him, “Peace to you, do not be afraid; you shall not die.”

The Lord said to Gideon that he will not die.

Matthew Henry’s Concise Commentary

6:11-24 Gideon was a man of a brave, active spirit, yet in obscurity through the times: he is here stirred up to undertake something great. It was very sure that the Lord was with him, when his Angel was with him. Gideon was weak in faith, which made it hard to reconcile the assurances of the presence of God with the distress to which Israel was brought. The Angel answered his objections. He told him to appear and act as Israel’s deliverer, there needed no more. Bishop Hall says, While God calls Gideon valiant, he makes him so. God delights to advance the humble. Gideon desires to have his faith confirmed. Now, under the influences of the Spirit, we are not to expect signs before our eyes such as Gideon here desired, but must earnestly pray to God, that if we have found grace in his sight, he would show us a sign in our heart, by the powerful working of his Spirit there, The Angel turned the meat into an offering made by fire; showing that he was not a man who needed meat, but the Son of God, who was to be served and honoured by sacrifice, and who in the fulness of time was to make himself a sacrifice. Hereby a sign was given to Gideon, that he had found grace in God’s sight. Ever since man has by sin exposed himself to God’s wrath and curse, a message from heaven has been a terror to him, as he scarcely dares to expect good tidings thence. In this world, it is very awful to have any converse with that world of spirits to which we are so much strangers. Gideon’s courage failed him. But God spoke peace to him.”

9.)  1Sa 9:20, “And as for your donkeys that wandered off three days ago, do not be concerned 

about them, for they have been found. And for whom is everything that is desirable in Israel? Is it not for you and for all your father’s household?”

Often we are concerned about wrong things in life.

Gill’s Exposition of the Entire Bible

And as for thine asses that were lost three days ago,…. Which, according to Kimchi, is to be understood not of the time from whence they were lost, but to be reckoned from the time that Saul had been seeking of them; so the Targum,”as to the business of the asses, which are lost to thee, and thou art come to seek them today, these three days:”though it is probable enough that the same day they were lost Saul set out to seek them, Now Samuel telling him of the asses that were lost, and of the time of their being lost, or of his seeking them, so exactly, before ever he said a word to him about them, must at once convince him that he was a true prophet, and which must prepare him to give credit to all that he should hereafter say to him:

set not thy mind on them, for they are found; of the truth of which he could not doubt, after he had said the above words; and which he said to make his mind easy, that he might the more cheerfully attend the feast, and be the more willing to stay all night:

and on whom is all the desire of Israel? which was to have a king; in this they were unanimous, and who so fit and proper as Saul, it is intimated, whom Samuel knew God had chosen and appointed to be king over them?

is it not on thee, and on all thy father’s house? not that the Israelites had their eye on Saul, and their desire after him to be their king, though he was such an one as they wished for; but that as this desire of theirs was granted, it would issue and terminate in him and his family; he should be advanced to the throne, which would be attended with the promotion of his father’s house, as Abner particularly, who was his uncle’s son, and was made the general of the army.”

This is another flaw of human nature: to be concerned with unimportant things. It seems mankind does not understand priority.

10.)   1Sa 23:17, “He said to him, “Do not be afraid, because the hand of Saul my father will not find you, and you will be king over Israel, and I will be second

in command to you; and Saul my father knows that as well.”

Jonathan, Saul’s son, was such a good man in history; when he died, I cried just reading the Scriptures.

Jamieson-Fausset-Brown Bible Commentary

16, 17. Jonathan went to David into the wood, and strengthened his hand in God—by the recollection of their mutual covenant. What a victory over natural feelings and lower considerations must the faith of Jonathan have won, before he could seek such an interview and give utterance to such sentiments! To talk with calm and assured confidence of himself and family being superseded by the man who was his friend by the bonds of a holy and solemn covenant, could only have been done by one who, superior to all views of worldly policy, looked at the course of things in the spirit and through the principles of that theocracy which acknowledged God as the only and supreme Sovereign of Israel. Neither history nor fiction depicts the movements of a friendship purer, nobler, and more self-denying than Jonathan’s!

11.)  2Ki 1:15, “And the angel of the LORD said to Elijah, “Go down with him; do not be afraid of him.” So he got up and went down with him to the king.”

Elijah went down with the captain of a third fifty with his fifty men to the king.

Gill’s Exposition of the Entire Bible

And the angel of the Lord said unto Elijah, The same as in 2 Kings 1:3 or “had said” (g), as some render it, before this captain came:

go down with him; the captain and his men:

and be not afraid of him; of King Ahaziah, whom he might fear, because of the message he had sent him, that he should die of that sickness, and for turning back his messengers to the god of Ekron, and for destroying his two captains and their fifties; nor of his mother Jezebel, who had threatened his life for killing her prophets:

and he arose, and went down with him unto the king; boldly and courageously, not fearing his wrath; so that the captain not only had his life and the life of his men spared, but answered the end of his message also.”

12.)  2Ki 6:16, “And he said, “Do not be afraid, for those who are with us are greater than those who are with them.”

Benson Commentary

2 Kings 6:16He answered, Fear not — He was concerned to remove the fears of his servant, and impart to him the same satisfaction and peace of mind he possessed himself in this time of extraordinary danger; for good men desire not only to be easy themselves, but to make those about them easy. And all those whose faith is strong, ought tenderly to consider and compassionate those who are weak, and of a timorous spirit, and do what they can to strengthen their hands. For they that be with us — To protect us, Are more than they that be against us — To destroy us: the angels are unspeakably more numerous, and God infinitely more powerful.”

With God, one is a majority.

13.)  2Ch 29:11, “My sons, do not be negligent now, for the  LORD has chosen you to stand before Him, to serve Him, and to be His ministers and burn incense.”

Pulpit Commentary

Verse 11. – Be not now negligent; Hebrew, אַל־תִּשָּׂלוּ. This verb in kal (supposing it the same verb) occurs but five times (Job 3:26Job 12:6Psalm 122:6Jeremiah 12:1Lamentations 1:5), the radical idea of it being the safety of ease or security rather than any absolute safety. In niph. it is found only in this place and in 2 Kings 4:28, where the rendering of the Authorized Version, “Do not deceive me,” will easily yield the same essential idea. The derivative adjective (שֶׁלֵו) occurs eight times, and always has the same flavour about it (1 Chronicles 4:40Job 16:12Job 20:20Job 21:23Psalm 73:12Jeremiah 49:31Ezekiel 23:42Zechariah 7:7). And the derivative nouns (שֶׁלֶו and שַׁלְוָה) occur nine times, and, at any rate, in almost every instance evidently carrying the same fundamental idea (Psalm 30:6Psalm 122:7Proverbs 1:32Proverbs 17:1Jeremiah 22:21Ezekiel 16:49Daniel 8:25Daniel 11:21, 24). Our Authorized Version, therefore, sufficiently reproduces the thought of Hezekiah, though perhaps this would more exactly come out of the rendering, “Be not now at ease,” i.e. sacrifice ease and self-indulgence, etc. To serve him… that ye should minister. The same verb is used in both these places; so Revised Version, To minister unto him, and that ye should be his ministers. 2 Chronicles 29:11.”

Negligence means one is not doing his duty faithfully.

14.)  2Ch 30:7, “Do not be like your fathers and your brothers, who were untrue to the LORD God of their fathers, so that He made them an object of horror, just as you see.”

If your father and brother are no good, do not be like them.

Gill’s Exposition of the Entire Bible

And be not ye like your fathers, and like your brethren, which trespassed against the Lord God of their fathers,…. By worshipping the calves, and neglecting the service of God in the temple at Jerusalem; the Targum is,”which acted deceitfully with the Word of the Lord their God:”

who therefore gave them up to desolation, as ye see; some part of the land of Israel being already made desolate by the kings of Assyria, which was very visible.”

It is a terrible thing when your father and brother are not the models– not true to God.

15.)  Neh 4:14, “When I saw their fear, I stood and said to the nobles, the officials, and the rest of the people: “Do not be afraid of them; remember the Lord who is great and awesome, and fight for your brothers, your sons, your daughters, your wives, and your houses.”

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

  1.  And I looked, and rose up] Nehemiah’s ‘look’ seems to denote his inspection of the guards which he had stationed.
    unto the nobles, and to the rulers] R.V. marg. ‘Or, deputies’. Upon the difference of these two classes see note on Nehemiah 2:16.
    the Lord] R.V. the Lord. The sacred name here used is ‘Adonai,’ not ‘Jahveh;’ see on Nehemiah 1:11, (Nehemiah 3:5).
    which is great and terrible] For these epithets, see note on Nehemiah 1:5, and compare Nehemiah 9:22. The attributes of power and awe belong to the God of Israel and ensure the victory of those that trust him, cf. Deuteronomy 3:22, Deut. 20:31, 32.
    fight for your brethren … houses] Nehemiah exhorts his men to fight courageously. To the Jews the contest must be for their very existence as a people. Their foes are banded together to compass the extermination of their race and name. The brotherhood of the race (brethren), the blessings of family and home (sons and daughters), the ties of personal affection (wives) or cherished ancestral inheritance (house) were at stake. The enemy against whom they fought knew no pity.”

Why would you be afraid when the Lord fights for you.

16.)  Neh 8:10, “Then he said to them, “Go, eat the festival foods, drink the sweet drinks, and send portions to him who has nothing prepared; for this day is holy to our Lord. Do not be grieved, for the joy of the LORD is your refuge.”

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

  •  Then he said] Who issued the command, we are not told. Clearly either Nehemiah or Ezra. Some think Nehemiah because as governor he would be the person to issue authoritative directions. But more probably Ezra is intended; for (1) Ezra’s name is most conspicuous throughout this whole episode; cf. Nehemiah 8:5-6; (2) the language used is that of the teacher of the Law rather than that of the practical governor.
    eat the fat, and drink the sweet] A proverbial expression, meaning that the occasion was not one of fasting and grief. LXX. φάγετε λιπάσματα καὶ πίετε γλυκάσματα. Vulg. ‘comedite pinguia et bibite mulsum.’
    send portions &c.] Doubtless with the thought of remembering the poor and needy more especially, as according to the law of Deuteronomy 16:14, where the Feast of Tabernacles is described, ‘And thou shalt rejoice in thy feast, thou, and thy son, and thy daughter, and thy manservant, and the Levite, and the stranger, and the fatherless and the widow that are within thy gates.’ But the allusion seems primarily to be to the custom of interchanging ‘portions’ on festal occasions, e.g. Esther 9:19, ‘a day of gladness and feasting, and a good day, and of sending portions to one another,’ Esther 9:22, ‘days of feasting and gladness, and of sending portions one to another and gifts to the poor.’ Nabal’s churlishness was the violation of an almost sacred rule, 1 Samuel 25, cf. R. Smith, Relig. of Semites. For this custom of open-handed distribution on the occasion of great sacrificial feasts, cf. 1 Samuel 9:132 Samuel 6:19Ezekiel 39:17-20.
    neither be ye sorry] R.V. grieved. LXX. μὴ διαπέσητε. Vulg. ‘no-lite contristari’. The R.V. gives the same rendering as in Nehemiah 8:11.
    for the joy of the Lord is your strength] R.V. marg. ‘Or, stronghold’. This joy of the Lord is not the joy of the Lord over Israel; but Israel’s joy in her Lord. Israel’s joy at her great festivals is based on her confidence that the Lord ever protects her. Gladness in Him is in proportion to the faith in the protection which He gives. The English version is that of the Vulgate, ‘gaudium etenim Domini est fortitudo nostra.’ The LXX. ὅτι ἐστὶ κύριος ἰσχὺς ἡμῶν omitted to render the somewhat unusual word for ‘joy,’ which elsewhere occurs in 1 Chronicles 16:27Ezra 6:16. The rendering ‘stronghold’ in the R.V. marg. gives the more common meaning, cf. Psalm 37:39, ‘He is their stronghold in the time of trouble.’ He that rejoices in Jehovah has a strong fortress from which he can repel all adversaries.”

Many Christians have a tendency to grieve, not knowing the joy of the Lord is our refuge.

17.)  Neh 8:11, “So the Levites silenced all the people, saying, “Be still, for the day is holy; do not be grieved.”

Many Christians do not know not to be grieved on a holy day.

18.)  Psa 32:9, “Do not be like the horse or like the mule, which have no understanding, whose trappings

include bit and bridle to hold them in check, otherwise they will not come near to you.

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

9, 10. A warning addressed to all not to resist God’s will, and neglect instruction.
Be not like horse like mule with no understanding,
With trappings of bit and bridle must they be curbed:
Else will they not come near unto thee.
The Heb. is obscure and possibly corrupt in some points; but the general sense is clear. Brute animals without reason must be controlled and compelled by force to learn to submit to man’s will. If man will not draw near to God and obey Him of his own free will, he lowers himself to the level of a brute, and must expect to be treated accordingly and disciplined by judgment (Isaiah 26:9-11).
For the thought that man who will not listen to God’s teaching ‘becomes brutish’ see Jeremiah 10:14Jeremiah 10:21Psalm 49:10Psalm 49:12Psalm 49:20Psalm 73:22. The word rendered mouth in A.V., trappings in R.V., is of doubtful meaning. Some explain, whose wild spirit must be curbed &c.; but this is less probable. The A.V. of the last line, lest they come near unto thee, to hurt thee, gives no suitable point of comparison, and must certainly be rejected.”

The fact that mankind can become brutish in not listening to God’s Word is most humiliating.

19.)  Psa 37:1, “A Psalm of David. Do not get upset 

because of evildoers, do not be envious of

wrongdoers.

It is abnormal to be envious of wrongdoers.

Barnes’ Notes on the Bible

Fret not thyself – The Hebrew word here means properly to burn, to be kindled, to be inflamed, and is often applied to anger, as if under its influence we become “heated:” Genesis 31:36Genesis 34:71 Samuel 15:112 Samuel 19:43. Hence, it means to fret oneself, to be angry, or indignant. Compare Proverbs 24:19. We should perhaps express the same idea by the word “worrying” or “chafing.” The state of mind is that where we are worried, or envious, because others are prosperous and successful, and we are not. The idea is, therefore, closely allied with that in the other part of the verse, “neither be thou “envious.””

Because of evil-doers – Wicked men:

  • at the fact that there are wicked men, or that God suffers them to live;
  • at their numbers;
  • at their success and prosperity.

Neither be thou envious – Envy is pain, mortification, discontent, at the superior excellence or prosperity of others, accompanied often with some degree of malignant feeling, and with a disposition to detract from their merit. It is the result of a comparison of ourselves with others who are more highly gifted or favored, or who are more successful than we are ourselves. The feeling referred to here is that which springs up in the mind when we see persons of corrupt or wicked character prospered, while we, endeavoring to do right, are left to poverty, to disappointment, and to tears.”

20.)  Psa 49:16, “Do not be afraid when a person

becomes rich, when the splendor of his house 

is increased.”

Barnes’ Notes on the Bible

Be not thou afraid when one is made rich – Do not dread the power derived from wealth; do not fear anything which a man can do merely because he is rich. The original is, “when a “man” becomes rich.” The allusion is not necessarily to a bad man, though that is implied in the whole passage, since there is no reason for fearing a “good” man, whether he is rich or poor. The only thing that seems to have been apprehended in the mind of the psalmist was that power of doing injury to others, or of employing means to injure others, which wealth confers on a bad man. The psalmist here changes the form of the expression, no longer referring to himself, and to his own feelings, as in the former part of the psalm, but making an application of the whole course of thought to others, showing them, as the result of his own reflection and observation, that no man had any real cause for dread and alarm when riches increased in the hands of the wicked. The reasons why this power should not be feared are stated in the following verses.

When the glory of his house is increased – Rich people often lavish much of their wealth on their dwellings; on the dwelling itself; on the furniture; on the grounds and appendages of their habitation. This is evidently referred to here as “the “glory” of their house;” as that which would be adapted to make an impression of the power and rank of its possessor.”

This is the reason why the rich have mansions.

You see many mansions in Europe because the colonialists robbed the resources and riches of their colonies. Have you seen the scepter of the British empire, according to https://www.naturaldiamonds.com/historic-diamonds/british-crown-jewels-royal-diamonds/#:~:text=The%20Cullinan%20I%2C%20which%20became%20known%20as%20the,the%20head%20of%20the%20Sovereign%E2%80%99s%20Scepter%20and%20Cross.

The Cullinan I, which became known as the Great Star of Africa, weighs 530 carats and is a pear-shaped diamond that now sits at the head of the Sovereign’s Scepter and Cross. 

21.)  Pro 3:7, “Do not be wise in your own eyes; fear the LORD and turn away from evil.

Pulpit Commentary

Verse 7. – Be not wise in thine own eyes. This admonition carries on the thought from the preceding verses (5, 6), approaching it from a different direction. It is a protest against self-sufficiency, self-conceit, and self-reliance. It says, in effect, “Trust in the Lord, do not trust in yourself.” Wisdom, as Michaelis remarks, is to trust in God; to trust in yourself and in your own wisdom is unwisdom. God denounces this spirit: “Woe unto them that are wise in their own eyes, and prudent in their own sight!” (Isaiah 5:21), because such a spirit leads to the prohibited self-dependence, and is inconsistent with “the tear of the Lord.” The precept of the text is reiterated by St. Paul, especially in Romans 12:16, “Be not wise in your own conceits” (cf. 1 Corinthians 8:8Galatians 6:3). It commends humility. The diligent search for Wisdom is commanded. The great hindrance to all true wisdom is the thought that we have already attained it (Plumptre). In thine own eyesi.e. in thine own estimation; arbitrio tuo (Trem. et Jun.). Fear the Lord, and depart from evil. The connection of this with the first part of the verse becomes clear upon reflection. “The fear of the Lord” is true wisdom (Job 28:28Proverbs 1:7). Fear the Lord, therefore, because it is the best corrective of one’s own wisdom, which engenders arrogance, pride, presumption of mind, which, moreover, is deceptive and apt to lead to sin. The fear of the Lord has this other advantage – that it leads to the departure from evil (Proverbs 16:6) It is the mark of the wise man that he fears the Lord, and departs from evil (Proverbs 14:16). These precepts form the two elements of practical piety (Delitzsch), an eminent example of which as Job (Job 1:1). Proverbs 3:7.”

The rich and powerful are usually guilty of being wise in their own eyes.

22.)  Pro 3:25, “Do not be afraid of sudden danger,

nor of trouble from the wicked when it comes.”

Gill’s Exposition of the Entire Bible

Be not afraid of sudden fear,…. Of anything terrible that comes unawares, unthought of, by any of the above things mentioned in the preceding note; or by any rumours and reports of danger being near at hand; always think thyself safe in the arms of Wisdom, and under the care of Israel’s keeper, who neither slumbers nor sleeps;

neither of the desolation of the wicked when it cometh; either of the desolation which wicked men threaten to bring, and are suffered to bring, upon the godly for the sake of religion; either on their persons or goods, since suffering at their hands in such a cause is to the honour of saints, and for the glory of God; or of the desolation which comes upon the godly, for God is able to deliver him from it, as Noah and his family from the universal deluge, and Lot and his family from Sodom and Gomorrah; or if they promiscuously fall in it, nevertheless it will be well with them to all eternity.”

I was grateful to recall an incident which reminded me of this Scripture. One Sunday I was appointed to preach in another town, and I took my younger brother along. Unexpectedly in the midst of preaching, my brother fell ill. The Holy Spirit brought me remembrance of this Scripture. That made me not to be afraid and continued my preaching. Thank God I was able to bring my brother home that afternoon.

23.)  Pro 23:20, “Do not be with heavy drinkers of wine,

or with gluttonous eaters of meat.”

On one Sunday school, we took an oath never to smoke or drink. I have kept the oath to an advanced old age.

Pulpit Commentary

Verse 20. – Wine bibbers; persons who meet together for the express purpose of drinking intoxicating liquors. Among riotous eaters of flesh. The Hebrew is “of flesh for themselves,” whence some take the meaning to be “of their own flesh,” i.e. who by their gluttony and luxury ruin their own bodies. But the parallelism with the wine drinker shows plainly that the flesh which they eat is meant, and the idea is that they eat for the gratification of their own appetites, caring nothing for anything else. The combination of glutton and wine bibber was used as a reproach against our blessed Lord (Matthew 11:19). The versions of Jerome and the LXX. point to the contributed entertainments, where each guest brought some article to the meal, like our picnics. Thus Vulgate, “Be not among parties of drinkers, nor at the banquets of those who contribute flesh to eat;” Septuagint. “Be not a wine bibber, and strain not after contributed feasts (συμβολαῖς) and purchases of meats.” Proverbs 23:20

24.)  Pro 24:1, “Do not be envious of evil people,

nor desire to be with them.”

Gill’s Exposition of the Entire Bible

Be not thou envious against evil men,…. Or, “men of evil” (b). Such who are addicted to evil, and given up to it, whose principles and practices are bad; such as are before described in the preceding chapter; gluttons and drunkards, men given to women and wine: envy not their present prosperity, or seeming pleasure they have in the gratification of their sensual appetites; since woe and sorrow, wounds and strife, now attend them, and poverty and want will follow them; as well as everlasting ruin and destruction will be their portion hereafter; See Gill on Proverbs 23:17; and compare with this Proverbs 24:21;

neither desire to be with them; to be in their company; to have any conversation and fellowship with them, which is very infectious, dangerous, and pernicious; nor even to be in the same state, condition, and circumstances they are in; much less to do as they do, and imitate them in their sinful courses; as you would not choose to be with them in hell hereafter, do not desire to be with them here.”

25.)  Ecc 5:8, “If you see oppression of the poor and denial of justice and righteousness in the province, do not be shocked at the sight; for one official watches over another official, and there are higher officials over them.

Matthew Poole’s Commentary

Here is an account of another vanity, and a sovereign antidote against it.
Marvel not, as if it were inconsistent with God’s wisdom, and justice, and truth to suffer such disorders, or a just cause for any man to throw off that fear and service of God which I have now commended to thee.
He that is higher than the highest, the most high God, who is infinitely above the greatest of men, and therefore, if he saw meet, could crush them in an instant,
regardeth, not like an idle spectator, but like a judge, who diligently observes and records all these miscarriages, and will so effectually punish them, that neither they shall have any cause of triumph in their former successes, nor good men to be grieved at the remembrance of them.
There be higher than they; either,
1. The high and holy angels, who are employed by God in the government of kings and kingdoms, as we read in the Book of Daniel, and elsewhere, and for the defence of God’s people, Psalm 34:7 91:11 Hebrews 1:14. Or,
2. God; and so it is an emphatical repetition of the same thing, which is frequent in Scripture; there is a higher than they. Or, as the words are by others fitly rendered, the Most High (for plural words are oft understood of God singularly) is above them, and therefore can control them, and will certainly call them to an account.”

I am not shocked at the sight of oppression and injustice, I am disgusted. There are now some world leaders I wish God to execute them.

26.)  Ecc 5:2, “Do not be quick with your mouth or 

impulsive in thought to bring up a matter in the presence of God. For God is in Heaven and you are on the earth; therefore let your words be few.

Benson Commentary

Ecclesiastes 5:2Be not rash with thy mouth — Speak not without due consideration; and let not thy heart be hasty — Do not give way to every sudden motion of thy heart, nor suffer it to break out of thy lips till thou hast well weighed it. We must think, and think twice, before we speak, when we are to speak, either from God in preaching, or to God in prayer, or in solemn vows and promises made in his presence; which were very much in use in those times, and of which he speaks in the following verses. For God is in heaven — Is a God of infinite majesty, holiness, and knowledge, and therefore not even to be thought of, and much more not to be worshipped, without profound veneration, great solemnity, and much serious consideration; and thou upon earth — Thou art a poor worm of the earth, infinitely below him, and therefore oughtest to stand in awe of him, and fear to offend him; therefore let thy words be few — 1st, In prayer: use not vain repetitions, nor a multitude of words, as if they were necessary to inform God of thy wants, or to prevail with him to grant thy requests; or as if thou shouldest certainly be heard upon that very account: see Matthew 6:7. 2d, In vowing: be not too prodigal in making more vows and promises than thou art either able or willing and resolved to perform. Remember that God looks down from heaven, hears all thy vows, and expects a punctual accomplishment of them.”

There are some stupid pastors who are habitual in making long Sunday service prayers and not considering old folks cannot stand too long. These ignorant pastors even preach or report to God in their long prayers.

27.)  Ecc 7:9, “Do not be eager in your spirit to be angry, for anger resides in the heart of fools.

Pulpit Commentary

Verse 9. – Be not hasty in thy spirit to be angry. A further warning against the arrogance which murmurs at Providence and revolts against the checks of the Divine arrangement. The injunction in Ecclesiastes 5:2 might be taken in this sense. It is not a general admonition against unrighteous anger, but is leveled at the haughty indignation which a proud man feels when things do not go as he wishes, and he deems that he could have managed matters more satisfactorily. For anger resteth in the bosom of fools. Such unreasonable displeasure is the mark of a foolish or skeptical mind, and if it rests (Proverbs 14:33), is fostered and cherished there, may develop into misanthropy and atheism. If we adopt the rendering” word” in ver. 8, we may see in this injunction a warning against being quick to take offence at a rebuke, as it is only the fool who will not look to the object of the censure and see that it ought to be patiently submitted to. On the subject of anger St. Gregory writes, “As often as we restrain the turbulent motions of the mind under the virtue of mildness, we are essaying to return to the likeness of our Creator. For when the peace of mind is lashed with anger, torn and rent, as it were, it is thrown into confusion, so that it is not in harmony with itself, and loses the force of the inward likeness. By anger wisdom is parted with, so that we are left wholly in ignorance what to do; as it is written, ‘Anger resteth in the bosom of a fool,’ in this way, that it withdraws the light of understanding, while by agitating it troubles the mind” (‘Moral.,’ 5:78). Ecclesiastes 7:9.
I hold: If you are right, you do not need to be angry. If you are wrong, all the more reasons you should not be angry.

28.)  Mat 6:8, “So do not be like them; for your Father 

knows what you need before you ask Him.”

Ellicott’s Commentary for English Readers

(8) Your Father knoweth.—This truth is rightly made the ground of prayer in one of the noblest collects of the Prayer Book of the English Church—“Almighty God, the Fountain of all wisdom, who knowest our necessities before we ask, and our ignorance in asking.” Comp. St. Paul’s “We know not what we should pray for as we ought” (Romans 8:26). But why then, it may be asked, pray at all? Why “make our requests known unto God” (Philippians 4:6)? Logically, it may be, the question never has been, and never can be, answered. As in the parallel question of foreknowledge and free will, we are brought into a region in which convictions that seem, each of them, axiomatic, appear to contradict each other. All that can be done is to suggest partial solutions of the problem. We bring our wants and desires to God (1) that we may see them as He sees them, judge how far they are selfish or capricious, how far they are in harmony with His will; (2) that we may, in the thought of that Presence and its infinite holiness, feel that all other prayers—those which are but the expression of wishes for earthly good, or deliverance from earthly evil—are of infinitely little moment as compared with deliverance from the penalty and the power of the sin which we have made our own; (3) that, conscious of our weakness, we may gain strength for the work and the conflict of life in communion with the Eternal, who is in very deed a “Power that makes for righteousness.” These are, if we may so speak, the lines upon which the Lord’s Prayer has been constructed, and all other prayers are excellent in proportion as they approach that pattern. Partial deviations from it, as in prayers for fine weather, for plenty, and for victory, are yet legitimate (though they drift in a wrong direction), as the natural utterance of natural wants, which, if repressed, would find expression in superstition or despair. It is better that even these petitions, though not the highest form of prayer, should be purified by their association with the highest, than that they should remain unuttered as passionate cravings or, it may be, murmuring regrets.”

29.)  Mat 10:28, “And do not be afraid of those who kill the body but are unable to kill the soul; but rather fear Him who is able to destroy both soul and body in Hell.”

Many do not know that Hell is the most horrible place in the universe. Many do not know the suffering in Hell is eternal. Many do not know once you are thrown into Hell, you will never get out.

30.)  1Co 6:9, “Or do you not know that the unrighteous will not inherit the Kingdom of God? Do not be deceived; neither the sexually immoral, nor idolaters, nor adulterers, nor homosexuals.” Homosexuals will go to Hell, but president Obama advocates homosexuality and promotes legal marriage of homosexuals.

Pulpit Commentary

Verse 28. – And. Restating ver. 26a from a different point of view. Fear not; be not afraid of (Revised Version); μὴ φοβηθῆτε ἀπό. So Westcott and Herr, with B (sic) and two or three other authorities. The Revised Version (cf. Authorized Version parallel passage, Luke 12:4) expresses the greater difference from vers. 26 and 28b (φοβηθῆτε ἀπό with genitive, a Hebraism expressing avoidance, shrinking, cowardly dreas; φοβηθῆτε with accusative, concert-tration of regard) at the expense of the lesser (φοβηθῆτε, general command, or perhaps “never once fear;” φοβεῖσθε, “ever fear,” habit). Them which kill the body. So R. Akiba refused to give up studying and teaching the Law when it was forbidden on pain of death (Talm. Bab., ‘Berach.,’ 61b). But are not able to kill the soul (Matthew 6:25, note). But rather fear. Always (φοβεῖσθε). Fear; yes, but the right object (φοβεῖσθε δὲ μᾶλλον, not μᾶλλον δὲ φοβεῖσθε), and that intensely (-vide supra). Him which is able (τὸν δυνάμενον). Mere power; but in the parallel passage in Luke, authority. The reference is, of course, to God (cf. James 4:12). To destroy (ἀπολέσαι). The class of words to which this belongs denotes “utter and hopeless ruin; but they convey no idea whether the ruined object ceases to exist or continues a worthless existence” (Professor Agar Beet, in Expositor, IV. 1:28). Professor Marshall, in Expositor, IV. 3:283, thinks Luke’s variant, “to cast,” indicates that our Lord originally used an Aramaic word that properly meant “to set on fire.” Both soul and body in hell (Matthew 5:22, note). Matthew 10:28.”

I have some idea how a sinner suffers in Hell bodily forever, I do not know how God kills the soul eternally. All the more, you should fear God and avoid Hell seriously.

31.)  Rom 12:2, “And do not be conformed to this world, but be transformed by the renewing of your mind, so that you may prove what the will of God is, that which is good and acceptable and perfect.”

Ellicott’s Commentary for English Readers

  •  Be not conformed . . . but be ye transformed.—Here the English is somewhat misleading. It would naturally lead us to expect a similar play upon words in the Greek. But it is not so; indeed, there is a clear distinction between the two different words employed. It is the difference between an outward conformity or disguise and a thorough inward assimilation. The Christian is not to copy the fleeting fashions of the present time, but to be wholly transfigured in view of that higher mode of existence, in strict accordance with God’s will, that he has chosen.

This world.—Not here the same word as that which is used, e.g., in 1John 2:15-17, but another, which signifies rather the state of the world as it existed at the Coming of Christ, as opposed to the newly-inaugurated Messianic reign. “To be conformed to this world” is to act as other men do, heathen who know not God; in opposition to this the Apostle exhorts his readers to undergo that total change which will bring them more into accordance with the will of God.

By the renewing of your mind.—“The mind” (i.e., the mental faculties, reason, or understanding) is in itself neutral. When informed by an evil principle, it becomes an instrument of evil; when informed by the Spirit, it is an instrument of good. It performs the process of discrimination between good and evil, and so supplies the data to conscience. “The mind” here is not strictly identical with what we now mean by “conscience;” it is, as it were, the rational part of conscience, to which the moral quality needs to be superadded. The “renewed mind,” or the mind acting under the influence of the Spirit, comes very near to “conscience” in the sense in which the word is used by Bishop Butler.”

Prove.—As elsewhere, “discriminate, and so approve.” The double process is included: first, of deciding what the will of God is; and, secondly, of choosing and acting upon it.

What is that good, and acceptable, and perfect, will of God.—The “will of God” is here, not the divine attribute of will, but the thing willed by God, the right course of action. Are we to take the adjectives “good, and acceptable, and perfect” (with the Authorised version), as in agreement with this phrase, or are they rather in apposition to it, “that we may prove the will of God, that which is good, and acceptable, and perfect”? Most of the commentators prefer this latter way of taking the passage, but it is not quite clear that the former is impossible, “that good, and acceptable, and perfect thing, or course of action which God wills.” “Acceptable,” that is to say, to God Himself.

If you ask what should the Christians do while waiting for the second coming of Jesus Christ. The answer is: Do the will of God.

You have learned a lot from the Holy Scriptures. So you must not neglect so great a salvation. Repent of your sins and believe in the Lord Jesus as your God and Savior. You can do it now.

WILLLIE WONG THOUGHT

WILLIE WONG

https://williewong.cw.center

DECEMBER 11, 2025

https://williewong.cw.center

Copyright © 2018 – 2025 by Willie Wong

All African nations, South America, Asia and the world, where can you find a country which does not have large national debts and deficits? Africa is different because for 500 years, not one country has become self-sufficient and solvent, they glorify with their primitive cultures and brag about their scientists and experts, joy to kill each other. International aid actually fuel their official corruption. Any nation that shares destinies with Africa will be doomed! No resources can fill the Black holes! The international community should leave Africa alone, let them do or die.

China modernization must focus that every village will have:

  1. Electricity.
  2. Running water to drink and wash.
  3. Gas to cook and heat.
  4. Internet.
  5. Livelihood.

*THE SOVEREIGNTY OF GOD

*THE SOVEREIGNTY OF GOD

*Our mission is to preach the Gospel of Jesus Christ absolutely free. We do not want donation. We only want you to know the truth. 

BY WIILIE WONG

The sovereignty of God is what the Scriptures say it is, it is the nature of God which demostrates what and how it is. It is not what theologians say it is, in particular a false theologian who is prominent among so many uninformed believers. I do not want to promote his name; I do not know exactly how many uninformed people had  been ruined by his teachings. I stand gainst his false teachings. The problem about the man is some of his teachings are true, some are false. He is an anethema. The Word of God is not Yes and No. Some people put him on par with Luther and Augustine.

Psa 103:19, “The LORD has established His throne in the Heavens, and His sovereignty rules over all.

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

19. Jehovah hath established his throne in heaven, the sphere of all that is sublime, unchanging, eternal (Psalm 11:4Psalm 93:2).
his kingdom &c.] Cp. 1 Chronicles 29:11-12. Cp. the watchword of other Psalms of the Return, “Jehovah hath proclaimed himself King” (Psalm 93:1Psalm 96:10Psalm 97:1Psalm 99:1).
19–22. The thought of Jehovah’s supreme and universal sovereignty introduces a concluding call to the whole universe to unite in His praises.”

The sovereignty of God is not a concept, it is a fact and the truth about the true and living God. It is complicated because it is multiphasic, containing

creation, rule, protection, providence, command, control, salvaation, and the will of God. God is Who He is, and so He is sovereign and supreme in everything. God has supreme and ultimate authority which no one can stand in the way. The perfect nature of God is not defined by numerous theologians throughout history.We couldn’t care the least about theologians and traditions. We only accept and believe what the Holy Scriptures (the Word of God) say.

Psa 115:3, “But our God is in the Heavens; He does whatever He pleases.

Benson Commentary

Psalm 115:3But our God — He whom, notwithstanding their reproaches, we are not ashamed to own for our God, is in the heavens — Although he has no visible shape, nor is present with us in a corporeal form, nor have we any image of him, such as they have of their idols, yet he hath a certain and glorious place of peculiar residence, even the highest heavens, where he manifests himself to spiritual and glorious beings, as clothed with infinite power and majesty, and from whence he beholds and governs this lower world, and all the creatures that are in it. He hath done — Or, he doth whatsoever he pleased — Or, pleaseth. By his only will and pleasure all things were at first made, and are still disposed and governed. And, without the appointment or permission of his providence, nothing comes to pass, and therefore your successes against us, and injuries done us, do not proceed from an invincible power in you or in your idols, nor from any defect of power or goodness in our God, but only from hence, that it pleases him, for many wise and good reasons, to afflict us, and give you prosperity for a time.”

God in all His activities, never consults mankind. The all-powerful (omnipotent), the all knowing (omniscient) and eternal God does not need anything from mankind. He knows the end from the beginning. There is nothing impossible with God. His actions always achieve the best possible outcome.

1.)  Creation

Mar 10:6, “But from the beginning of creation,

God CREATED THEM MALE AND FEMALE.”

Rom 1:20, “For since the creation of the world His invisible attributes, that is, His eternal power and divine nature, have been clearly perceived, being understood by what has been made, so that they are without excuse.”

Rom 8:22, “For we know that the whole creation

groans and suffers the pains of childbirth together until now.”

2Co 5:17, “Therefore if anyone is in Christ, this person is a new creation; the old things passed away; behold, new things have come.”

Gal 6:15, “For neither is circumcision anything, nor

uncircumcision, but a new creation.

Mar 16:15, “And He said to them, “Go into all the world and preach the Gospel to all creation.”

Rom 8:19, “For the eagerly awaiting creation waits for the revealing of the sons and daughters of God.

Rom 8:20, “For the creation was subjected to futility, not willingly, but because of Him who subjected it, in hope.”

Rom 8:21, “that the creation itself also will be set free from its slavery to corruption into the freedom of the glory of the children of God.”

Col 1:15, “He is the image of the invisible God, the firstborn of all creation:

Col 1:23, “if indeed you continue in the faith firmly established and steadfast, and not shifting from the hope of the Gospel that you have heard, which was proclaimed in all creation under 

Heaven, and of which I, Paul, was made a minister.”

2Pe 3:4-9, “and saying, “Where is the promise of His coming? For ever since the fathers fell asleep, all things continue just as they were from the beginning of creation.” For when they maintain this, it escapes their notice that by the Word of God the

Heavens existed long ago and the earth was formed out of water and by water, through which the world at that time was destroyed by being flooded with water. But by His Word the present heavens and earth are being reserved for fire, kept for the day of judgment and destruction of ungodly people. But do not let this one fact escape your notice, beloved, that with the Lord one day is like a thousand years, and a thousand years like one day. The Lord is not slow about His promise, as some count slowness, but

is patient toward you, not willing for any to perish, but for all to come to repentance.”

Heb 9:11, “But when Christ appeared as a high priest of the good things having come, He entered through the greater and more perfect tabernacle, not made by 

hands, that is, not of this creation.

Mar 13:19, “For those days will be such a time of tribulation as has not occurred since the beginning of the creation which God created until now, and never will again.”

Gen 1:1-2:4, “In the beginning God created the heavens and the earth. And God created the great sea creatures and every living creature that moves, with which the waters swarmed, according to their kind, and every winged bird according to its kind; and God saw that it was good. So God created man in

His own image, in the image of God He created him; male and female He created them. Then God blessed 

the seventh day and sanctified it, because on it He rested from all His work which God had created and made. This is the account of the Heavens and the earth when they were created, in the day that the LORD God made earth and Heaven.

Gen 5:1-2, “This is the book of the generations of Adam. On the day when God created man, He made him in the likeness of God. He created them male and female, and He blessed them and named them “mankind” on the day when they were created.”

2.)  Rule

Gen 1:26, “Then God said, “Let Us make mankind in Our image, according to Our likeness; and let the sky and over the livestock and over all the earth, and over every crawling thing that crawls on the earth.

Gen 1:28, “God blessed them; and God said to them, “Be fruitful and multiply, and fill the earth, and subdue it; and rule over the fish of the sea and over the birds of the sky and over every living thing that 

moves on the earth.”

Gen 3:16, “To the woman He said, “I will greatly multiply your pain in childbirth, in pain you shall

deliver children; yet your desire will be for your

husband, and he shall rule over you.”

Lev 25:46, “You may also pass them on as an 

inheritance to your sons after you, to receive as a possession; you can use them as permanent slaves. But in respect to your countrymen, the sons of Israel, you shall not rule with severity over one another.

hem rule over the fish of the sea and over the birds of

the sky and over the livestock and over all the earth, and over every crawling thing that crawls on the earth.

Gen 1:28, “God blessed them; and God said to them, “Be fruitful and multiply, and fill the earth, and subdue it; and rule over the fish of the sea and over the birds of the sky and over every living thing that 

moves on the earth.”

Gen 3:16, “To the woman He said, “I will greatly multiply your pain in childbirth, in pain you shall

deliver children; yet your desire will be for your

husband, and he shall rule over you.”

Lev 25:46, “You may also pass them on as an 

inheritance to your sons after you, to receive as a possession; you can use them as permanent slaves. But in respect to your countrymen, the sons of Israel, you shall not rule with severity over one another.

Num 24:19, “One from Jacob shall rule, and will eliminate the survivors from the city.”

Dan 4:31, “While the word was still in the king’s mouth, a voice came from Heaven, saying, ‘King 

Nebuchadnezzar, to you it is declared: sovereignty has been removed from you.”

Dan 4:36, “At that time my reason returned to me. And my majesty and splendor were restored to me for the honor of my kingdom, and my state counselors and my nobles began seeking me out; so I was reestablished in my sovereignty, and surpassing greatness was added to me.

Rom 15:12, “Again Isaiah says, SHALL COME THE ROOT OF JESSE, ANHE WHO ARISES TO RULE 

OVER THE GENTILES, IN HIM WILL THE GENTILES 

HOPE.”

1Co 15:24, “ then comes the end, when He hands over the kingdom to our God and Father, when He has abolished all rule and all authority and power.”

Rev 2:27, “AND HE SHALL RULE THEM WITH A ROD OF IRON, AS THE VESSELS OF THE POTTER ARE SHATTERED, as I also have received authority from My Father.”

3.)  Protection

Job 29:4, “Just as I was in the days of my youth,

When the protection of God was over my tent.

Ecc 7:12, “But the advantage of knowledge is that wisdom keeps its possessors alive.

Isa 4:6, “And there will be a shelter to give shade from the heat by day, and refuge and protection from the storm and the rain.”

Isa 27:5, “Or let him rely on My protection,

Let him make peace with Me,

Let him make peace with Me.”

Isa 9:7, “There will be no end to the increase

of His government or of peace

On the throne of David and over his kingdom,

To establish it and to uphold it with justice and righteousness from then on and forevermore.

The zeal of the LORD of armies will accomplish this.

Isa 41:10, “‘Do not fear, for I AM with you;

Do not be afraid, for I AM your God.

I will strengthen you, I will also help you,

I will also uphold you with My righteous right hand.

Isa 42:1, “Behold, My Servant, whom I uphold;

My chosen one in whom My soul delights.

I have put My Spirit upon Him; He will bring 

forth justice to the nations.

Isa 63:5, “I looked, but there was no one to help,

And I was astonished and there was no one to uphold;

So My own arm brought salvation to Me,

And My wrath upheld Me.

Isa 41:13, “For I am the LORD your God who takes hold of your right hand,

Who says to you, ‘Do not fear, I will help you.’

Isa 42:6, “I am the LORD, I have called You in righteousness, I will also hold You by the hand and watch over You, and I will appoint You as a covenant to the people, as a light to the nations.”

Col 1:17, “He is before all things, and in Him all things hold together.”

Rev 19:10, “Then I fell at his feet to worship him. But he said to me, “Do not do that; I am a fellow servant of yours and your brothers and sisters who hold the testimony of Jesus; worship God! For the testimony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy.”

4.)  Providence

Job 10:12, “You have granted me life and lovingkindness; and Your providence (divine care, supervision) has preserved my spirit.

Gen 22:14, “And Abraham named that place The LORD Will Provide, as it is said to this day, “On the mountain of the LORD it will be provided.”

Deu 6:22, “Moreover, the LORD provided great and terrible signs and wonders before our eyes against Egypt, Pharaoh, and all his household.”

Neh 9:15, You provided bread from Heaven for them for their hunger, You brought out water from a rock for them for their thirst, and You told them to enter in order to take possession of the land

which You swore to give them.

Neh 9:21, “Indeed, for forty years You provided 

for them in the wilderness and they were not lacking; their clothes did not wear out, nor did their feet swell up.

Mat 6:33, “But seek first His Kingdom and His righteousness, and all these things will be provided to you.”

Heb 11:40, “because God had provided 

something better for us, so that apart from us they would not be made perfect.”

5.)  Command

Gen 27:8, “So now, my son, listen to me as I

command you.

Exo 7:2, “As for you, you shall speak all that I command you, and your brother Aaron shall speak to Pharaoh that he let the sons of Israel go out of his land.”

Exo 17:1, “Then all the congregation of the sons of Israel journeyed by stages from the wilderness of Sin, according to the command of the LORD, and camped at Rephidim, and there was no water for the people to drink.

Exo 27:20, “And you shall command the sons of Israel that they bring you clear oil of beaten olives for the light, to make a lamp burn continually.

Exo 36:6, “So Moses issued a command, and circulated a proclamation throughout the camp, saying, “No man or woman is to perform work 

any longer for the contributions of the sanctuary.” So the people were restrained from bringing any more.

Lev 24:12, “Then they put him in custody, waiting for Moses to give them a clear decision in accordance 

with the command of the LORD.”

Num 9:8, “Moses then said to them, “Wait, and I will listen to what the LORD will command concerning you.”

Num 9:18, “At the command of the LORD the sons of Israel would set out, and at the command of the LORD they would camp; as long as the cloud settled

over the tabernacle, they remained camped.”

Num 9:20, “If sometimes the cloud remained a few days over the tabernacle, in accordance with 

the command of the LORD they remained camped. Then in accordance with the command of the LORD they set out.”

Num 9:23, “At the command of the LORD they camped, and at the command of the LORD they set out; they did what the LORD required, in accordance with 

the command of the LORD through Moses.”

Num 10:13, “So they moved on for the first time 

in accordance with the command of the LORD 

through Moses.”

Num 24:13, “If Balak were to give me his house full of silver and gold, I could not do anything contrary to the command of the LORD, either good or bad, of my own accord. What the LORD speaks, I will speak.”

Mar 9:25, “When Jesus saw that a crowd was rapidly 

gathering, He rebuked the unclean spirit, saying to it, “You mute and deaf spirit, I command you, come out of him and do not enter him again!”

Luk 8:31, “And they were begging Him not to command them to go away into the abyss.

Jhn 15:14, “You are My friends if you do what 

I command you.”

2Th 3:12, “Now we command and exhort such 

persons in the Lord Jesus Christ to work

peacefully and eat their own bread.”

1Ti 1:18, “This command I entrust to you, Timothy, my son, in accordance with the prophecies previously made concerning you, that by them you fight the good fight.”

  •  CONTROL

GOD controls whatever comes to pass. God controls events and timing. Most important thing is that God controls the final results. I learn from the life of Joseph, the meaning of God’s Sovereignty. From Joseph’s personal experience, inspired by the Holy Spirit,

Gen 50:20, “As for you, you meant evil against me, 

but God meant it for good in order to bring about this 

present result, to keep many people alive.”

God was with Joseph, from slavery to the highest positon in Egypt. This gives me a deep understanding of the Scripture: Gen 50:20, “As for you, you meant 

evil against me, but God meant it for good in order 

to bring about this present result, to keep many 

people alive.” It is incredible that 10 brothers meant evil against Joseph.  There are so many in this world, they have nothing to do but evil deeds day and night.

It is most remarkable that the Scripture says:

Rom 8:28, “And we know that God causes all things to work together for good to those who love God, to those who are called according to His purpose.

How many know this great truth? Even the most powerful and richest man in this world has a hard time to get two things to work together. There is no guarantee of the result. God causes all things to work together for good to those who love God.

To me the grace of God is more important than speaking in tongues. There is nothing would I trade for the grace of God. But for the grace of God, my life would have been ruined.

In America poverty plus ignorance can be a very dangerous thing. I was very poor working my way through college. I needed a dentist, a cheap denstist that I found through Yellow Pages. At the appointed day I was driving my old jalopy to the dental office. I did not know it was a black district. I parked my car on the street and a thousand pairs of black eyes focussed on me. I quickly went in to the dental office and saw only black patients with a black dentist. I quickly got out without saying anything. I sensed the danger and quickly drove away from that area with a sense of relief!

Due to poverty, once I rented apatment in a Latino neighborhood. Latinos were not normal people. They would in the middle of parking lot fixing their car, so that others could not get in or out without problems. Once a Latino overparked his car. Parking for two cars slot had two poles inbetween. The Latino overparked his car so much so that another could not get in. So I called the manager of the apartment complex. The wife of the Latino driver said he was asleep. One day that Latino surreptitiously poured acid on my hood and my car front looked terrible. Another time, do not know who from the Latino neighborhood threw rock at my bathroom glass window and made a big noise of impact breakage. If you are financially able, you would not want to live in a Black or Latino neighborhood.

  • )  Will of God

Concerning the will of God, many preachers fail to teach there are general will of God and special will of God. General will of God is for every believer, while special will of God is for specific individual. It is much easier to know the general will of God, because it is written in the Word of God. As an example, 1Th 4:3, “For this is the will of God, your sanctification; that is, that you abstain from sexual immorality.” It is the general will of God for every beliver to have sanctification, that is, you abstain from sexual immorality. The famous politician of South Africa,

Nelson Mandela married three times. He may claim to be a Christian, but he was not because he committed sexual immorality. There is no exemption for black leaders. M.L.King, Jr was certified by FBI as an immoral man, and he also preached a false gospel.  I think men and women who seek a good life in this world, have a million-dollar mansion, large bank accounts, drive Meredes, etc. are not those who have special call of God to be preachers.

Mary, the mother of Jesus, had a special will of God.

Isa 7:14, “Therefore the Lord Himself will give you 

a sign: Behold, the virgin will conceive and give 

birth to a son, and she will name Him Immanuel.”

Mat 1:23, “BEHOLD, THE VIRGIN WILL CONCEIVE 

AND GIVE BIRTH TO A SON, AND THEY SHALL 

NAME HIM IMMANUEL,” which translated means, “GOD WITH US.”

Mary was the first and last virgin God gave such a special will.

Furthermore, no one will ever know what special will God has for you, but you should. What God wants you to do with your life only God can tell you. I believe whether a man or woman is called to be a preacher is a special will of God. So many pastors and preachers I know personally, I do not believe it was a special will of God for them anyway. I know a white South African missionary who was a homosexual. I do not believe God ever had a special will for a homosexual to be a missionary. I know a founder of a mission who used all collected funds for the mission to educate his children in America to have Master’s degrees while he never distributed one penny to poor children of missionaries under his mission. I do not believe a man was called to preach, when he died he can leave $10 million to his children.

A Christian does not seek to have a good life in this world, much less a slave of Christ. A Christian seeks to do the will of God.

Mar 3:35, “For whoever does the will of God, this is My brother, and sister, and mother.”

Rom 12:2, “And do not be conformed to this world, but be transformed by the renewing of your mind, so that you may prove what the will of God is, that which is good and acceptable and perfect.”

Eph 6:6, “not by way of eye-service, as people-pleasers, but as slaves of Christ, doing the will

of God from the heart.”

1Pe 4:2, “so as to live the rest of the time in the flesh 

no longer for human lusts, but for the will of God.”

1Pe 4:19, “Therefore, those also who suffer 

according to the will of God are to entrust their souls to a faithful Creator in doing what is right.”

1Jo 2:17, “The world is passing away and also its lusts; but the one who does the will of God 

continues to live forever.”

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

17and the world passeth away] Or, is passing away; as in 1 John 2:8 : the process is now going on. We owe the verb ‘pass away’ here to Coverdale: it is a great improvement on Tyndale’s ‘vanisheth away.’ Comp. ‘The fashion of this world is passing away’ (1 Corinthians 7:31), where the same verb is used, and where the active in a neuter sense is equivalent to the middle here and in 1 John 2:8.
and the lust thereof] Not the lust for the world, but the lust which it exhibits, the sinful tendencies mentioned in 1 John 2:16. The world is passing away with all its evil ways. How foolish, therefore, to fix one’s affections on what not only cannot endure but is already in process of dissolution! ‘The lust thereof’ = ‘all that is in the world.’
the will of God] This is the exact opposite of ‘all that is in the world’. The one sums up all the tendencies to good in the universe, the other all the tendencies to evil. We see once more how S. John in giving us the antithesis of a previous idea expands it and makes it fructify. He says that the world and all its will and ways are on the wane: but as the opposite of this he says, not merely that God and His will and ways abide, but that ‘he that doeth the will of God abideth for ever’. This implies that he who follows the ways of the world will not abide for ever. Again he speaks of the love of the world and the love of the Father; but as the opposite of the man who loves the world he says not ‘he that loveth the Father,’ but ‘he that doeth the will of the Father’. This implies that true love involves obedience. Thus we have a double antithesis. On the one hand we have the world and the man who loves it and follows its ways: they both pass away. On the other hand we have God and the man who loves Him and does His will: they both abide for ever. Instead of the goods of this life (βίος) in which the world would allow him to vaunt for a moment, he who doeth the will of God has that eternal life (ζωή) in which the true Christian has fellowship with God. ‘For ever’ is literally ‘unto the age’, i.e. ‘unto the age to come’, the kingdom of heaven; the word for ‘age’ (αἰών) being the substantive from which the word for ‘eternal’ (αἰώνιος) is derived. He who does God’s will shall abide until the kingdom of God comes and be a member of it. The latter fact, though not stated, is obviously implied. It would be a punishment and not a blessing to be allowed, like Moses, to see the kingdom but not enter it. The followers of the world share the death of the world: the children of God share His eternal life.
Here probably we should make a pause in reading the Epistle. What follows is closely connected with what precedes and is suggested by it: but there is, nevertheless, a new departure, which is made with much solemnity.”

8.)  Salvation

In the midst of sins, troubles and tragedies, God sent His only Son, Jesus Christ, into the world to save sinners. To redeem our sins, Jesus Christ died for our sins, the Righteous for the unrighteous. Salvation is the marvelous gift of God, it is not our doing. No one is good enough to go to Heaven.

Exo 15:2, “The LORD is my strength and song,

And He has become my salvation; This is my God,

and I will praise Him; my father’s God, and I will exalt Him.

2Sa 22:47, “The LORD lives, and blessed be my Rock;

And exalted be my God, the Rock of my salvation.”

1Ch 16:23, “Sing to the LORD, all the earth;

Proclaim good news of His salvation from day to day.

Psa 3:8, “Salvation belongs to the LORD;

May Your blessing be upon Your people! Selah

Psa 35:9, “So my soul shall rejoice in the LORD;

It shall rejoice in His salvation.

Mar 16:20, “And they went out and preached 

everywhere, while the Lord worked with them, and confirmed the Word by the signs that followed. And they promptly reported all these instructions to Peter and his companions. And after that, Jesus Himself also sent out through them from east to west the sacred and imperishable proclamation of eternal salvation.

Act 4:12, “And there is salvation in no one else; for there is no other name under Heaven that has been given among mankind by which we must be saved.”

Gill’s Exposition of the Entire Bible

Neither is there salvation in any other,…. Meaning not corporeal healing, but spiritual and eternal salvation; the Syriac version renders it, neither is there “redemption in any other”: Christ is the only Saviour and Redeemer, who was promised and prophesied of as such; who has saved and redeemed his people from the law, sin, and Satan; nor is salvation to be sought and hoped for from any other; not in a man’s self, nor in any other creature, angels or men; not in and by his own works, and legal righteousness; not by obedience to the law of Moses, moral or ceremonial; nor by the light of nature, much less by an observance of the traditions of the elders:

for there is none other name; thing or person, be it ever so great, or whatever show of power and strength, of holiness and religion, it makes; as the name of kings, princes, and the great men in the world; or of ministers and preachers in the church; or even of Christians and believers, which may be only a name to live; none but the name of Jesus, his person, blood, and righteousness:

under heaven: throughout the whole earth, in all the nations and kingdoms of it; nor even in heaven itself, among all the mighty angels there, thrones, dominions, principalities, and powers; none but the Father and the Spirit, who are one with Christ: there is none but he

given among men; and he has been freely given by his Father, as an instance of his matchless love to the world; and also freely given by himself, to be a sacrifice for the sins of his people; and is freely preached among men, as the only Saviour of them; for there is no other, 

whereby we must be saved: God resolved in his purposes and decrees, in his council and covenant, upon the salvation of his chosen people; and he appointed his Son to be the salvation of them, and determined he would save them by him, and by no other, and in no other way; wherefore, whoever are saved, must be saved by him, see Hosea 1:7 the Arabic version adds, “unless by him only”.

Rom 1:16, “For I am not ashamed of the Gospel, for it is the power of God for salvation to everyone who believes, to the Jew first and also to the Greek.

Eph 2:8, “For by grace you have been saved 

through faith; and this is not of yourselves, it is the gift of God.”

Ellicott’s Commentary for English Readers

(1 b.Ephesians 2:8-10 (taking up and working out the parenthetical “by grace ye are saved” of Ephesians 2:5) form an instructive link of connection between these Epistles and those of the earlier group, especially the Epistles to the Galatians and Romans. (Comp. Philippians 3:9.) In both there is the same doctrine of “Justification by Faith,” the same denial of the merit of good works, the same connection of good works with the grace of God in us. But what is there anxiously and passionately contended for, is here briefly summarised, and calmly assumed as a thing known and allowed. Even the technical phrases—the word “justification,” and the declaration of the nullity of “the Law”—are no longer used.

  •  By grace are ye saved through faith.—Properly, ye have been saved; ye were saved at first, and continue in a state of salvation. In Ephesians 2:5 this thought is introduced parenthetically, naturally and irresistibly suggested by the declaration of the various steps of regeneration in Christ. St. Paul now returns to it and works it out, before passing on, in Ephesians 2:11, to draw out by “wherefore” the conclusion from Ephesians 2:1-7. Remembering how the Epistles were written from dictation, we may be inclined to see in this passage among others, an insertion made by the Apostle, on a revision of that already written.

The two phrases—“justification by faith” and “salvation by grace”—are popularly identified, and, indeed. are substantially identical in meaning. But the latter properly lays stress on a more advanced stage of the process of redemption in Christ. Thus, in Romans 5:9-10 (“having been justified,” “having been reconciled,” “we shall be saved”), salvation is spoken of as following on the completed act of justification (as the release of a prisoner on his pronounced pardon); and it is described, here and elsewhere, as a continuous process—a state continuing till the final judgment. Hence to lay especial stress on salvation accords better with the whole idea of this Epistle—the continuous indwelling in Christ—than to bring out, as in the Epistle to the Romans, the one complete act of justification for His sake. It is remarkable that the expression of the truth corresponds almost verbally with the words of St. Peter at the Council of Jerusalem (Acts 15:11), “We believe that through the grace of God we shall be (properly, we were) saved,” except that here the original shows that the salvation is looked upon as a completed act, like justification. It is also to be noted that the use of the name “Saviour,” applied both to God and to Christ, belongs entirely to the later Epistles. It is used once in this Epistle (Ephesians 5:23) and once in the Epistle to the Philippians (Ephesians 3:20), but no less than ten times in the Pastoral Epistles of St. Paul, and five times in the Second Epistle of St. Peter. The phrase in the text is, as always in this Epistle, theologically exact. Grace is the moving cause of salvation: faith only the instrument by which it is laid hold of.

And that not of yourselves: it is the gift of God.—This attribution of all to the gift of God seems to cover the whole idea—both the gift of salvation and the gift of faith to accept it. The former part is enforced by the words “not of works,” the latter by the declaration, “we (and all that is in us) are His workmanship.” The word here rendered “gift” is peculiar to this passage; the word employed in Romans 5:15-16Romans 6:23, for “free gift” (charisma) having been appropriated (both in the singular and plural) to special “gifts” of grace.”

I am sure you are not the ones God gave up and to be thrown into Hell. I believe you can be saved by the grace of God. The devil must hate this article because he gave me extra problems. The devil cannot thwart the sovereignty of God. You must not neglect so great a salvation. So repent of your sins and believe in the Lord Jesus Christ as your God and Savior. You can do it now.

WILLLIE WONG THOUGHT

WILLIE WONG

https://williewong.cw.center

DECEMBER 10, 2025

https://williewong.cw.center

Copyright © 2018 – 2025 by Willie Wong

All African nations, South America, Asia and the world, where can you find a country which does not have large national debts and deficits? Africa is different because for 500 years, not one country has become self-sufficient and solvent, they glorify with their primitive cultures and brag about their scientists and experts, joy to kill each other. International aid actually fuel their official corruption. Any nation that shares destinies with Africa will be doomed! No resources can fill the Black holes! The international community should leave Africa alone, let them do or die.

China modernization must focus that every village will have:

  1. Electricity.
  2. Running water to drink and wash.
  3. Gas to cook and heat.
  4. Internet.
  5. Livelihood.

*NO ONE

*NO ONE

*Our mission is to preach the Gospel of Jesus Christ absolutely free. We do not want donation. We only want you to know the truth. 

BY WILLIE WONG

  1. )   No one knows the Son except the Father

Mat 11:27, “and no one knows the Son except the Father; nor does anyone know the Father except the Son, and anyone to whom the Son determines to reveal Him.”

Matthew Poole’s Commentary

John saith, John 3:35The Father loveth the Son, and hath given all things into his hand. Matthew 28:18All power is given unto me. John 17:2Thou hast given him power over all flesh, that he should give eternal life to as many as thou hast given him. God is the Fountain of power, Psalm 62:11. He hath committed also power to Christ as Mediator, Psalm 2:7-9, more particularly the power of life and eternal salvation, as John 17:2; he hath the keys of hell and death, Revelation 1:18, and all the means that lead to eternal life are in his power and disposal.
And no man knoweth the Son but the Father; no man knoweth his Divine essence, his eternal generation; and therefore men are not to listen to what the scribes and Pharisees say of him, but to attend to and to believe what the Father hath revealed from heaven concerning him, who best knoweth him.
Neither knoweth any man the Father, save the Son: no man knoweth the essence of the Father, or the counsels of the Father, as to the dispensations of the gospel.
Save the Son, and he to whomsoever the Son will reveal him. The prophets inquired and searched diligently concerning this salvation, searching what, or what manner of time the Spirit of Christ which was in them did signify when it testified beforehand the sufferings of Christ, and the glory that should follow, 1 Peter 1:10-12. Mr. Calvin saith, the Son is said to know the Father, as he is his lively image, the express image of his person, and the brightness of his glory. And he to whomsoever the Son will reveal him, John 6:46.
He that hath seen me hath seen the Father, John 14:9. All our saving knowledge of God is in and through Christ.”

2.)  No one can serve two masters

Mat 6:24, No one can serve two masters; for either he will hate the one and love the other, or he will be devoted to one and despise the other. You cannot 

serve God and wealth.

Ellicott’s Commentary for English Readers

  •  No man can serve two masters.—Literally, can be the slave of two masters. The clauses that follow describe two distinct results of the attempt to combine the two forms of service which are really incompatible. In most cases, there will be love for the one, and a real hatred for the other. The man who loves God cannot love the evil world, and, so far as it is evil, will learn to hate it. The man who loves the world will, even in the midst of lip-homage, hate the service of God in his inmost heart. But there are natures which seem hardly susceptible of such strong emotions as love or hatred. In that case there will be a like though not an identical, issue. The man’s will will drift in one direction or another. He will cleave to one with such affection as he is capable of, and will hold the other cheap. God or mammon, not both together, will be the ruling power with him.

Mammon.—The word means in Syriac “money” or “riches,” and is used in this sense in Luke 16:9. It occurs frequently in the Chaldee Targum, but no word resembling it is found in the Hebrew of the Old Testament. In the fourth century Jerome found it in use in Syria, and Augustine in the Punic dialect of his native country. There is no ground for believing that it ever became the name of any deity, who, like the Plutus of the Greeks, was worshipped as the god of wealth. Here, there is obviously an approach to a personification for the sake of contrasting the service or worship of money with that which is due to God. Milton’s description of Mammon among the fallen angels is a development of the same thought (Par. Lost, I. 678).”

3.)  No one puts a patch of unshrunk cloth on an old garment

Mat 9:16, “But no one puts a patch of unshrunk

cloth on an old garment; for the patch pulls away from the garment, and a worse tear results.

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

16No man] Rather, but no man. The particle δέ (but) is omitted in E. V.; it marks a turn in the argument which is indicated still more clearly in Luke (Luke 5:36), “And (but) He spake also a parable unto them.” The words of Jesus here take a wider range. He says in effect to John’s disciples: “Your question implies ignorance of my teaching. My doctrine is not merely a reformed Judaism like the teaching of John and Pharisaism, it is a new life to which such questions as these concerning ceremonial fasting are quite alien.”
new] Literally, uncarded, raw. The old garment is Judaism. Christianity is not to be pieced on to Judaism to fill up its deficiencies. This would make the rent—the divisions of Judaism—still more serious. The word translated “rent” is used of the “schisms” in the Corinthian Church, 1 Corinthians 1:10, and has so passed into ecclesiastical language; it is the English “schism.”

4.)  No one except Jesus Himself alone

Mat 17:8, “And raising their eyes, they saw no one 

except Jesus Himself alone.”

Pulpit Commentary

Verse 8. – No man, save Jesus only. Moses and Elias had vanished, Jesus was left alone, and the voice Divine said, “Hear him.” When at Christ’s touch and word the awestruck apostles dared once more to look around and to bethink themselves of what had passed, those were the facts of which they were conscious. The Law and the prophets, types and predictions, are fulfilled in Christ, and are so far superseded. The former were temporary, introductory to the gospel, which is to last forever. Many have seen in the Transfiguration an image and earnest of the future glory of the dead in Christ, when the vile body shall be changed into the likeness of Christ’s glorious body, and they shall shine as the sun, and bear the image of the heavenly. So St. Gregory, “He is clothed with light as with a garment, because in that eternal glory he will be clothed with all the saints, to whom it is said, ‘Ye are the light of the world.’ Whence also it is said by the evangelist, that when the Lord was transfigured in the mountain, his raiment became as snow. In which Transfiguration what else is announced but the glory of the final resurrection? For in the mountain his raiment became as snow, because in the height of heavenly brightness all saints will be joined to him, refulgent with the light of righteousness” (‘Moral.,’ 32:6). Unbelief has endeavoured to throw discredit on the historical accuracy of the accounts of this great event. It was a dream, an atmospheric disturbance, an unusual play of light and shade, a myth, an allegory; the two heavenly visitants were two unknown disciples with whom Jesus conversed; the three apostles were rapt in a trance, and the vision was purely subjective; these and such like theories have been started by rationalists and enemies of the supernatural, and even by the partially orthodox, as Tertullian (‘Adv. Marc., 4:22). There can be no doubt that the evangelists and the Apostle Peter regarded the event as an objective reality, upon which hung momentous truths; and we are content to let it stand or fall with the rest of the facts of the gospel narrative. There is no reason to separate it from the other items of the story. When once the stupendous miracle of the Incarnation is allowed, other wonders follow in natural sequence. Matthew 17:8.”

5.)  See to it that no one misleads you

Mat 24:4, “And Jesus answered and said to them, “See to it that no one misleads you.

Pulpit Commentary

Verses 4-41. – The first portion of the great prophecy. Verse 4. – Jesus answered and said. The succeeding prophecy has much exercised the minds of commentators from the earliest times unto the present. It is, indeed, full of mysteries, dark sayings, profundities, which our minds cannot fathom. Many of these are and must be inherent in the subject; but some difficulties have been created by the imperfect views taken by those who have applied themselves to explain the Lord’s utterances. It is seen by all that we have here predictions concerning the fate of Jerusalem, concerning the parousia of Christ, and concerning the last times; it is the attempt to assign to these events separately certain definite portions of the address that has led to confusion and perplexity. Over-refinement and over-wisdom have marred the exposition of many critics. They have limited to one event that which was spoken of more than that one; confining their view to one point, they have excluded other points which were equally in the mind of the Revealer. It has been usual to divide the prophecy in this chapter into two sections, of which the first, extending to the twenty-ninth verse, is supposed to relate to the fate of Jerusalem itself; the second, comprising the rest of the chapter, to the parousia and the coming to judgment. But such definite partition will not stand investigation, and can be maintained only by doing violence to language or ignoring more natural explanations. The prophecy announces analogous events, the description of which has more than one application, and often passes from one to another with nothing to closely mark the transition. The combination of facts thus woven together cannot be coarsely unravelled. The same words, the same expressions, are used to denote the arrival or fulfilment of distinct occurrences. To limit these to one event only is to set bounds to the Omniscient. So it seems to be not only most expedient, but most reverent, to look on our Lord’s eschatological address as one whole, of which the several parts are in full harmony and sequence (if we were only able to understand them), and to acknowledge that insuperable difficulties in the interpretation do exist and are meant to exist. The Lord had to prepare his followers for the overthrow of their city, and the dangers to life and faith which would accompany that judgment. He desired also to raise in them a constant expectation of his advent, so that Christians then and thenceforward might ever live in hope and watch for a great future. Herein will be found the key to the perplexities of the address; not that even this unlocks all the mysteries, but, it opens the drift of these wonderful utterances, and enables us to see light amid the gloom. This will appear more fully as we examine the details. Take heed that no man deceive you; πλανήσῃ: lead you astray (so ver. 5). Jesus does not answer the disciples’ question as to the time when “these things” shall occur; that is purposely left uncertain. He proceeds to warn them against the dangers which would beset them in the coming crisis. He withdraws them from the speculative to the practical (see vers. 23-25). Matthew 24:4.”

Mar 13:5, “And Jesus began to say to them, “See to it that no one misleads you.”

6.)   No one knows about that day and hour

Mat 24:36, “But about that day and hour no one knows, not even the angels of Heaven, nor the Son, but the Father alone.

Pulpit Commentary

Verse 36. – The apostles had asked (ver. 3), “When shall these things be?” Christ does not now expressly answer this question; he puts forth strongly the uncertainty in the knowledge of these great events, and how this ignorance is disciplinary. Of that day (de die illa, Vulgate) and hour, viz. when Christ shall appear in judgment, The expression plainly, implies that a definite day and moment are fixed for this great appearing, but known only to God. Knoweth no man, no, not (οὐδὲ, not even) the angels of heaven. A kind of climax. Man is naturally excluded from the knowledge; but even to the angels it has not been revealed. A further climax is added in St. Mark, and from that Gospel has been introduced by some very good manuscripts into this place, neither the Son (the Revised Version admits the clause). The words have given occasion to some erroneous statements. It is said by Arians and semi-Arians, and modern disputants who have followed in their steps, that the Son cannot be equal to the Father, if he knows not what the Father knows. Alford says boldly, “This matter was hidden from him.” But when we consider such passages as “I and my Father are one;” “I am in the Father, and the Father in me” (John 10:30John 14:11, etc.), we cannot believe that the time of the great consummation was unknown to him. What is meant, then, by this assertion? How is it true? Doubtless it is to be explained (if capable of explanation) by the hypostatic union of two natures in the Person of Christ, whereby the properties of the two natures are interchangeably predicated. From danger of error on this mysterious subject we are preserved by the precise terms of the Athanasian Creed, according to which we affirm that Christ is “equal to the Father, as touching his Godhead; and inferior to the Father, as touching his manhood … one altogether; not by confusion of substance, but by unity of Person,” etc. If, then, Christ asserts that he is ignorant of anything, it must be that in his human nature he hath, willed not to know that which in his Divine nature he was cognizant cf. This is a part of that voluntary self-surrender and self-limitation of which the apostle speaks when he says that Christ “emptied himself” (Philippians 2:7). He condescended to assume all the conditions of humanity, even willing to share the imperfection of our knowledge in some particulars. How the two natures thus interworked we know not, and need not conjecture; nor can we always divine why prominence at one time is given to the Divine, at another to the human. It is enough for us to know that, for reasons which seemed good unto him, he imposed restriction on his omniscience in this matter, and, to enhance the mysteriousness and awfulness of the great day, announced to his disciples his ignorance of the precise moment of its occurrence. This is a safer exposition than to say, with some, that Christ knew not the day so as to reveal it to us, that it was no part of his mission from the Father to divulge it to men, and therefore that he could truly say he knew it not. This seems rather an evasion than an explanation of the difficulty. But my Father only. The best manuscripts have “the Father.” “But” is εἰ μὴ, except. So Christ said to his inquiring apostles, “It is not for you to know the times or seasons, which the Father hath put in his own power” (Acts 1:7). These words do not exclude the Son’s participation in the knowledge, though he willed that it should not extend to his human nature. With this and such-like texts in view, how futile, presumptuous, and indeed profane, it is to attempt to settle the exact date and hour when the present age shall end!” Matthew 24:36.”

Mar 13:32, “But about that day or hour no one knows, not even the angels in heaven, nor the Son, but the Father alone.”

7.)   No one can enter the strong man’s house and plunder

Mar 3:27, “But no one can enter the strong man’s 

house and plunder his property unless he first 

ties up the strong man, and then he will plunder his house.”

Matthew Henry’s Concise Commentary

3:22-30 It was plain that the doctrine of Christ had a direct tendency to break the devil’s power; and it was as plain, that casting of him out of the bodies of people, confirmed that doctrine; therefore Satan could not support such a design. Christ gave an awful warning against speaking such dangerous words. It is true the gospel promises, because Christ has purchased, forgiveness for the greatest sins and sinners; but by this sin, they would oppose the gifts of the Holy Ghost after Christ’s ascension. Such is the enmity of the heart, that unconverted men pretend believers are doing Satan’s work, when sinners are brought to repentance and newness of life.”

8.)  No one to accompany Him except Peter, James, and John

Mar 5:37, “And He allowed no one to accompany Him except Peter, James, and John the brother of James.”

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

  •  save Peter, and James, and John] This is the first time we hear of an election within the election. “That which He was about to do was so great and holy that those three only, the flower and crown of the Apostolic band, were its fitting witnesses.” The other occasions when we read of such an election were equally solemn and significant, (1) the Transfiguration (Matthew 17:2); and (2) the Agony in the Garden of Gethsemane (Matthew 26:37).”

9.)  No one who will perform a miracle in My name

Mar 9:39, “But Jesus said, “Do not hinder him, for there is no one who will perform a miracle in My name, and be able soon afterward to speak evil of Me.

Barnes’ Notes on the Bible

Forbid him not – Do not prevent his doing good. If he can work a miracle in my name, it is sufficient proof of attachment to me, and he should not be prevented.

Can lightly speak evil of me – The word here rendered “lightly” means quickly or “immediately.” The meaning of the passage is, that he to whom God gave the power of working a miracle, by that gave evidence that he could not be found among the enemies of Jesus. He ought not, therefore, to be prevented from doing it. There is no reason to think here that John had any improper designs in opposing the man. He thought that it was evidence that he could not be right, because he did not join them and follow the Saviour. Our Lord taught him differently. He opposed no one who gave evidence that he loved him. Wherever he might be or whatever his work, yet, if he did it in the name of Jesus and with the approbation of God, it was evidence sufficient that he was right. Christians should rejoice in good done by their brethren of any denomination. There are men calling themselves Christians who seem to look with doubt and suspicion on all that is done by those who do not walk with them. They undervalue their labors, and attempt to lessen the evidences of their success and to diminish their influence. True likeness to the Saviour would lead us to rejoice in all the good accomplished. by whomsoever it may be done – to rejoice that the kingdom of Christ is advanced, whether by a Presbyterian, an Episcopalian, a Baptist, or a Methodist. Compare Philippians 1:18.”

10.)  No one is good except God alone.

Mar 10:18, “But Jesus said to him, “Why do you call Me good? No one is good except God alone.”

There may be misunderstanding. Those who call Jesus good must know He is God.

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

  1.  Why callest thou me good?] The emphasis is on the “why.” “Dost thou know what thou meanest, when thou givest Me this appellation?” If we combine the question and rejoinder as given by St Matthew and St Luke it would seem to have run, Why askest thou Me about the good? and why callest thou Me good? None is good save One, God. Our Lord does not decline the appellation “good.” He repels it only in the superficial sense of the questioner, who regarded Him merely as a “good Rabbi.”

Luk 18:19, “But Jesus said to him, “Why do you call Me good? No one is good except God alone.”

11.)  A colt on which no one has ever sat

Mar 11:2, “and said to them, “Go into the village 

opposite you, and immediately as you enter it you will find a colt tied there, on which no one has ever sat; untie it and bring it here.”

Pulpit Commentary

Verse 2. – Go your way into the village that is over against you. The village over against them would most likely be Beth-phage, towards which they were then approaching. Straightway as ye enter into it, ye shall find a colt tied, whereon no man ever yet sat. St. Mark mentions only the colt. St. Matthew mentions the ass and the colt. But St. Mark singles out the colt as that which our Lord specially needed; the mother of the animal accompanying it as a sumpter. Animals which had never before been used were alone admissible for sacred purposes. We read in Numbers (Numbers 19:2) of “the heifer on which never came yoke.” Our Lord here beholds things absent and out of sight, as though they were present. So that he revealed this to his disciples by the gift of prophecy which his divinity added to his humanity. Here, therefore, is a manifest proof of his divinity. It was by the same Divine power that he revealed to Nathanael what had taken place under the fig tree. Mark 11:2.”

Luk 19:30, “saying, “Go into the village ahead 

of you; there, as you enter, you will find a colt tied, on which no one yet has ever sat; untie it and bring it 

here.”

12.)   Among those born of women, no one is greater than John

Luk 7:28, “I say to you, among those born of women there is no one greater than John; yet the 

one who is least in the kingdom of God is greater than he.”

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

  •  there is not a greater than John the Baptist] “He was the lamp, kindled and burning,” John 5:35. ‘Major Propheta quia finis Prophetarum,’ S. Ambr. He closed the former Aeon and announced the new, Matthew 11:11-12.
    he that is least in the kingdom of God is greater than he] See by way of comment Matthew 13:16-17Colossians 1:25-27, and compare Hebrews 11:13. The simple meaning of these words seems to be that in blessings and privileges, in knowledge, in revealed hope, in conscious admission into fellowship with God, the humblest child of the new kingdom is superior to the greatest prophet of the old; seeing that, as the old legal maxim says, “the least of the greatest is greater than the greatest of the least.” The smallest diamond is made of more precious substance than the largest flint. In the old dispensation “the Holy Ghost was not yet given, because that Jesus was not yet glorified,” John 7:39. Of those ‘born of women* there was no greater prophet than John the Baptist, but the members of Christ’s Church are “born of water and of the Spirit.” This saying of our Lord respecting the privileges of the humblest children of His kingdom has seemed so strange that attempts have been made to give another tone to the meaning by interpreting “he that is least” to mean “the younger,” and explain it to mean our Lord Himself as “coming after” the Baptist.

13.)   No one lights a lamp and covers it over with a container

Luk 8:16, “Now no one lights a lamp and covers it over with a container, or puts it under a bed; but he puts it on a lampstand so that those who come in may see the light.

Ellicott’s Commentary for English Readers

  •  No man, when he hath lighted a candle.—Better, a lamp; and for “a candlestick,” the lampstand. See Notes on Matthew 5:15Mark 4:21. In St. Matthew the proverb comes into the Sermon on the Mount; in St. Mark it occupies a position analogous to that in which it stands here, and this agreement favours the view that it was actually spoken in connection with the interpretation of the parable, as a special application of what had before been stated generally.

Note St. Luke’s more general term, “a vessel,” instead of “the bushel,” as in St. Matthew and St. Mark, and the somewhat wider range of the lamp’s illumining power, not only to those who are “in the house,” but to those also who are in the act of “entering” into it. We may, perhaps, venture to connect the choice of the latter phrase with St. Luke’s personal experience as a convert from heathenism. As such, he had been among those that entered into the house; and as he did so, he had seen the light of the lamp which the Apostles of Christ had lighted.”

Luk 11:33, “No one lights a lamp and puts it away in a cellar nor under a basket, but on the lampstand, so that those who enter may see the light.

14.)   No one after putting his hand to the plow and looking back

Luk 9:62, “But Jesus said to him, “No one, after putting his hand to the plow and looking back, is fit for the kingdom of God.”

Barnes’ Notes on the Bible

No man, having put his hand … – To put one’s hand to a plow is a proverbial expression to signify undertaking any business. In order that a plowman may accomplish his work, it is necessary to look onward – to be intent on his employment – not to be looking back with regret that he undertook it. So in religion. He that enters on it must do it with his whole heart, He that comes still loving the world – still looking with regret on its pleasures, its wealth, and its honors – that has not “wholly” forsaken them as his portion, cannot be a Christian, and is not fit for the kingdom of God. How searching is this test to those who profess to be Christians! And how solemn the duty of all people to renounce all earthly objects, and to be not only “almost,” but “altogether,” followers of the Son of God! It is perilous to tamper with the world – to look at its pleasures or to seek its society. He that would enter heaven must come with a heart full of love to God; giving “all” into his hands, and prepared always to give up all his property, his health, his friends, his body, his soul to God, when he demands them, or he cannot be a Christian. Religion is everything or nothing. He that is not willing to sacrifice “everything” for the cause of God, is really willing to sacrifice nothing.”

15.)   No one was giving him anything

Luk 15:16, “And he longed to have his fill of the carob pods that the pigs were eating, and no one was giving him anything.”

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

  1.  he would fain] Literally, “he was longing.”
    filled his belly with] The plain expression—purposely adopted to add the last touch to the youth’s degradation—gave offence to some copyists, who substituted for it the verb ‘to be fed.’ The reading adopted in our text is, however, certainly the true one, and perhaps implies that from such food nothing could be hoped for but to allay the pangs of famine. He only hopes to ‘fill his belly,’ not to sate his hunger. Even the world’s utmost gorgeousness and most unchecked sensuality could not avail to raise the soul of men or of nations out of utter misery.
    the husks that the swine did eat] Literally, “the carob-pods of which the swine were eating.” The word rendered ‘husks’ means ‘little horns,’ i.e. the long, coarse, sweetish, bean-shaped pods of the carob tree (ceratonia siliqua, St John’s bread tree), which were only used by the poorest of the population. Some (incorrectly) give the same meaning to the ἀκρίδες (‘locusts’) which formed the food of St John the Baptist.
    and no man gave unto him] No one ‘was giving,’ or ‘chose to give’ him either the husks or anything else. Satan has no desire for, and no interest in, even the smallest alleviation of the anguish and degradation of his victims. Even the vile earthly gifts, and base sensual pleasures, are withheld or become impossible. “Who follozvs pleasure, pleasure slays.”

16.)  Laid Him in a tomb where no one had ever lain

Luk 23:53, “And he took it down and wrapped it in a linen cloth, and laid Him in a tomb cut into the rock, where no one had ever lain.”

Pulpit Commentary

Verse 53. – And he took it down, and wrapped it in linen. The last sad rites of love seem all to have been performed by friendly hands. Joseph and Nicodemus, and those with them, reverently took down the pierced and bleeding body; then, after the usual ablution, the sacred head was covered with the napkin, the soudarion (St. John), and the holy body was wrapped tenderly and carefully in broad bands of the finest linen, covered with thick layers of the costly aromatic preparation of which Nicodemus had laid up such ample store (St. John). This was to preserve the loved remains of the Master from any corruption which might set in before they could proceed with the process of embalming, which was delayed necessarily until after the sabbath and Passover day were passed. St. John adds, “as the manner of the Jews is to bury,” probably marking the Jewish custom of embalming and thus preserving the body, as contrasted with burning, which was the Roman usage. And laid it in a sepulchre that was hewn in stone. St. John tells us the sepulchre was in a garden. This seems not to have been an unusual practice with “the great” among the Jews. Josephus relates of Kings Uzziah and Manasseh that they were buried in their gardens (‘Ant.,’ 9:10 and John 10:3. 2). “He made his grave with the rich” (Isaiah 53:9). Wherein never man before was laid. St. John styles it “a new sepulchre.” These details are given to show that the Lord’s sacred body was not brought into contact with corruption. Luke 23:53.”  

                                                                                                                      17.)   No one has seen God at any time                      Jhn 1:18, “No one has seen God at any time; God the only Son, who is in the arms of the Father, He has 

explained Him.

Benson Commentary

John 1:18No man hath seen God at any time — Nor, indeed, can see him as he is, an incorporeal, and, therefore, an invisible Being: but the only- begotten Son, &c. — John, having spoken of the incarnation, now calls Christ by this name, and no more terms him the Word, in all his book; who is in the bosom of the Father — And ever favoured with the most endearing and intimate converse with him. The expression denotes the highest unity, and the most perfect knowledge. He hath declared him — Hath revealed him in a much clearer and fuller manner than he was made known before, and that by such discoveries of his nature, attributes, and will, as have the most powerful tendency to render us holy and happy. The following particulars are evidently implied in this passage: 1st, That, as the nature of God is spiritual, he is invisible to our bodily eyes. He is a Being whose essence no man hath seen or can see, (1 Timothy 1:171 Timothy 6:16,) though Moses and others frequently heard his voice, and saw the bright cloud and external glory, that was a symbol of his presence. 2d, That the revelation, which God made of himself under the Old Testament dispensation, was very inferior to that which he has made by Christ; and what was seen and known of him before Christ’s incarnation was little, in comparison with what may now be seen and known; life and immortality being now brought to light in a far higher degree than they were then. And, 3d, That neither Moses, nor any of the Old Testament prophets, were so well qualified to make God and his will known to mankind, as our Lord Jesus Christ was. They never saw, nor perfectly knew the Divine Being, and his eternal counsels, and therefore could not make a full discovery thereof to men. The only person who ever enjoyed this privilege was the only-begotten Son of God, the Word, which was in the beginning with him, or, as it is here expressed, was, and is, in the bosom of the Father: that is, always was, and is the object of his tenderest, yea, of his infinite affection, complacency, and delight, and the intimate partner of his counsels. And this circumstance recommends Christ’s holy religion to us unspeakably before any others; that it was founded by one that had seen God, or that had clear and perfect knowledge of him, and of his mind and will, which no other person ever had, or could have.”

18.)  No one can do these signs that you do unless God is with Him

Jhn 3:2, “this man came to Jesus at night and said to Him, “Rabbi, we know that You have come from God 

as a teacher; for no one can do these signs that You do unless God is with Him.

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

  •  we know] Others are disposed to believe as well as Nicodemus.

    a teacher come from God] In the Greek the order is, that Thou art come from God as teacher. We are not sure that ‘come from God’ points to the Messiah, ‘He that should come.’ But if so, we see the timidity of Nicodemus; he begins with an admission of Christ’s Messiahship, and ends with the weak word ‘teacher;’ the Messiah was never thought of as a mere teacher. But ‘come from God’ may only mean divinely sent, as a Prophet (John 1:6), or even less.
    these miracles] Better, these signs, as in John 2:11.
    except God be with him] A similarly weak conclusion, shewing timidity: one expects ‘unless he be a Prophet,’ or ‘the Messiah.”

19.)  No one has ascended into Heaven, except He who descendant from Heaven

Jhn 3:13, “No one has ascended into Heaven, except He who descended from Heaven: the Son of Man.”

Barnes’ Notes on the Bible

And no man hath ascended into heavens – No man, therefore, is qualified to speak of heavenly things, John 3:12. To speak of those things requires intimate acquaintance with them – demands that we have seen them; and as no one has ascended into heaven and returned, so no one is qualified to speak of them but He who came down from heaven. This does not mean that no one had Gone to heaven or had been saved, for Enoch and Elijah had been borne there (Genesis 5:24; compare Hebrews 11:52 Kings 2:11); and Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, and others were there: but it means that no one had ascended and “returned,” so as to be qualified to speak of the things there.

But he that came down … – The Lord Jesus. He is represented as coming down, because, being equal with God, he took upon himself our nature, John 1:14Philippians 2:6-7. He is represented as “sent” by the Father, John 3:17John 3:34Galatians 4:41 John 4:9-10.

The Son of man – Called thus from his being “a man;” from his interest in man; and as expressive of his regard for man. It is a favorite title which the Lord Jesus gives to himself.

Which is in Heaven – This is a very remarkable expression. Jesus, the Son of man, was then bodily on earth conversing with Nicodemus; yet he declares that he is “at the same time” in heaven. This can be understood only as referring to the fact that he had two natures that his “divine nature” was in heaven, and his “human nature” on earth. Our Saviour is frequently spoken of in this manner. Compare John 6:62John 17:52 Corinthians 8:9. Since Jesus was “in” heaven – as his proper abode was there – he was fitted to speak of heavenly things, and to declare the will of God to man And we may learn:

  1. that the truth about the deep things of God is not to be learned from “men.” No one has ascended to heaven and returned to tell us what is there; and no infidel, no mere man, no prophet, is qualified of himself to speak of them.

2. that all the light which we are to expect on those subjects is to be sought in the Scriptures. It is only Jesus and his inspired apostles and evangelists that can speak of those things.

3. It is not wonderful that some things in the Scriptures are mysterious. They are about things which we have not seen, and we must receive them on the “testimony” of one who has seen them. 

4. The Lord Jesus is divine. He was in heaven while on earth. He had, therefore, a nature far above the human, and is equal with the Father, John 1:1.

20.)   No one can come to Me unless the Father who sent Me draws him

Jhn 6:44, “No one can come to Me unless the Father who sent Me draws him; and I will raise him up on the last day.

Barnes’ Notes on the Bible

No man can come to me – This was spoken by Jesus to reprove their complaints – “Murmur not among yourselves.” They objected to his doctrine, or complained against it, because he claimed to be greater than Moses, and because they supposed him to be a mere man, and that what he said was impossible. Jesus does not deny that these things appeared difficult, and hence he said that if any man believed, it was proof that God had inclined him. It was not to be expected that of themselves they would embrace the doctrine. If any man believed, it would be because he had been influenced by God. When we inquire what the reasons were why they did not believe, they appear to have been:

  1. Their improper regard for Moses, as if no one could be superior to him.
  2. Their unwillingness to believe that Jesus, whom they knew to be the reputed son of a carpenter, should be superior to Moses.
  3. The difficulty was explained by Jesus John 5:40 as consisting in the opposition of their will; and John 5:44 when he said that their love of honor prevented their believing on him. The difficulty in the case was not, therefore, a want of natural faculties, or of power to do their duty, but erroneous opinions, pride, obstinacy, self-conceit, and a deep-felt contempt for Jesus. The word cannot is often used to denote a strong and violent opposition of the will. Thus we say a man is so great a liar that he cannot speak the truth, or he is so profane that he cannot but swear. We mean by it that he is so wicked that while he has that disposition the other effects will follow, but we do not mean to say that he could not break off from the habit. Thus it is said Genesis 37:4 of the brethren of Joseph that they hated him, and could not speak peaceably to him. Thus Matthew 12:34, “How can ye, being evil, speak good things?” See Luke 14:331 Samuel 16:2.

Come to me – The same as believe on me.

Draw him – This word is used here, evidently, to denote such an influence from God as to secure the result, or as to incline the mind to believe; yet the manner in which this is done is not determined by the use of the word. It is used in the New Testament six times. Once it is applied to a compulsory drawing of Paul and Silas to the market-place, Acts 16:19. Twice it is used to denote the drawing of a net, John 21:6John 21:11. Once to the drawing of a sword John 18:10; and once in a sense similar to its use here John 12:32; “And I, if I be lifted up from the earth, will draw all men unto me.” What is its meaning here must be determined by the facts about the sinner’s conversion. See the notes at John 6:40. In the conversion of the sinner God enlightens the mind John 6:45, he inclines the will Psalm 110:3, and he influences the soul by motives, by just views of his law, by his love, his commands, and his threatenings; by a desire of happiness, and a consciousness of danger; by the Holy Spirit applying truth to the mind, and urging him to yield himself to the Saviour. So that, while God inclines him, and will have all the glory, man yields without compulsion; the obstacles are removed, and he becomes a willing servant of God.”

21.)   No one can come to Me unless it has been granted him from the Father

Jhn 6:65, “And He was saying, “For this reason I have told you that no one can come to Me unless it has been granted him from the Father.

Pulpit Commentary

Verse 65. – And he said, For this cause have I said unto you, that no man can come unto me, except it were given unto him of the Father (μου is omitted by R.T. and Tischendorf (8th edit.); the authorities seem here more equally divided); see notes on vers. 37 and 44. Christ has come completely round to the fundamental principles with which he started. The coming to him, the believing on him, the spiritual apprehension of his Divine humanity, the adoring acceptance of his precious blood, the reception of the spiritual life-giving energy which went forth from him in word, depended on the Father’s “drawing” – on those fundamental characteristics of appetite and capacity to receive the grace of Christ which are subjective and are referrible to the Father’s good pleasure. Christ does not give the hunger, but the bread. From the beginning he saw the presence of the appetite after that which he came to bestow. Sometimes a morbid absence of all hunger, a moribund cessation of thirst, may be and is transformed into passionate and life-saving eagerness by The sight of food. The Father gives both the hunger and the food, the sense of need and the heavenly supply. The love of God, which is in Christ Jesus our Lord, is the drawing of the Father through the Son to himself. The drawing of the Father is the giving of souls to the Son. A fresh thought is here added. This drawing, thus interpreted, is God’s gift also to the human soul The question arises – If the Lord knew, why did he choose the traitor, or call Judas into the innermost circle (see ver. 71)? John 6:65.”

22.)  No one laid a hand on Him, because His hour had not yet come

Jhn 7:30, “So they were seeking to arrest Him; and yet no one laid a hand on Him, because His hour had not yet come.

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

  •  Then they sought] Better, Therefore they kept seeking (imperfect of continued action) in consequence of His publicly claiming Divine origin and mission. ‘They’ means the rulers, the Sanhedrin; not the people, who are mentioned in the next verse.
    but no man laid hands] Rather, and no man laid hands, ‘and’ introducing a contrast as in John 7:28. See on John 21:3. That ‘and’ in S. John often = ‘and yet,’ as here, is most true; that ‘and’ ever = ‘but’ is true neither of S. John nor of any other Greek writer.
    because his hour] The hour appointed by God for His Passion (John 13:1), this meaning being clearly marked by the context (see on John 7:6 and John 2:4). The immediate cause of their not seizing Him was that they were as yet afraid to do so; but S. John passes through proximate causes to the prime cause of all, the Will of God. When the hour was come God no longer allowed their fear, which still existed (Matthew 26:5), to deter them.”

23.)  Night is coming, when no one can work

Jhn 9:4, “We must carry out the works of Him who sent Me as long as it is day; night is coming, when no one can work.”

Barnes’ Notes on the Bible

The works of him … – The works of beneficence and mercy which God has commissioned me to do, and which are expressive of his goodness and power. This was on the Sabbath day John 9:14; and though Jesus had endangered his life (John 5:1-16 by working a similar miracle on the Sabbath, yet he knew that this was the will of God that he should do good, and that he would take care of his life.

While it is day – The day is the proper time for work – night is not. This is the general, the universal sentiment. While the day lasts it is proper to labor. The term “day” here refers to the life of Jesus, and to the opportunity thus afforded of working miracles. His life was drawing to a close. It was probably but about six months after this when he was put to death. The meaning is, My life is near its close. While it continues I must employ it in doing the works which God has appointed.

The night cometh – Night here represents death. It was drawing near, and he must therefore do what he had to do soon. It is not improbable, also, that this took place near the close of the Sabbath, as the sun was declining, and the shades of evening about to appear. This supposition will give increased beauty to the language which follows.

No man can work – It is literally true that day is the appropriate time for toil, and that the night of death is a time when nothing can be done. Ecclesiastes 9:10; “there is no work, nor device, nor knowledge, nor wisdom in the grave.” From this we may learn:

  1. that it is our duty to employ all our time in doing the will of God.
  2. that we should seek for opportunities of doing good, and suffer none to pass without improving it. We go but once through the world, and we cannot return to correct errors, and recall neglected opportunities of doing our duty.
  3. We should be especially diligent in doing our Lord’s work from the fact that the night of death is coming. This applies to the aged, for they must soon die; and to the young, for they may soon be called away from this world to eternity.”

24.)  No one has taken it away from Me, but I lay it down on My own

Jhn 10:18, “No one has taken it away from Me, but I lay it down on My own. I have authority to lay it down, and I have authority to take it back. This 

commandment I received from My Father.”

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

  1.  No man taketh it from me] Better, No one taketh it from Me; not even God. See on John 10:28. Two points are insisted on; (1) that the Death is entirely voluntary; (2) that both Death and Resurrection are in accordance with a commission received from the Father. Comp. ‘Father, into Thy hands I commend My spirit’ (Luke 23:46). The precise words used by the two Apostles of Christ’s death bring this out very clearly; ‘yielded up (literally ‘let go’) the ghost’ (Matthew 27:50); ‘gave up the ghost’ (John 19:30; see note there). The word used by S. Mark and S. Luke (‘breathed His last,’ or ‘expired’) is less strong. Here there is an emphasis on the pronoun; ‘but I lay it down of Myself.’
    I have power] i.e. right, authority, liberty: same word as in John 1:12John 5:27John 17:2John 19:10. This authority is the commandment of the Father: and hence this passage in no way contradicts the usual N.T. doctrine that Christ was raised to life again by the Father. Acts 2:24.
    This commandment have I received] Better, This commandment received I, viz., at the Incarnation: the commandment to die and rise again. Comp. John 4:34John 5:30John 6:38.

25.)  No one will snatch them out of My hand

Jhn 10:28, “and I give them eternal life, and they will never perish; and no one will snatch them out of My hand.”

Barnes’ Notes on the Bible

I give unto them eternal life – See John 5:24.

Shall never perish – To perish here means to be destroyed, or to be punished in hell. Matthew 10:28; “which is able to destroy (the same word) both soul and body in hell.” Matthew 18:14; “it is not the will of your Father which is in heaven that one of these little ones should perish.” John 3:15; “that whosoever believeth in him should not perish” Romans 2:12; They who have sinned without law shall also perish without law” John 17:121 Corinthians 1:18. In all these places the word refers to future punishment, and the declaration of the Saviour is that his followers, his true disciples, shall never be cast away. The original is expressed with remarkable strength: “They shall not be destroyed forever.” Syriac: “They shall not perish to eternity.” This is spoken of all Christians – that is, of all who ever possess the character of true followers of Christ, and who can be called his flock.

Shall any – The word “any” refers to any power that might attempt it. It will apply either to men or to devils. It is an affirmation that no man, however eloquent in error, or persuasive in infidelity, or cunning: in argument, or mighty in rank; and that no devil with all his malice, power, cunning, or allurements, shall be able to pluck them from his hand,

Pluck them – In the original to rob; to seize and bear away as a robber does his prey. Jesus holds them so secure and so certainly that no foe can surprise him as a robber does, or overcome him by force.

My hand – The hand is that by which we hold or secure an object. It means that Jesus has them safely in his own care and keeping. Compare Romans 8:38-39.”

26.)  No one is able to snatch them out of the Father’s hand

Jhn 10:29, “My Father, who has given them to Me, is greater than all; and no one is able to snatch them out of the Father’s hand.”

Barnes’ Notes on the Bible

Which gave them me – See John 6:37.

Is greater – Is more powerful.

Than all – Than all others – men, angels, devils. The word includes everything – everything that could attempt to pluck them away from God; in other words, it means that God is supreme. It implies, further, that God will keep them, and will so control all other beings and things that they shall be safe.

None is able – None has power to do it. In these two verses we are taught the following important truths:

  1. that Christians are given by God the Father to Christ.
  2. that Jesus gives to them eternal life, or procures by his death and intercession, and imparts to them by his Spirit, that religion which shall result in eternal life.
  3. that both the Father and the Son are pledged to keep them so that they shall never fall away and perish. It would be impossible for any language to teach more explicitly that the saints will persevere.
  4. that there is no power in man or devils to defeat the purpose of the Redeemer to save his people. We also see our safety, if we truly, humbly, cordially, and daily commit ourselves to God the Saviour. In no other way can we have evidence that we are his people than by such a persevering resignation of ourselves to him, to obey his law, and to follow him through evil report or good report. If we do that we are safe. If we do not that we have no evidence of piety, and are not, cannot be safe.”

27.)   No one who believes in Me will remain in darknes

Jhn 12:46, “I have come as Light into the world, so that no one who believes in Me will remain in darkness.”

Pulpit Commentary

Verse 46. – The revelation of God becomes the light of the soul and the light of the world. The evangelist had said, in his prologue, “In him was life,” and the Life (the eternal Logos of life) was “the Light of men.” All true understanding, all purifying, gracious influence shed on human affairs, nature, or destiny, are the issue and result of the Divine Life which, under every dispensation, has wrought in humanity. Above all, “the Light that lighteth every man,” namely, that which has always and which ever will radiate from the life conferred on our humanity by the Logos, the life of God in mind and conscience, “came into the world” – came, that is, in a new and more effective form, came in the radiance of a perfect human life. The evangelist has sustained his teaching by quoting the solemn words of Jesus in John 3:19John 8:12; also John 9:5, where a special narrative of miraculous love typified both the need in which the human family, the sacred Israel, and even his own disciples, stood of light, and of the light which he could pour upon the sightless eyeballs. And now the connection of this passage is – You could not behold me if light did not stream forth from me. I have come, and am come (ἐλήλυθα, this has been and is my abiding purpose; cf. John 5:43John 7:28) a Light into the world, and my object has been and is that whosoever believeth on me – whoso-ever sees by the inward eye that which I really am, sees how my life stands related to the Father, whosoever assents to the new revelation thus given, even over and above the “inward light” of the Logos – should not abide in the darkness which enwraps all souls; for, as said in the prologue, “the Light” (the archetypal Light) shineth upon the darkness of human nature, and the darkness comprehendeth it not.” It should be especially noticed that in 2 Corinthians 4:6 St. Paul had grasped and uttered the fullness of this thought. John 12:46.”

28.)  No one comes to the Father except through Me

Jhn 14:6, “Jesus said to him, “I AM the Way, and the Truth, and the Life; no one comes to the Father 

except through Me.

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

  •  I am the way] The pronoun is emphatic; I and no other: Ego sum Via, Veritas, Vita. S. Thomas had wished rather to know about the goal; Christ shews that for him, and therefore for us, it is more important to know the way. Hence the order; although Christ is the Truth and the Life before He is the Way. The Word is the Truth and the Life from all eternity with the Father: He becomes the Way for us by taking our nature. He is the Way to the many abodes in His Father’s home, the Way to the Father Himself; and that by His doctrine and example, by His Death and Resurrection. In harmony with this passage ‘the Way’ soon became a recognised name for Christianity; Acts 9:2Acts 19:9Acts 19:23Acts 22:4Acts 24:22 (comp. Acts 24:142 Peter 2:2). But this is obscured in our version by the common inaccuracy ‘this way’ or ‘that way’ for ‘the Way.’ (See on John 1:21John 1:25John 6:48.)
    the truth] Better, and the Truth, being from all eternity in the form of God, Who cannot lie (Php 2:6Hebrews 6:18), and being the representative on earth of a Sender Who is true (John 8:26). To know the Truth is also to know the Way to God, Who must be approached and worshipped in truth (John 4:23). Comp. Hebrews 11:61 John 5:20.
    and the life] Comp. John 11:25. He is the Life, being one with the living Father and being sent by Him (John 6:57John 10:30). See on John 1:4John 6:50-51, and comp. 1 John 5:12Galatians 2:20. Here again to know the Life is to know the Way to God.
    no man cometh unto the Father, but by me] Christ continues to insist that the Way is of the first importance to know. ‘Through Him we have access unto the Father’ (Ephesians 2:18). Comp. Hebrews 10:19-221 Peter 3:18.

29.)  There is salvation in no one else

Act 4:12, “And there is salvation in no one else; for there is no other name under heaven that has been given among mankind by which we must be saved.”

Gill’s Exposition of the Entire Bible

Neither is there salvation in any other,…. Meaning not corporeal healing, but spiritual and eternal salvation; the Syriac version renders it, neither is there “redemption in any other”: Christ is the only Saviour and Redeemer, who was promised and prophesied of as such; who has saved and redeemed his people from the law, sin, and Satan; nor is salvation to be sought and hoped for from any other; not in a man’s self, nor in any other creature, angels or men; not in and by his own works, and legal righteousness; not by obedience to the law of Moses, moral or ceremonial; nor by the light of nature, much less by an observance of the traditions of the elders:

for there is none other name; thing or person, be it ever so great, or whatever show of power and strength, of holiness and religion, it makes; as the name of kings, princes, and the great men in the world; or of ministers and preachers in the church; or even of Christians and believers, which may be only a name to live; none but the name of Jesus, his person, blood, and righteousness:

under heaven: throughout the whole earth, in all the nations and kingdoms of it; nor even in heaven itself, among all the mighty angels there, thrones, dominions, principalities, and powers; none but the Father and the Spirit, who are one with Christ: there is none but he

given among men; and he has been freely given by his Father, as an instance of his matchless love to the world; and also freely given by himself, to be a sacrifice for the sins of his people; and is freely preached among men, as the only Saviour of them; for there is no other,

whereby we must be saved: God resolved in his purposes and decrees, in his council and covenant, upon the salvation of his chosen people; and he appointed his Son to be the salvation of them, and determined he would save them by him, and by no other, and in no other way; wherefore, whoever are saved, must be saved by him, see Hosea 1:7 the Arabic version adds, “unless by him only”.

30.)   No one can lay a foundation other than the One which is laid

1Co 3:11, “For no one can lay a foundation other 

than the one which is laid, which is Jesus Christ.”

Jesus Christ is the foundation of the Church, the foundation of Christianity. Not Peter, not the pope, not Mary.

Barnes’ Notes on the Bible

For other foundation – It is “implied” by the course of the argument here, that This was the foundation which had been laid at Corinth, and on which the church there had been reared. And it is affirmed that no other foundation can be laid. A foundation is that upon which a building is raised; the foundation of a church is the doctrine on which it is established; that is, the doctrines which its members hold – those truths which lie at the basis of their hopes, and by embracing which they have been converted to God.

Can no man lay – That is, there is no other true foundation.

Which is Jesus Christ – Christ is often called the foundation; the stone; the cornerstone upon which the church is reared; Isaiah 28:16Matthew 21:42Acts 4:11Ephesians 2:202 Timothy 2:191 Peter 2:6. The meaning is, that no true church can be reared which does not embrace and hold the true doctrines respecting him – those which pertain to his incarnation, his divine nature, his instructions, his example, his atonement, his resurrection, and ascension. The reason why no true church can be established without embracing the truth as it is in Christ is, that it is by him only that people can be saved; and where This doctrine is missing, all is missing that enters into the essential idea of a church. The fundamental doctrines of the Christian religion must be embraced, or a church cannot exist and where those doctrines are denied no association of people can be recognized as a church of God. Nor can the foundation be modified or shaped so as to suit the wishes of people. It must be laid as it is in the Scriptures; and the superstructure must be raised upon that alone.”

31.)   No one who does good, not even one

Rom 3:12, “THEY HAVE ALL TURNED ASIDE, 

TOGETHER THEY HAVE BECOME CORRUPT; THERE IS NO ONE WHO DOES GOOD, THERE IS NOT

EVEN ONE.”

Gill’s Exposition of the Entire Bible

They are all gone out of the way,…. In Psalm 14:3; it is said, “they are all gone aside”; as persons in debt: man had a considerable stock of righteousness, holiness, knowledge, &c. but he has run through all, has contracted large and numerous debts, has been obliged to hide himself, has been used as a bankrupt, and turned out of house and home: Christ indeed has undertook to pay, and he has paid all the debts of his people; and has put them into a better state than ever Adam was in: in Psalm 53:3, it is rendered, “everyone of them is gone back”; that is, from God; from his commands, and from their former state and condition: here the phrase is rendered by the apostle, “they are all gone out of the way”: that is, out of the way of God and his precepts, out of the way of holiness and righteousness, of light and life; into their own ways, the ways of sin, Satan, and the world of darkness, and of death: so Aben Ezra explains it, “out of the right way”; Kimchi and Ben Melech paraphrase it, “out of the good way: and so”

they are together become unprofitable; the word in Psalm 14:3 and Psalm 53:3; is translated, “they are become filthy”; which R. Aben Ezra interprets by “they are corrupt”; and R. Solomon Jarchi by , “they are turned to corruption”; the metaphor is taken from stinking flesh, which is tainted and corrupted, and so good for nothing, hence here rendered “unprofitable”; for so men being corrupted by sin, are of no use, service, and advantage to God, to men, or to themselves; but, on the contrary, nauseous to God, and to all that are good, and hurtful to themselves and others: for

there is none that does good, no, not one; and therefore must be unprofitable. There is none that can do good in a spiritual manner, without the grace of God, strength from Christ, and the assistance of the Spirit; and there is not even a spiritual man, that can do good perfectly, and without sin.

Now God is true: There is no one who does good, there is not even one. So you must repent of your sins, believe in the Lord Jesus for your God and Savior so that you can be saved. You must not neglect so great a salvation. Today is the day of salvation. You can do it now.

WILLLIE WONG THOUGHT

WILLIE WONG

https://williewong.cw.center

DECEMBER 6, 2025

https://williewong.cw.center

Copyright © 2018 – 2025 by Willie Wong

All African nations, South America, Asia and the world, where can you find a country which does not have large national debts and deficits? Africa is different because for 500 years, not one country has become self-sufficient and solvent, they glorify with their primitive cultures and brag about their scientists and experts, joy to kill each other. International aid actually fuel their official corruption. Any nation that shares destinies with Africa will be doomed! No resources can fill the Black holes! The international community should leave Africa alone, let them do or die.

China modernization must focus that every village will have:

  1. Electricity.
  2. Running water to drink and wash.
  3. Gas to cook and heat.
  4. Internet.
  5. Livelihood.

*IN CHRIST

*IN CHRIST

*Our mission is to preach the Gospel of Jesus Christ absolutely free. We do not want donation. We only want you to know the truth. 

BY WILLIE WONG

ACCORDING TO MERRIAM WEBSTER’S DICTIONARY AS A PREPOSITION “IN” :“used as a function word to indicate inclusion, location, or position within limits.”

When we say “in Christ”, we mean within limits of the inclusion, location, and position of Christ.

1.)   Faith in Christ Jesus

Act 24:24, “Now some days later Felix arrived with Drusilla his wife, who was Jewish, and he sent for Paul and heard him speak about faith in Christ Jesus.

Christians are disciples who have faith in Jesus Christ as their Lord and Savior.

Barnes’ Notes on the Bible

Felix came with his wife Drusilla – Drusilla was the daughter of Herod Agrippa the elder, and was engaged to be married to Epiphanes, the son of King Antiochus, on condition that he would embrace the Jewish religion; but as he afterward refused to do that, the contract was broken off. Afterward she was given in marriage, by her brother Agrippa the younger, to Azizus, king of Emesa, upon his consent to be circumcised. When Felix was governor of Judea, he saw Drusilla and fell in love with her, and sent to her Simon, one of his friends, a Jew, by birth a Cyprian, who pretended to be a magician, to endearour to persuade her to forsake her husband and to marry Felix. Accordingly, in order to avoid the envy of her sister Bernice, who treated her ill on account of her beauty, “she was prevailed on,” says Josephus, “to transgress the laws of her forefathers, and to marry Felix” (Josephus, Antiq., book 20, chapter 7, sections 1 and 2). She was, therefore, living in adultery with him, and this was probably the reason why Paul dwelt in his discourse before Felix particularly on “temperance,” or chastity. See the notes on Acts 24:25.”

He sent for Paul, and heard him – Perhaps he did this in order to be more fully acquainted with the case which was submitted to him. It is possible, also, that it might have been to gratify his wife, who was a Jewess, and who doubtless had a desire to be acquainted with the principles of this new sect. It is certain, also, that one object which Felix had in this was to let Paul see how dependent he was on him, and to induce him to purchase his liberty.

Concerning the faith in Christ – Concerning the Christian religion. Faith in Christ is often used to denote the whole of Christianity, as it is the leading and characteristic feature of the religion of the gospel.”

2Ti 3:15, “and that from childhood you have known the sacred writings which are able to give you the wisdom that leads to salvation through faith which is in Christ Jesus.”

Gal 2:16, “nevertheless, knowing that a person is not justified by works of the Law but through faith in 

Christ Jesus, even we have believed in Christ Jesus, so that we may be justified by faith in Christ and not by works of the Law; since by works of the Law 

no flesh will be justified.”

Sons and daughters of God through faith in Christ

Gal 3:26, “For you are all sons and daughters of God 

through faith in Christ Jesus.”

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

  •  Ye are] The change from the first person ‘we are’ Galatians 3:25 to the second ‘ye are’ marks a transition from an argument to an appeal. The converse is found 2 Corinthians 6:142 Corinthians 6:162 Corinthians 7:11 Thessalonians 5:6.
    all] Both Jews and Gentiles—an indirect confirmation of the statement that the law is not against the promises of God.
    the children] Better, sons. Comp. John 1:12 ‘As many as received Him, to them gave He power to become the sons of God, even to them which believe on His name.’
    26–29. The selection of the metaphor of Galatians 3:24-25 is by no means accidental. It suggests and leads up to the grand revelation of Gospel blessedness contained in the peroration to this chapter. The very fact that we were under tutelage proves that our true relation to God is that of sons, a relationship into which we all, both Jews and Gentiles, entered by believing in Jesus Christ. Of this relationship our Baptism was the sign and pledge and instrument. We therein became clothed with Christ. Our nakedness was covered with the robe of His perfect righteousness. He became the circumambient, enveloping element in which our new life is lived and sustained. And here the external distinctions, of Jew and Gentile, bond and free, nay, even that which has so long separated the sexes, disappears. In Christ all are united who by faith are united to Him. And if we belong to Christ, if we are part of Him, who is the promised Seed, then we are the seed of Abraham, we are heirs according to the promise.”

Phl 3:9, “and may be found in Him, not having a righteousness of my own derived from the Law, but that which is through faith in Christ, the righteousness which comes from God on the basis of faith.”

  • )  Redemption which is in Christ

Rom 3:24, “being justified as a gift by His grace through the redemption which is in Christ 

Jesus.”

Salvation is a gift of God through the redemption which is in Christ Jesus.

Ellicott’s Commentary for English Readers

  •  Being justified.—We should more naturally say, “but now are justified.” The construction in the Greek is peculiar, and may be accounted for in one of two ways. Either the phrase “being justified” may be taken as corresponding to “all them that believe” in Romans 3:22, the change of case being an irregularity suggested by the form of the sentence immediately preceding; or the construction may be considered to be regular, and the participle “being justified” would then be dependent upon the last finite verb: “they come short of the glory of God, and in that very state of destitution are justified.”

Freely.—Gratuitously, without exertion or merit on their part. (Comp. Matthew 10:8Revelation 21:6Revelation 22:17.)

By his grace.By His own grace. The means by which justification is wrought out is the death and atonement of Christ; its ulterior cause is the grace of God, or free readmission into His favour, which He accords to man.

Redemption.—Literally, ransoming. The notion of ransom contains in itself the triple idea of a bondage, a deliverance, and the payment of an equivalent as the means of that deliverance. The bondage is the state of sin and of guilt, with the expectation of punishment; the deliverance is the removal of this state, and the opening out, in its stead, of a prospect of eternal happiness and glory; the equivalent paid by Christ is the shedding of His own blood. This last is the pivot upon which the whole idea of redemption turned. It is therefore clear that the redemption of the sinner is an act wrought objectively, and, in the first instance, independently of any change of condition in him, though such a change is involved in the appropriation of the efficacy of that act to himself. It cannot be explained as a purely subjective process wrought in the sinner through the influence of Christ’s death. The idea of dying and reviving with Christ, though a distinct aspect of the atonement, cannot be made to cover the whole of it. There is implied, not only a change in the recipient of the atonement, but also a change wrought without his co-operation in the relations between God and man. There is, if it may be so said, in the death of Christ something which determines the will of God, as well as something which acts upon the will of man. And the particular influence which is brought to bear upon the counsels of God is represented under the figure of a ransom or payment of an equivalent. This element is too essentially a part of the metaphor, and is too clearly established by other parallel metaphors, to be explained away; though what the terms “propitiation” and “equivalent” can mean, as applied to God, we do not know, and it perhaps does not become us too curiously to inquire.

The doctrine of the atonement thus stated is not peculiar to St. Paul, and did not originate with him. It is found also in the Synoptic Gospels, Matthew 20:28 ( = Mark 10:45), “The Son of Man came to give His life a ransom for many,” and in Hebrews 9:15, “And for this cause He is the Mediator of the New Testament, that by means of death, for the redemption (ransoming) of the transgressions that were under the first testament, they which are called might receive the promise of eternal inheritance.” (Comp. 1John 2:21Peter 1:18-191Peter 2:24et al.)”

3.)  Eternal life in Christ

Rom 6:23, “For the wages of sin is death, but the gracious gift of God is eternal life in Christ Jesus our Lord.”

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

  •  For] The “for” refers to the last statement. The verse may be paraphrased, “For whereas the wages of sin is death, the gift of God is, as we have now said, eternal life.”
    wages] The Gr. is same word as Luke 3:141 Corinthians 9:72 Corinthians 11:8. It strictly denotes pay for military service; and the metaphor here therefore points not to slavery so much as to the warfare of Romans 6:13 (where see note on weapons). The word is full of pregnant truth. Death, in its most awful sense, is no more than the reward and result of sin; and sin is nothing less than a conflict against God.
    gift] The Gr. is same word as free gift, ch. Romans 5:15.—This word here is, so to speak, a paradox. We should have expected one which would have represented life eternal as the issue of holiness, to balance the truth that death is the issue of sin. And in respect of holiness being the necessary preliminary to the future bliss, this would have been entirely true. But St Paul here all the more forcibly presses the thought that salvation is a gift wholly apart from human merit. The eternal Design, the meritorious Sacrifice, the life-giving and love-imparting Spirit, all alike are a Gift absolutely free. The works of sin are the procuring cause of Death; the course of sanctification is not the procuring cause of Life Eternal, but only the training for the enjoyment of what is essentially a Divine gift “in Jesus Christ our Lord.”
    through] Lit., and better, in. The “life eternal” is to be found only “in Him,” by those who “come to Him.” His work is the one meritorious cause; and in His hands also is the actual gift. (John 17:2-3).”

Alive to God in Christ

Rom 6:11, “So you too, consider yourselves to be dead to sin, but alive to God in Christ Jesus.”

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

  1.  Likewise] Here is the strict result of the truth just stated, when the position of Christ as the Second Adam is remembered. What He did and does, as such, was done and is done by those who are “in Him” as their Head.
    reckon] This word, just as in Romans 3:28, (E. V., “conclude,”) marks a solid inference from facts. It implies also here an application of that inference to conscience, affections, and will; such as is now developed by the argument.
    through Jesus Christ] Lit., and far better, in Jesus Christ. The word “in” is quite strictly used here, of the relation of the Second Adam to His brethren.—“Our Lord” should be omitted, on evidence of MSS., &c.”

In Christ all will be made alive

1Co 15:22, “For as in Adam all die, so also in

Christ all will be made alive.”

Ellicott’s Commentary for English Readers

  •  As in Adam . . .—Better, as in the Adam all die, so in the Christ shall all be made alive. The first Adam and the second Adam here stand as the heads of Humanity. All that is fleshly in our nature is inherited from the Adam; in every true son of God it is dying daily, and will ultimately die altogether. All that is spiritual in our nature we inherit from the Christ; it is immortal, is rising daily, will ultimately be raised with a spiritual and immortal body. We must remember that the relationship of Christ to Humanity is not to be dated only from the Incarnation. Christ stood in the same federal relation to all who went before as He does to all who have come since. (See the same thought in 1Corinthians 10:4, and in Christ’s own words, “Before Abraham was, I am.”) The results of Christ’s death are co-extensive with the results of Adam’s fall—they extend to all men; but the individual responsibility rests with each man as to which he will cherish—that which he derives from Christ or that which he derives from Adam—the “offence” of Adam or the “grace” of Christ. The best comment on this passage is, perhaps, the prayer in the Baptismal Office: “O merciful God, grant that the old Adam in this child may be so buried, that the new man may be raised up in him.” There seems to be this moral significance in these words of St. Paul, as well as the obvious argument that, as all men die physically, so all shall be raised from the dead; as we have the evidence of death in the death of a man and of all men, so we have the evidence (and not the mere theoretical promise) of a resurrection in the resurrection of the Man Christ Jesus.”

4.)   No condemnation in Christ

Rom 8:1, “Therefore there is now no condemnation 

at all for those who are in Christ Jesus.

Ellicott’s Commentary for English Readers

(1-11) A result is thus attained which the law of Moses could not accomplish, but which is accomplished in the gospel. The Christian is entirely freed from the law of sin and death, and from the condemnation that it entails. But he is so upon the condition that this freedom is for him a reality—that it really proceeds from the indwelling Spirit of Christ.

(1) Therefore.—The Apostle had already, at the end of the last chapter, “touched the confines” of that state of deliverance and of liberty which he is now going on to describe. The opening of this chapter is, therefore, connected in form with the close of the last. The intervention of Christ puts an end to the struggle waged within the soul. There is therefore no condemnation, &.

Condemnation.—The condemnation which in the present and final judgment of God impends over the sinner, is removed by the intervention of Christ, and by the union of the believer with Him. By that union the power and empire of sin are thrown off and destroyed. (Comp. Romans 8:3.) There is a certain play on the word “condemn.” By “condemning” the law of sin, Christ removed “condemnation” from the sinner. He removed it objectively, or in the nature of things, and this removal is completed subjectively in the individual through that bond of mystical and moral attachment which makes what Christ has done his own act and deed.

To them which are in Christ Jesus.—Those “who live and move and have their (spiritual) being” in Christ. To “have the Spirit of Christ” is a converse expression for the same idea. In the one case the believer is regarded as reaching upwards, as it were, through faith, and so incorporating and uniting himself with the Spirit of Christ; in the other case, the Spirit of Christ reaches downwards and infuses itself into the believer. This is the peculiar mysticism of the Apostle.

Who walk not after the flesh, but after the Spirit.—These words are wanting in the foremost representatives of every group of authorities (except, perhaps, those which belong to the region of Syria), and must certainly be omitted. They have been brought in here from Romans 8:4. 

  • )  The Spirit of life in Christ

Rom 8:2, “For the law of the Spirit of life in

Christ Jesus has set you free from the law of sin and of death.”

Ellicott’s Commentary for English Readers

  • A statement of the great antithesis, of which the rest of the section is a development, between the law of the Spirit of life and the law of sin and of death.

The law of the Spirit of life.—A phrase defining more fully the mode in which the union with Christ becomes operative in the believer. It begins by imparting to him the Spirit of Christ; this Spirit creates within him a law; and the result of that law is life—that perfect spiritual vitality which includes within itself the pledge of immortality.

The Spirit.—That is, the Spirit of Christ, as in Romans 8:9, which is hardly as yet conceived of as a distinct personality, but representing the continued action and influence which the ascended Saviour exercises upon the believer.

In Christ Jesus.—These words are best taken with “hath made” (rather, made, when it was imparted to me) “me free.” The law of the Spirit of life, in Christ (i.e., operating through my union with Christ), made me free from the law of sin and of death.

From the law of sin and death.—The direct contrast to the foregoing. Not here the law of Moses, but the power of sin, the corrupt element in our nature, acting upon the soul, and itself erecting a kind of law, saying, “Thou shalt,” where the law of God says “Thou shalt not;” and “Thou shalt not,” where the law of God says “Thou shalt.” The effect of this reign of sin is death—spiritual death—bearing in itself the pledge of eternal death.”

6.)  The love of God in Christ

Rom 8:39, “nor height, nor depth, nor any other 

created thing will be able to separate us from the love of God that is in Christ Jesus our Lord.”

Matthew Poole’s Commentary

Nor height, nor depth; i.e. neither the height of honour and worldly advancement, nor the depth of disgrace and worldly abasement. Some take height and depth for a comprehensive expression, which the Scripture uses, when he takes in all, and leaves nothing out.
Nor any other creature; this is added to the rest, as an &c. at the end of a sentence; and to supply whatever our fancies might in this case, frame to themselves. Or the apostle here makes an end of his induction; and because it had been endless to reckon up all the creatures, he closeth in this manner: If there be any other creature.
Shall be able to separate us from the love of God, which is in Christ Jesus our Lord; which he bears to us, as members of Christ, and by faith united to him: see Romans 8:35, and the notes there.”

7.)  The truth in Christ

Rom 9:1, “I am telling the truth in Christ, I am not lying; my conscience testifies with me in the Holy Spirit.”

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

Ch. Romans 9:1-6. The problem of Jewish unbelief: Paul’s distress in view of it
1I say the truth in Christ, &c.] The discussion of the case of Israel occupies tins chapter and the next two. On the general subject thus introduced, we offer a few remarks. (See also Introduction, I. § 26.)
(1) The dedication of this large section to this special case is not out of proportion. Israel not only was immensely important as the Depositary of Revelation for ages past and the possessor as such of inestimable privileges, (Romans 9:4-5,) but at the time of St Paul it formed the vast majority of all professed believers in the God of Revelation. The unbelief of the great majority of Israel was therefore not only a distress to the Christian’s heart, but a perplexity to his mind, and so needed very special treatment and explanation.
(2) He distinctly foretells a future of grace and mercy for Israel, on a grand scale of conversion. A time is to come when “blindness in part” is no longer to characterize Israel as a people; that is to say, a time when unbelief, if existing still at all, shall be the exception, not the rule.
(3) He does not touch on any other than the spiritual aspects of that future. As to the question of a political, or local, restoration of Israel, or both, he is entirely silent whether to affirm or deny; and so in all his Epistles. So it is also in all the N. T. Epistles. St Paul’s great object here is (1) to explain the spiritual alienation of the mass of Israelites, and (2) to open the prospect of its blessed reversal.
in Christ] As a “member of Christ,” and so bound to inviolable truthfulness; and as speaking to other “members.” (Ephesians 4:25.)
I lie not] On this and similar appeals see on Romans 1:9.—The special reason for such words here is, perhaps, the thought that both Gentile Christians and unbelieving Jews (for different reasons) might think him now regardless of his earthly kindred, because so resolute in teaching the entire spiritual equality of all believers, Jew or Gentile. The Epistle might possibly be heard or read by unconverted Jews; and such words as these might reach their hearts.
my conscience also bearing me witness] Paul, as a man speaking to men, was corroborated (in his own consciousness) by Paul speaking to himself. Word and conscience coincided in statement.
in the Holy Ghost] Who, as the Sanctifier, pervades the conscience with new and intense light and sensibility. The reference is not to inspiration but to spirituality, of which he has said so much in ch. 8.”

8.)  The grace of God which was given you in Christ

1Co 1:4, “I thank my God always concerning you for the grace of God which was given you in Christ 

Jesus.”

Pulpit Commentary

Verses 4-9. – The thanksgiving. The thanksgiving is a feature in almost every Epistle of St. Paul, except the Epistle to the Galatians, in which he plunges at once into severe reprobation. Verse 4. – I thank my God. It is probable, from papyrus rolls in the British Museum, that the general form and outline of letters was more or less conventional. In St. Paul, however, this thanksgiving is the natural overflow of a full heart. It was no mere compliment or rhetorical artifice like the captatio benevolentiae, or endeavouring to win the hearers by flattery, which we find in most ancient speeches. My God (Romans 1:8). Always; that is, constantly; on all occasions of special prayer. He could still thank God for them, though his letter was written “with many tears” (2 Corinthians 2:4). For the grace of God. The grace (χάρις) of spiritual life showing itself in many special spiritual gifts (χαρίσματα), such as “the gift of tongues.” Which was given you. This is one of St. Paul’s “baptismal aorists.” He always regards and speaks of the life of the soul as summed up potentially in one supreme moment and crisis – namely, the moment of conversion and baptism. The grace given once was given for ever, and was continually manifested. In Christ Jesus. St. Paul regarded the life of the Christian as “hid with Christ in God,” and of Christ as being the Christian’s life (see Romans 6:232 Corinthians 4:10, 11Colossians 3:3, 42 Timothy 1:11 John 5:11, etc.). 1 Corinthians 1:4.”

Eph 2:7, “so that in the ages to come He might show the boundless riches of His grace in 

kindness toward us in Christ Jesus.”

I am an old man. Without the grace of God, I would have died long ago.

9.)  One body in Christ

Rom 12:5, “so we, who are many, are one body 

in Christ, and individually parts of one another.”

Barnes’ Notes on the Bible

So we, being many – We who are Christians, and who are numerous as individuals.

Are one body – Are united together, constituting one society, or one people, mutually dependent, and having the same great interests at heart, though to be promoted by us according to our special talents and opportunities. As the welfare of the same body is to be promoted in one manner by the feet, in another by the eye, etc.; so the welfare of the body of Christ is to be promoted by discharging our duties in our appropriate sphere, as God has appointed us.

In Christ – One body, joined to Christ, or connected with him as the head; Ephesians 1:22-23, “And gave him to be head over all things to the church, which is his body;” compare John 15:1-7. This does not mean that there is any physical or literal union, or any destruction of personal identity, or any thing particularly mysterious or unintelligible. Christians acknowledge him as their head. that is, their Lawgiver; their Counsellor, Guide, and Redeemer. They are bound to him by especially tender ties of affection, gratitude, and friendship; they are united in him, that is, in acknowledging him as their common Lord and Saviour. Any other unions than this is impossible; and the sacred writers never intended that expressions like these should be explained literally. The union of Christians to Christ is the most tender and interesting of any in this world, but no more mysterious than what binds friend to friend, children to parents, or husbands to their wives; compare Ephesians 5:23-33. (See the supplementary note at Romans 8:17.)

And every one members one of another – Compare 1 Corinthians 12:25-26. That is, we are so united as to be mutually dependent; each one is of service to the other; and the existence and function of the one is necessary to the usefulness of the other. Thus, the members of the body may be said to be members one of another; as the feet could not, for example, perform their functions or be of use if it were not for the eye; the ear, the hand, the teeth, etc., would be useless if it were not for the other members, which go to make up the entire person. Thus, in the church, every individual is not only necessary in his place as an individual, but is needful to the proper symmetry and action of the whole. And we may learn here:

  • That no member of the church of Christ should esteem himself to be of no importance. In his own place he may be of as much consequence as the man of learning, wealth, and talent may be in his.
  • God designed that there should be differences of endowments of nature and of grace in the church; just as it was needful that there should be differences in the members of the human body.
  • no one should despise or lightly esteem another. All are necessary. We can no more spare the foot or the hand than we can the eye; though the latter may be much more curious and striking as a proof of divine skill. We do not despise the hand or the foot any more than we do the eye; and in all we should acknowledge the goodness and wisdom of God. See these thoughts carried out in 1 Corinthians 12:21-25.”

10.)  The approved in Christ

Rom 16:10, “Greet Apelles, the approved in Christ. Greet those who are of the household of Aristobulus.”

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

  •  Apelles] A Greek name. It is used by Horace, in a well-known passage, (Satires, I. v. 100,) as a name common among Jews.
    approved in Christ] i.e. one who has been tested and found true, as a “member of Christ.” Perhaps he had borne special suffering or sorrow with strong faith.
    them which are of Aristobûlus’ household] Lit. those from amongst Aristobulus’.—Aristobulus’ name is Greek: we know no more of him. He may, or may not, have been a Christian; and the latter is slightly the more likely alternative. See next verse, and cp. Php 4:22.—“Those from amongst his” household, or people, are probably the converts in his familia, or establishment, of slaves and freedmen.”

11.)  Sanctified in Christ

1Co 1:2, “To the church of God which is in Corinth, to those who have been sanctified in Christ Jesus

saints by calling, with all who in every place call 

on the name of our Lord Jesus Christ, their Lord and ours.”

You cannot be sanctified by pope, Mary or Peter. ONLY the precious blood of Jesus can cleanse us from our sins.

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

  •  to them that are sanctified in Christ Jesus] Literally, to them that have been sanctified. The word here rendered sanctify means (1) to consecrate to the service of the Deity, and hence (2) to purify, make holy. The word here partakes of both senses. Those who have become united to Christ by faith have not only been dedicated to Him, but have been made partakers of His holiness by their participation in the Life that is in Him. But such persons were by no means as yet free from actual sin, as chapters 5, 6, 8, 11. conclusively prove. “The Church of Christ, abstractedly and invisibly, is a kingdom where no evil is; in the concrete, and actually, it is the Church of Corinth, Rome, or England, tainted with impurity. And yet, just as the mudded Rhone is really the Rhone and not mud and the Rhone, so there are not two churches, the Church of Corinth and the false church within it, but one visible Church, in which the invisible lies concealed.” Robertson, On the Corinthians, Lect. ii.
    called to be saints] Literally, called saints—because the faculty of saintliness, if not actual saintliness itself, had been communicated to every member of the Church. The only difference between ‘saints’ and ‘them that are sanctified’ is that the latter expression has reference to a past act of God’s mercy, the former to the present condition of those who have benefited from it.
    with all that in every place call upon the name of Jesus Christ our Lord] The Epistle, which dealt with so many and such weighty truths, was not to be treasured up as the peculiar heritage of the Corinthian Church, but was to be regarded as the common possession of the universal Church of Christ. Or perhaps it is better, with Olshausen, to regard the Apostle as reminding the Corinthians that they form only a part, and that but a small one, of the whole Church of Christ, a consideration which their self-satisfaction was leading them to forget.”

12.)   Due to Him that you are in Christ

1Co 1:30, “But it is due to Him that you are in

Christ Jesus, who became to us wisdom from God, and righteousness and sanctification, and redemption.”

Matthew Poole’s Commentary

But of him are ye in Christ Jesus; of his grace ye are implanted into Christ, and believe in him. You are of him, not by creation only, as all creatures are, but by redemption and regeneration, which is in Christ Jesus, who of God is made unto us wisdom; the principal means by which we come to the knowledge of God, and an acquaintance with his will; for he is the image of the invisible God, Colossians 1:15The brightness of his Father’s glory, and the express image of his person, Hebrews 1:3God hath shined in our hearts, to give the light of the knowledge of the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ, 2 Corinthians 4:6. So that he who hath seen him, hath seen the Father, John 14:9All the treasures of wisdom and knowledge are hid in him, Colossians 2:3. And no man knoweth the Father, save the Son, and he to whomsoever the Son will reveal him, Matthew 11:27. Thus, though God destroyed the wisdom of the wise, yet the Corinthians were not without wisdom; for God had made Christ to them wisdom, both causally, being the author of wisdom to them; and objectively, their wisdom lay in their knowledge of him, and in a fellowship and conmmnion with him. And whereas they wanted a righteousness in which they might stand before God justified and accepted, God had also made Christ to them righteousness: Sending his own Son in the likeness of sinful flesh, and for sin, condemned sin in the flesh; that the righteousness of the law might be fulfilled in us, Romans 8:3,4.
And sanctification also, believers being renewed and sanctified by his Spirit.
And he is also made redemption: where by redemption is meant the redemption of the body, mentioned Romans 8:23; so as redemption here signifies the same with resurrection of the body. Christ is the resurrection, and the life, John 11:25.”

13.)  You are prudent in Christ

1Co 4:10, “We are fools on account of Christ,

but you are prudent in Christ! We are weak, but you are strong! You are distinguished, but we are without honor!

Benson Commentary

1 Corinthians 4:10-13We are fools — In the account of the world, for Christ’s sake — Because we expose ourselves to so many dangers and sufferings for his cause: or because we preach the plain truths of the gospel, and affirm such high things of one who was crucified as a malefactor. But ye are wise in Christ — Though ye are Christians, ye think yourselves wise; and ye have found means to make the world think so too: or, you think you have found out a way at once of securing the blessings of the gospel, and escaping its inconveniences and persecutions. We are weak — In presence, in infirmities, and in sufferings: but ye are strong — Just in opposite circumstances. Ye are honourable — Adorned with extraordinary gifts, in which you are ready to glory, and some of you appear in circumstances of external distinction; but we are despised — Treated with contempt wherever we come. Or the apostle may be considered in this verse as repeating ironically the things which his enemies in Corinth said of him, and as attributing to them, in the same spirit of irony, the contrary qualities. Even unto this present hour — Not only at our first entrance upon our office, when all the world was set against Christianity, but still, though many thousands are converted; we both hunger and thirst, &c. — Are destitute of necessary food and apparel, and exposed to wants of all sorts. Who can imagine a more glorious triumph of the truth than that which is gained in these circumstances? When Paul, with an impediment in his speech, and a person rather contemptible than graceful, appeared in a mean, perhaps tattered dress, before persons of the highest distinction, and yet commanded such attention, and made such deep impressions upon them! Being reviled, we bless, suffer it, entreat — We do not return revilings, persecution, defamation; nothing but blessing, We are made as the filth of the world, and the off-scouring of all things — Such were those poor wretches among the heathen, who were taken from the dregs of the people to be offered as expiatory sacrifices to the infernal gods. They were loaded with curses, affronts, and injuries, all the way they went to the altars. And when the ashes of those unhappy men were thrown into the sea, those very names were given them in the ceremony.”

14.)  Triumph in Christ

2Co 2:14, “But thanks be to God, Who always leads 

us in triumph in Christ, and through us reveals the fragrance of the knowledge of Him in every place.

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

  1.  Now thanks be unto God] This passage is an instance of the abrupt digressions peculiar to St Paul’s style. See Introduction to the first Epistle, p. 16, and 1 Corinthians 4:8. Also Introduction to this Epistle. “As soon as St Paul came to the word Macedonia, memory presented to him what had greeted him there,” i.e. the favourable intelligence brought by Titus (ch. 2 Corinthians 7:6-7) “and in his rapid way—thoughts succeeding each other like lightning—he says, without going through the form of explaining why he says it, ‘Now thanks be to God.’ ” Robertson.
    which always causeth us to triumph in Christ] The verb here rendered causeth us to triumph may also be rendered, leadeth us in triumph. It is used in the latter sense in Colossians 2:15, the only other place in which it occurs in the Bible, but the former sense is defended here by the analogy of other verbs used causatively. See Romans 8:37.
    and maketh manifest the savour of his knowledge] The word savour (from the Latin sapor, flavour) is, with one exception (Matthew 5:13), used in the Scriptures to denote an odour. See Genesis 8:21Ecclesiastes 10:1Joel 2:20, &c. The Apostle as yet does not refer to the ‘sweet savour’ of the sacrifices (Exodus 29:18Leviticus 1:9Leviticus 1:12, &c.). If we take the rendering of the A. V. in the former part of the verse, ‘the savour of his knowledge’ (i.e. the sweet scent of the knowledge of God), is the incense, either “rising from fixed altars or wafted from censers” (Dr Plumptre in loc.), which it was customary (see Smith’s Dictionary of Antiquities, Art. Triumphus) to burn as the conqueror to whom a triumph was decreed passed along. This custom has been revived in our own day, on the occasion of the public entry of the Princess of Wales into London before her marriage. If the sense ‘leadeth us in triumph,’ be adopted, it regards the ministers of Christ either, (a) as the partners in the triumph of their Master, or (b) as the captives of the enemy he has overcome, delivered by His victorious arm, or (c) as the enemies he has defeated and led captive. Either of these yields a good sense, while the ‘savour’ is still the incense which attends the victor’s triumph. See Wordsworth in loc. Dr Plumptre notices the fact, one of great interest to the inhabitants of these Islands, that the last triumph which had taken place at Rome before these words were written, was in commemoration of the victories of Claudius in Britain, and that the British king Caractacus was then led in triumph through the streets of Rome.
    by us] St Paul is either (1) the altar (Romans 12:1) from which the odour of God’s knowledge arises, or more probably (2) the thurifer or incense-bearer who diffuses that odour abroad as he passes along.
    in every place] The history of the church shews that the first ministers of the Gospel extended their operations over a wide area. It is hardly tradition which regards St Thomas and St Bartholomew as having preached in India, and St Andrew in Scythia. And the first Epistle of St Peter bears witness to a wide dissemination of the Gospel in Asia. See 1 Peter 1:11 Peter 5:13.”

15.)  Who have fallen asleep in Christ

1Co 15:18-19, “Then also those who have fallen 

asleep in Christ have perished. If we have hoped in

Christ only in this life, we are of all people most to 

be pitied.”

Gill’s Exposition of the Entire Bible

Then they also which are fallen asleep in Christ,…. That is, who are dead, and have died in Christ: death is often represented by a sleep, and that more than once in this chapter; and doubtless with a view to the resurrection, which will be an awaking out of it, since it will not be perpetual: some understand this of such only who were fallen asleep, or died martyrs for the sake of Christ and his Gospel; as Stephen, James the brother of John, and others; but rather it designs all such as die in Christ, in union with him, whether in the lively exercise of faith, or not; of whom it must be said, if Christ is not risen, that they

are perished: soul and body; for if there is no reason to believe the resurrection of the dead, there is no reason to believe the immortality of the soul, or a future state, but rather that the soul perishes with the body, and that there is no existence after death: though should it be insisted on that the soul survives, and shall live without the body to all eternity, it must be in a state of misery, if Christ is not risen, because it must be in its sins; and neither sanctified nor justified, and consequently cannot be glorified, so that the whole may be said to be perished; the body perishes in the grave, the soul in hell; but God forbid that this should be said of those, who have either died for Christ, or in him: can it be that any that are in Christ, that are united to him, one body and spirit with him, should ever perish? or those that are asleep in him be lost? no, those that sleep in Jesus, will God bring with him at the last day, who shall be for ever with him, and for ever happy.”

16.)   We speak in Christ in the sight of God

2Co 2:17, “For we are not like the many, peddling the Word of God, but as from sincerity, but as from God, we speak in Christ in the sight of God.”

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

  1.  For we are not as many, which corrupt the word of God] The original makes ‘many’ definite with the article, thus clearly pointing out the false teachers, against whom so much of this and the former Epistle is directed. The word of God may be corrupted (1) by the admixture of foreign doctrines, e. g. those of the Judaizers, who grafted on Christianity the alien doctrine of the universal obligation of the Jewish law, (2) by degrading the doctrine of Christ into a system of argument and disputation (1 Corinthians 1:17-311 Corinthians 2:11 Corinthians 2:4-51 Corinthians 2:14), and (3) by the introduction of personal objects, such as influence, authority, the praise of men (1 Corinthians 4:62 Corinthians 10:122 Corinthians 11:18Galatians 4:17). The word here translated corrupt occurs nowhere else in the New Testament. It is derived from a substantive equivalent in meaning to our higgler or huckster, especially a dealer in wine (See the LXX. of Isaiah 1:22. The word is not in the Hebrew), and hence from the dishonest practices of these small dealers it has come, by a process somewhat similar to that of our reproachful terms ‘higgling’ or ‘huckstering,’ to mean adulterate, i.e. to mix what should be pure with worthless or even deleterious substances.
    but as of sincerity, but as of God] See note on 2 Corinthians 1:12. The word is here opposed to the idea of corrupting by admixture. The Apostle does not lose sight even here of the truth to which he returns in ch. 2 Corinthians 3:5, that his purity of heart is a supernatural gift. If he preaches Christ of sincerity, it is because the power to do so comes from God, Who gave the mission.
    in the sight of God] A task imposed by God, and performed with the consciousness that His All-seeing Eye is upon those whom He has sent.
    speak we in Christ] St Paul, throughout the whole of this chapter, has had in view the vindication of himself from any ulterior motives or lower principles of action in preaching Christ. His sole object is to minister Him. He desires nothing for himself. If he rebukes, it is for the offender’s sake. If he tests the obedience of the Church, it is because he is set over it for its benefit, not for his. If he preaches the word of God, it is by virtue of an inspiration from Him, whereby he preaches simply and faithfully the words put in his mouth by Christ. His doctrine is of God, delivered as in His sight, and spoken in Christ.”

17.)  If anyone in Christ he is a new creation            2Co 5:17, “Therefore if anyone is in Christ, this person is a new creation; the old things passed away; behold, new things have come.”

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

  1.  Therefore] i.e. as a conclusion from 2 Corinthians 5:15-16, in consequence of Christ’s Death, His Life, His superhuman, Divine personality.
    if any man be in Christ] The Vulgate puts no stop at Christ, and renders ‘if there be any new creature in Christ’ (‘if ony newe creature is in Crist,’ Wiclif). Tyndale translates as above. For ‘in Christ,’ see Romans 16:7Galatians 1:22; and chap. 2 Corinthians 12:2.
    he is a new creature] These words may be rendered there is a new creation, i.e. a new creation takes place within him. Whosoever is united to Christ by faith, possesses in himself the gift of a Divine, regenerated, spiritual humanity which Christ gives through his Spirit (cf. John 5:21John 6:33John 6:39-40John 6:54John 6:571 Corinthians 15:451 Peter 1:31 Peter 2:2; and 2 Peter 1:4. Also chap. 2 Corinthians 1:21-222 Corinthians 3:182 Corinthians 4:112 Corinthians 5:5). This life, which he possessed not before, is in fact a new creation of the whole man, “not to be distinguished from regeneration.” Meyer. So also Chrysostom. Cf. John 1:13John 3:3John 3:5Titus 3:5. The margin of the A. V. renders let him be, which is grammatically admissible, but hardly suits the context.
    old things] Literally, the old things. Cf. the ‘old man,’ Romans 6:6Ephesians 4:22Colossians 3:9; the ‘former conversation’ or manner of living, before the soul was dominated by the Spirit of Christ.
    are past away] Literally, passed away, i.e. at the moment of conversion. But as the Dean of Peterborough has shewn in the Expositor, Vol. vii. pp. 261–263, this strict use of the aorist cannot be always pressed in Hebraistic Greek.
    behold, all things are become new] Many MSS., versions and recent editors omit ‘all things.’ The passage then stands ‘behold, they are become new.’ If we accept this reading, the passage speaks more clearly of a conversion of the whole man as he is, thoughts, habits, feelings, desires, into the image of Christ. The old is not obliterated, it is renovated. As it stands in the A.V. it relates rather to a substitution of a new nature for the old. Isaiah 43:18-19Revelation 21:5.”

To be born again is to be a new creation in Christ.

18.)  Freedom which we have in Christ

Gal 2:4, “Yet it was a concern because of the false 

brothers secretly brought in, who had sneaked in to spy on our freedom which we have in Christ 

Jesus, in order to enslave us.”

Barnes’ Notes on the Bible

And that because of false brethren – Who these false brethren were is not certainly known, nor is it known whether he refers to those who were at Jerusalem or to those who were at Antioch. It is probable that he refers to Judaizing Christians, or persons who claimed to be Christians and to have been converted from Judaism. Whether they were dissemblers and hypocrites, or whether they were so imperfectly acquainted with Christianity, and so obstinate, opinionated, and perverse, though really in some respects good men, that they were conscientious in this, it is not easy to determine. It is clear, however, that they opposed the apostle Paul; that they regarded him as teaching dangerous doctrines; that they perverted and misstated his views; and that they claimed to have clearer views of the nature of the true religion than he had. Paul met such adversaries everywhere 2 Corinthians 11:26; and it required all his tact and skill to meet their plausible representations.

It is evident here that Paul is assigning a reason for something which he had done, and that reason was to counteract the influence of the “false brethren” in the case. But what is the thing concerning which he assigns a reason? It is commonly supposed to have been on account of the fact that he did not submit to the circumcision of Titus, and that he means to say that he resisted that in order to counteract their influence and to defeat their designs. But I would submit whether Galatians 2:3 is not to be regarded as a parenthesis, and whether the fact for which he assigns a reason is not that he sought a private interview with the leading men among the apostles? Galatians 2:2. The reason of his doing that would be obvious. In this way he could more easily counteract the influence of the false brethren. He could make a full statement of his doctrines. He could meet their inquiries, and anticipate the objections of his enemies. He could thus secure the influence of the leading apostles in his favor, and effectually prevent all the efforts of the false brethren to impose the Jewish rites on Gentile converts.

Unawares brought in – The word rendered “unawares” (παρεισάκτους pareisaktous) is derived from a verb meaning to lead in by the side of others, to introduce along with others; and then to lead or bring in by stealth, to smuggle in – Robinson, Lexicon. The verb occurs nowhere in the New Testament but in 2 Peter 2:1, where it is applied to heresies, and is rendered “Who privily shall bring in.” Here it refers probably to men who had been artfully introduced into the ministry, who made pretensions to piety, but who were either strangers to it, or who were greatly ignorant of the true nature of the Christian system; and who were disposed to take every advantage, and to impose on others the observance of the special rites of the Mosaic economy. Into what they were brought, the apostle does not say. It may have been that they had been introduced into the ministry in this manner (Doddridge); or it may be that they were introduced into the “assembly” where the apostles were collected to deliberate on the subject – Chandler. I think it probable that Paul refers to the occurrences in Jerusalem, and that these false brethren had been introduced from Antioch or some other place where Paul had been preaching, or that they were persons whom his adversaries had introduced to demand that Titus should be circumcised, under the plausible pretence that the laws of Moses required it, but really in order that there might be such proof as they desired that this rite was to be imposed upon the Gentile converts. If Paul were compelled to submit to this; if they could carry this point, it would be just such an instance as they needed, and would settle the whole inquiry, and prove that the Mosaic laws were to be imposed upon the Gentile converts. This was the reason why Paul so strenuously opposed it.

To spy out our liberty which we have in Christ Jesus – In the practice of the Christian religion. The liberty referred to was, doubtless, the liberty from the painful, expensive, and onerous rites of the Jewish religion; see Galatians 5:1. Their object in spying out the liberty which Paul and others had, was, undoubtedly, to be witnesses of the fact that they did not observe the special rites of the Mosaic system; to make report of it; to insist upon their complying with those customs, and thus to secure the imposition of those rites on the Gentile converts. Their first object was to satisfy themselves of the fact that Paul did not insist on the observance of their customs; and then to secure, by the authority of the apostles, an injunction or order that Titus should be circumcised, and that Paul and the converts made under his ministry should be required to comply with those laws.

That they might bring us into bondage – Into bondage to the laws of Moses; see the note at Acts 15:10.

19.)  You are all one in Christ

Gal 3:28, “There is neither Jew nor Greek, there is neither slave nor free, there is neither 

male nor female; for you are all one in Christ Jesus.”

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

  • The unity here predicated results from the putting on of the Lord Jesus Christ. Comp. Colossians 3:10-11, where the train of thought is the same and the language very similar.
    male nor female] Lit. ‘male and female’, possibly with reference to Genesis 1:27. The rite of circumcision was limited to male children; the Sacrament of Baptism is administered to both male and female. There are here no injunctions as to slavery and the treatment of women. But the principle laid down has by its application abolished the one and ameliorated the other. The Talmud everywhere assumes and often states the recognised inferiority of women to men.
    ye are all one] ‘ye’ is emphatic, pointing to those who are ‘sons of God’, Galatians 3:26. ‘One person’, or ‘one man’. Comp. Ephesians 2:15Romans 12:51 Corinthians 12:12-13.”

20.)  Faith working through love in Christ

Gal 5:6, “For in Christ Jesus neither circumcision nor 

uncircumcision means anything, but faith working 

through love.”

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

  • Anxious to remove all possibility of a misconstruction of his meaning, St Paul gives a reason for thus connecting the inheritance with faith. The fact of being circumcised or of being uncircumcised in itself is of no avail to a man’s salvation. If he is ‘in Christ Jesus’ he is safe; and he is in Christ by faith—a faith working through love. We have a repetition of this statement in ch. Galatians 6:15 with the substitution of ‘a new creature’ for ‘faith working through love’.
    Abraham believed before he was circumcised, St Paul was circumcised before he believed. Therefore the being circumcised or uncircumcised in itself availeth nothing.
    but faith which worketh by love] better, working by love. Most commentators regard this statement as reconciling the language of St Paul with that of St James concerning justification. But it may be observed that St Paul nowhere teaches that the faith which is without works justifies. He does assert (and St James does not contradict him), that man is justified by faith without works. Neither works, nor love, nor any other Christian graces, cooperate with faith in the justification of the sinner. They are the necessary fruits of a living faith.
    The addition of the words, ‘working through love’, is an answer by anticipation to the charges of Antinomianism, so constantly brought against those who maintain the doctrine of justification by faith only.”

21.)  Every spiritual blessing in the Heavenly places in Christ

Eph 1:3, “Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, who has blessed us with every spiritual blessing in the heavenly places 

in Christ.”

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

3–14. Ascription of Praise, in view of the Election and Redemption of the Saints
3Blessed be the God, &c.] The same Benediction occurs (verbatim in the Greek, nearly so in A. V.), 2 Corinthians 1:31 Peter 1:3. Observe the different motive of the same phrase in each case.—The word rendered “Blessed” occurs eight times in the N. T., and always of a Divine Person. In Mark 14:61 “The Blessed” appears without an explicit Name, as often by the Rabbis.
For the sacred Formula “the God and Father of, &c.” cp. further Romans 15:6 (where the Greek, though not the A. V., is the same); and see John 20:17Hebrews 1:8-9; and note below, on Ephesians 1:17.
who hath blessed us] Better, Who blessed us. The reference is to the heavenly world and the eternal purpose of God towards the saints. See just below, on “before the foundation, &c.” This Benediction on the New Creation may be illustrated by that on the Old; Genesis 1:22Genesis 1:28Genesis 9:1. It is the utterance (in whatever way) of a fixed Divine purpose of good. “When we bless God, we speak well of Him; when He blesses us, He powerfully confers blessings on us” (Scott). “Us”:—the members of the New Race; “the saints and faithful;” those who “are Christ’s.”
with all spiritual blessings] Better, with (lit. inall spiritual blessing.—“Spiritual:”—the Benediction supremely affected the “spirit” of its objects, not merely their externals. It bore upon their spiritual Birth (John 3:6); Life (Romans 8:9-10); and Consummation (Romans 8:111 Corinthians 15:44).
in heavenly places] Lit., “in the heavenlies”; an adjective without a noun. So below, Ephesians 1:20, and Ephesians 2:6Ephesians 3:10Ephesians 6:12. The noun is rightly supplied in A. V. The region of utterance of the Blessing was heaven; the eternal abode of the Covenant-Head of the blessed ones is heaven; and the final issue of the blessing will be their own abode there “in glory.” See Hebrews 11:16. The form of the adjective suggests not only a heavenly origin, or nature, but a heavenly locality.”
in Christ] as the Covenant-Head, Root and Source of Life, and Representative, of the saints. Cp. 2 Timothy 1:9.”

22.)   To bring all things together in Christ

Eph 1:10, “regarding His plan of the fullness of the times, to bring all things together in Christ, things in the Heavens and things on the earth.”

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

  1.  in the dispensation, &c.] Lit., in view of the stewardship of the fulness of the seasons. The word rendered “dispensation” is lit. “stewardship, house-management.” Its special meaning here seems to be that the eternal Son is the True Steward in the great House of the Father’s spiritual Church; and that into His hands is to be put the actual government of it as it stands complete in the “fulness, or, fulfilment, of the seasons” (cp. for the phrase Galatians 4:4); i.e. in the great Age of the Gospel, in which the universality of the Church, long indicated and prepared for by successive “seasons,” or stages, of providence and revelation, is at length a patent fact. In other words, the Father “purposed” that His Son should be, in a supreme sense, the manifested Governor and Dispenser of the developed period of grace, of which “glory” is but the outburst and flower.
    gather together in one all things in Christ] This clause explains the clause previous; the “stewardship” was to be, in fact, the actual and manifested Headship of Christ. The Gr. may be literally represented by “that He might head up all things in Christ.” The verb is only used elsewhere (in N. T.) Romans 13:9, where A. V. reads “it is briefly comprehended,” summed up. The element “head” in the compound verb need not appear in translation; as it does not in either A. V. or R. V. (which reads “sum up”). But the Lord is so markedly seen in this Epistle (Ephesians 1:22Ephesians 4:15Ephesians 5:23; and see 1 Corinthians 11:3Colossians 1:18Colossians 2:10Colossians 2:19) as the Head of the Church that a special reference to the thought and word seems to us almost certain here. We render, accordingly, to sum up all things in Christ as Head.—“In Christ” will here import a vital and organic connexion; as so often.
    both which are in heaven, &c.] Here, and in the close parallel, Colossians 1:20, the context favours the reference of “all things” to the subjects of spiritual redemption who are in view through the whole passage; not explicitly to the Universe, in the largest sense of that word. More precisely, regenerate men are specially intended by “the things on earth,” as distinguished from “the things in heaven,” the angelic race, which also is “made subject” to the glorified Christ (1 Peter 3:22, and see Colossians 2:10). The meaning here will thus be that under the supreme Headship of the Son were to be gathered, with the “elect angels” (1 Timothy 5:21), all “the children of God scattered abroad” (John 11:52); the true members of the universal Church. So, nearly, St Chrysostom interprets the passage; making the meaning to be that “both to angels and to men the Father has appointed one Head, according to the flesh, that is Christ.” (He has previously explained the verb (see last note) to mean “sum up,” “gather together;” but here recognizes an additional reference to the Headship of Christ.)—See further Appendix A.
    A. HEADSHIP OF CHRIST WITH RELATION TO THE UNIVERSE
    In the Commentary, on ch. Ephesians 1:10, we have advocated the restriction of the reference of the Headship to the Lord’s connexion with the Church. This is by no means to ignore His connexion with the whole created Universe; a truth expressly taught in the Holy Scriptures (see esp. John 1:3, and Colossians 1:16, though the latter passage makes its main reference to personal existences, not to merely material things). The connexion of the Eternal and Incarnate Son with the created World is indicated to us, directly and indirectly, as a profound and manifold connexion. But on a careful view of the whole teaching of the Ephesian Epistle we think it will be seen that the Epistle does not, so to speak, look this way with its revelations and doctrines, but is occupied supremely with the Lord’s relations with His Church, and with other intelligent existences through it. And we doubt whether the imagery of the Head is anywhere (if not here) to be found used with reference to the Universe at large, material and immaterial alike.”

23.)   CREATED IN CHRIST FOR GOOD WORKS

Eph 2:10, “For we are His workmanship, created in 

Christ Jesus for good works, which God prepared 

beforehand so that we would walk in them.”

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

  1.  For, &c.] The connexion is, “works are not the antecedent, but the consequent, of your acceptance in Christ; for the true statement of the case is, that you were re-made, re-born, in order to work the will of God.”
    his] Strongly emphatic. “It is He that made us, and not we ourselves” (Psalm 100:3).
    workmanship] Better, making. The Gr. word (poiêma) is not akin to that rendered “works” (erga) in the passage, so that there is no intended antithesis.—“Making:”—i.e., He has made us what we are, members of His Son. The noun does not necessarily give the precise idea of a new “creation;” it may mean only an appointment to position. But the two, as a fact, coincide in this matter.—In Romans 1:20 (its only other place in N.T.) the word is used of God’s handiworks in nature.
    created] A frequent word, in spiritual connexions, with St Paul. Cp. Ephesians 2:15Ephesians 4:242 Corinthians 5:17Galatians 6:15Colossians 3:10. As in the sphere of nature, so in that of grace, it means essentially the making of a new state of things, whether in a Universe or a personality; implying indeed the omnipotence which originally willed the very material into existence, but not necessarily dwelling on this; rather giving the thought of first, or new, arrangement.—In practice, the thought of the sovereignty of the Worker’s will lies in the use of the word.
    in Christ Jesus] The third occurrence of these words within five verses.—The Church was “created in” Him, in that its very existence as such depends on vital union with Him.
    unto good works] Lit., “upon good works,” i.e., as interpreted by usage, “with a view to them.” The same construction and meaning appear Galatians 5:131 Thessalonians 4:7 (A.V., “unto uncleanness); 2 Timothy 2:14 (A.V., “to the subverting”).
    hath before ordained] Lit., and better, did prepare beforehand; on the ideal occasion of His planning the salvation and the function of His true Church. The phrase does not state, but surely implies, the happy truth that the Divine pre-arrangement so maps out, as it were, the duties and the sufferings of the saint that his truest wisdom and deepest peace is to “do the next thing” in the daily path, in the persuasion that it is part of a consistent plan for him. There are some admirable remarks in this direction in Monod’s Adieux à ses amis et à l’ Église, no. 14; “Le secret d’une vie sainte, active et paisible[33]”.
    [33] The book has been translated, as A. Monod’s Farewell.”

24.)  In Christ have been brought near by the blood of Christ.

Eph 2:13, “But now in Christ Jesus you who 

previously were far away have been brought near by the blood of Christ.”

Benson Commentary

Ephesians 2:13-14But now in Christ Jesus — In consequence of your union with him, and your interest in him by faith, ye, who formerly were far off — From God and his people, (as in Ephesians 2:12,) are made nigh to both, by the blood of Christ — Whereby he hath atoned for your sins, and opened a free and honourable way for your approaching God, and becoming entitled to all the privileges of his people. For he is our peace — Not only as he purchased it, and confers it on such as truly believe in him, but as he is the very bond and centre of the union of believers with God and each other; who hath made both — Believing Jews and Gentiles, one church, one flock of Christ. This union of the Jews and the Gentiles, so as to make them one people, was foretold by our Lord, when he said, (John 10:16,) Other sheep I have which are not of this fold: are not Jews; and they shall hear my voice, and there shall be one fold: Greek, μια ποιμνηone flock, though in different folds, and one shepherd. The apostle here describes, 1st, The conjunction of the Gentiles with Israel, Ephesians 2:14-15; and, 2d, The conjunction of both with God, Ephesians 2:16-18And hath broken down the middle wall of partition — The ceremonial law, which the apostle here compares to that wall in the Jewish temple, which separated the court of Israel from the court of the Gentiles. For many of the rites of that law could be performed nowhere but in the temple of Jerusalem. But Christ, having now taken away that law, and prescribed, under the gospel, a spiritual form of worship, which may be performed everywhere, he hath thereby provided for joining Jews and Gentiles in one church, and making them all one people in God: a union which could not have taken place if the Mosaic law had been continued. For the worship of God, as to various branches of it, being confined by that law to the temple at Jerusalem, the greatest part of the Gentiles could certainly not have come thither to worship with the Jews.”

24.)  The promise in Christ Jesus through the Gospel

Eph 3:6, “to be specific, that the Gentiles are fellow heirs and fellow members of the body, and fellow partakers of the promise in Christ 

Jesus through the Gospel.

Ellicott’s Commentary for English Readers

  •  That the Gentiles should be fellowheirs.—More exactly, are fellow-heirs, admitted already fully in God’s councils, as partially in actual fact to the kingdom of God.

And of the same body, and [fellow-] partakers of his promise.—These three words (of which the last two are peculiar to this Epistle) evidently describe progressive steps in the work of salvation. First comes the acceptance by God to a share in the inheritance, as “heirs of God, and joint-heirs with Christ” (Romans 8:17); next, incorporation into the mystical body of Christ; lastly, the actual enjoyment of a share in the promise—that is, all the spiritual blessings of the covenant, called “promises” because, though real in themselves, they are only an earnest of the hereafter. At every point stress is laid on their fellowship with Israel in all these gifts. The shoots of the wild olive (Romans 11:17) are first chosen out, then “grafted in,” and lastly “partake with the natural branches of the root and fatness of the olive tree.”

In Christ by the gospel.—These words should be joined with all the three preceding. Of all the privileges of the new life, the being “in Christ” is the substance, the reception of the gospel in faith the instrument.”

25.)   As God in Christ also has forgiven you.

Eph 4:32, “Be kind to one another, compassionate, forgiving each other, just as God in Christ also has forgiven you.”

Gill’s Exposition of the Entire Bible

And be ye kind one to another,…. Good, affable, courteous; which appears in looks, words, and actions; by looking pleasantly on each other, speaking kindly to one another, and mutually doing every good office that lies in their way, and in their power:

tender hearted: which is opposed to a being hard hearted to them that are in distress, and close at hand to the needy; to cruelty and severity to such who are subject to them, or have injured them; and to a rigid and censorious spirit to them that are fallen:

forgiving one another, even as God for Christ’s sake hath forgiven you; whatever offences are given, or injuries done by the saints one to another, and so far as they are committed against them, they should forgive, and should pray to God for one another, that he would manifest his forgiveness of them, as committed against him; and this should be done in like manner as God forgives in Christ, and for his sake; that is, fully and freely, and from their hearts; and so as to forget the offences, and not to upbraid them with them hereafter; yea, they should forgive them before they repent, and without asking for it, and that for Christ’s sake, and because they are members of his: the Complutensian edition reads, “even as Christ hath forgiven us”: the Arabic version also reads us, and so some copies: the words may be rendered, “giving freely to one another, even as God in Christ has given freely to you”; saints should give freely to one another, for outward support, where it is needful; and should impart spiritual gifts and experience for inward comfort, where it is wanted, and as they have ability; and that from this consideration, that all they have, whether in temporals or spirituals, is freely given by God in Christ, and for his sake; with whom he freely gives them all things; in whom he has given them grace, and blessed them with all spiritual blessings; as peace, pardon, righteousness, and eternal life.”

26.)  The peace of God will guard your hearts and minds in Christ

Phl 4:7, “And the peace of God, which surpasses all 

comprehension, will guard your hearts and minds in

Christ Jesus.”

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

  •  And] An important link. The coming promise of the Peace of God is not isolated, but in deep connexion.
    the peace of God] The chastened but glad tranquillity, caused by knowledge of the God of peace, and given by His Spirit to our spirit. Cp. Colossians 3:15 (where read, “the peace of Christ”); John 14:27. The long and full previous context all leads up to this; the view of our acceptance in and for Christ alone (Php 3:3-9); the deepening knowledge of the living Lord and His power (10); the expectation, in the path of spiritual obedience, of a blessed future (11–21); watchful care over communion with Christ, and over a temper befitting the Gospel, and over the practice of prayer (Php 4:1-6).
    Here is the true “Quietism” of the Scriptures.
    all understanding] “All mind,” “all thinking power.” Our truest reason recognizes that this peace exists, because God exists; our articulate reasoning cannot overtake its experiences; they are always above, below, beyond. Cp. Ephesians 3:19.
    shall keep] Observe the definite promise; not merely an aspiration, or even an invocation. Cp. Isaiah 26:3. The Latin versions, mistakenly, read custodiat.
    R.V., shall guard. This is better, except as it breaks in on the immemorial music of the Benediction. All the older English versions have “keep”, except the Genevan, which has “defend.” “Guard” (or “defend”) represents correctly the Greek verb, which is connected with nouns meaning “garrison,” “fort,” and the like, and also prevents the mistake of explaining the sentence—“shall keep you in Christ, prevent you from going out of Christ.” What it means is that, “in Christ Jesus,” who is the one true spiritual Region of blessing, the peace of God shall protect the soul against its foes. hearts] The word in Scripture includes the whole “inner man”; understanding, affections, will.
    minds] Lit. and better, thoughts, acts of mind. The holy serenity of the believer’s spirit, in Christ Jesus, shall be the immediate means of shielding even the details of mental action from the tempter’s power. Cp. Ephesians 6:16, where the “faith” which accepts and embraces the promise occupies nearly the place given here to the peace which is the substance of the promise.
    through Christ Jesus] Lit. and better, in.—See last note but two.”

27.)  Supply all your needs according to His riches in Christ

Phl 4:19,  “And my God will supply all your needs according to His riches in glory in 

Christ Jesus.”

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

  1.  But] R.V., “And.” But surely there is a slight contrast meant, to an implied wish that he could send back some material requital of his own to alleviate their “deep poverty” (2 Corinthians 8:2).
    my God] Words deeply characteristic of St Paul. See on Php 1:3 above. Bp Lightfoot well remarks that the phrase is specially in point here; the Apostle is thinking of what God on his behalf shall do for others.
    shall supply] Promise, not only aspiration. He is sure of His faithfulness.—“Supply”:—lit., “fill,” pouring His bounty into the void of the “need.”
    all your need] R.V., somewhat better, every need of yours. See again, 2 Corinthians 8:2, where the exceptional poverty of the converts of Northern Greece is referred to. The prominent thought here is, surely, that of temporal poverty. Cp. particularly 2 Corinthians 9:8, where the first reference seems to be to God’s ability to supply to His self-denying servants always more from which they may still spare and give. But neither here nor in 2 Cor. are we for a moment to shut out the widest and deepest applications of the truth stated.
    his riches in glory] His resources, consisting in, and so lodged in, His own “glory” of Divine power and love. Cp. Romans 6:4, and note in this Series, for a similar use of the word “glory.”—Bp Lightfoot prefers to connect “shall supply, in glory, your need, according to His riches,” and he explains the thought to be, “shall supply your need by placing you in glory.” But we venture to think this construction needlessly difficult.—Anything in which God is “glorified” (see e. g. Galatians 1:24) is, as it were, a reflection of His holy glory, and a result of it. Tender providential goodness to the poor Philippians would be such a result.
    On St Paul’s love of the word “riches” in Divine connexions, cp. Ephesians 1:7, and note in this Series.
    in Christ Jesus] “in whom dwelleth all the fulness of the Godhead,” “in whom” the saints are “filled,” as regards all their needs (Colossians 2:9-10). The “glory” of both grace and providence is lodged, for His people, in Him.”

28.)   Present every person complete in Christ

Col 1:28, “We proclaim Him, admonishing every 

person and teaching every person with all 

wisdom, so that we may present every person

complete in Christ.”

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

  •  we] Emphatic. He has the alien emissaries in mind.
    preach] Slightly better, as R.V., proclaim. The Greek word recurs with Christ as its living Object, Acts 17:3Php 1:16Php 1:18.
    warning] Better, as R.V., admonishing; a word which is rather more general in its scope. The kindred noun occurs Ephesians 6:4.
    every man … every man … every man] Perhaps this solemn emphasis has a double reference; (a) as Lightfoot, to the universality of the Gospel, whose “counsels of perfection” are not (as the false teachers would have it, in their “Gospel”) for a privileged inner circle of votaries but for every one without exception who comes to Jesus Christ; and (b) to the fact that in this universality the individual is never lost or merged in the community; each soul, each life, as if there were no other, is to be “perfect in Christ.”
    in all wisdom] In the whole field of that holy “wisdom” which is not a mere mass of knowledge but the principles and secrets of a life of faith and love. It is better to explain this phrase thus than as meaning that “we” teach with perfect wisdom. This would less fully bring out the emphasis (so strong in the Greek) of “every” “all,” in this verse. The point is that every disciple may and should learn every secret of grace. There are no spiritual secrets behind the Gospel.
    that we may present] when the Lord returns, and the pastor “gives his account” (Hebrews 13:17). See for another side of the same prospect, Ephesians 5:27.
    perfectTeleion. In this word Lightfoot sees a technical term of the pagan “mysteries,” borrowed and adapted for the Gospel. In the mysteries, the teleios, or “perfect,” was the man who had passed his novitiate and was fully instructed. The term was certainly used by the Gnostics of the sub-apostolic age to denote the man who had passed from mere “faith” (so called) into “knowledge” (so called). See Lightfoot’s full and instructive note, in which he further remarks that the word “perfect” is early used in Christian literature to distinguish the baptized man from the catechumen. But we doubt whether the word here can with any certainty be viewed as quasi-technical, or however whether such can be its main bearing. It appears in e.g. Matthew 5:48, with the apparent meaning of spiritual entirety, whole-heartedness, in the life of love; and cp. 1 Corinthians 14:20Hebrews 5:14; where it is “full-grown,” adult, as different from infantine. So Ephesians 4:13, and perhaps James 3:21 John 4:18. Not initiation so much as developed maturity of conscience, faith, life, experience is the thought of this passage.
    in Christ Jesus] vital union with whom is the sine quâ non of growth and maturity, because of spiritual life altogether.—The word “Jesus” is to be omitted, by documentary evidence.

29.)  The dead in Christ will rise first

1Th 4:16, “For the Lord Himself will descend from Heaven with a   shout, with the voice of the archangel and with the trumpet of God, and the dead in Christ will rise first.”

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

16For the Lord Himself] “In His personal august presence” (Ellicott). Comp. 2 Thessalonians 2:162 Thessalonians 3:16, for this kind of emphasis; also Ch. 1 Thessalonians 3:111 Thessalonians 5:23, “God Himself:” in each case we feel the majesty with which God (or “the Lord”) rises above all human doings and desires.
with a shout] Strictly, word of command, or signal,—the shout with which the general gives the order to his troops, or the captain to his crew. Such “command” might be given either by voice,—his own or another’s; or through a trumpet: both are added here, to complete the Impressive picture,—With the voice of an archangel, and with the trumpet of God.
We must not look for literal exactness where things are depicted beyond the reach of sense. These three may form but one idea, that of “the voice of the Son of God,” by which the dead will be called forth (John 5:28), Christ’s “command” being expressed by an “archangel’s voice,” and that again constituting the “trumpet of God.” Christ predicted His return attended by angels (Matthew 24:31Matthew 25:31; comp. 2 Thessalonians 1:7); and the Divine voice of the Book of Revelation is constantly uttered by an “angel,” or “mighty angel” (Revelation 5:2Revelation 7:2; &c.). In the same Book voice and trumpet are identified, where St John describing the glorified Son of Man says, “I heard behind me a great voice, as of a trumpet talking with me” (Revelation 1:10Revelation 1:12Revelation 4:1). This verse, like the above passages of the Apocalypse, echoes the words of Christ in Matthew 24:31 : “He shall send forth His angels with a trumpet of great voice.” In 1 Corinthians 15:52 the whole is described in one word: “The-trumpet-shall-sound, and the dead shall be raised.”
This is the military trumpet, like “word of command” above, by which the Lord of Hosts musters and marshals His array. Comp. ch. 1 Thessalonians 5:8, with its “breastplate” and “helmet;” see note. “As a Commander rouses his sleeping soldiers, so the Lord calls up His dead, and bids them shake off the fetters of the grave and rise anew to waking life” (Hofmann).
St Paul does not write “the Archangel,” as though pointing to some known Angelic Chief who is to blow this trumpet; his words are, with an archangel’s voice, indicating the majesty and power of the heavenly summons. This is the earliest example of the title archangel. In Judges 9 we read of “Michael the archangel”—an expression probably based on Daniel 12:1, “Michael the great prince” (LXX: “the great angel;” comp. Revelation 12:7, where “Michael and his angels” are arrayed against “the Dragon and his angels”). Of equal rank with Michael is Gabriel, the angel of comfort and good tidings in Daniel 8:16Daniel 9:21, and Luke 1:19Luke 1:26. The military style of this passage suits rather the character of Michael. Amongst the seven chief angels recognised at this time in Jewish teaching, Raphael stood nearest to the two that appear in the New Testament (Tob 12:15). St Paul probably ranged the Archangels amongst the Principalities (Greek Archai) to which he refers in Romans 8:38 (angels and principalities), Ephesians 1:21Ephesians 3:10Colossians 1:6Colossians 2:10Colossians 2:15. See the Article on Angels in Smith’s Dictionary of Christian Antiquities.
the Lord Himself, &c.… will descend from heaven. See note on ch. 1 Thessalonians 1:10. These words close the sentence, the accompaniments of the descent being first described, and then the descent itself, with solemn brevity and an effect of peculiar grandeur.
and the dead in Christ] This gives us the key to the Apostle’s meaning throughout. Being “in Christ,” having died as they lived in Him, nothing can part them from Him, “neither death nor life” (Romans 8:38). And when He returns in bodily presence, their bodies must rise to meet Him and do Him homage.
shall rise first] Not before the other dead, as though theirs were a select and separate resurrection (comp. John 5:28-29); the antithesis is plainly given in the next verse,—“first,” i.e. before the living saints: “we shall not take precedence of them, but rather they of us.”

30.)  Granted to us in Christ from all eternity

2Ti 1:9. “who saved us and called us with a holy calling, not according to our works, but according to His own purpose and grace, which was granted to us in Christ Jesus from all eternity.”

Matthew Poole’s Commentary

Who hath saved us; that is, brought us into a state of salvation, and given us a right to it.
And called us with an holy calling; and, in order to our obtaining it, hath effectually called, renewed, and sanctified us.
Not according to our works; not for any merits of ours.
But according to his own purpose and grace; but from his own free love purposing and decreeing eternal salvation to us, with the means adequate to it.
Which was given us in Christ Jesus; to be obtained through the merits and mediation of Jesus Christ.
Before the world began; which purpose of his was before the foundation of the world was laid, and therefore could not be according to our works, but must be of his own grace, Ephesians 1:4 Titus 3:5.

31.)  Live in godly way in Christ

2Ti 3:12, “Indeed, all who want to live in a godly 

way in Christ Jesus will be persecuted.”

Gill’s Exposition of the Entire Bible

Yea, and all that will live godly in Christ Jesus,…. All that live according to the will of God revealed in his word; and to the glory of God, as the end of all their actions; and which the grace of God in the Gospel, and in their own hearts, teaches them; and who have the principles of a godly life from Christ, and derive the fresh supplies of grace and life from him, to maintain it; in whom their life is hid, and who live by faith upon him; all such that live, and that will live so, are desirous of living after this manner; in whom God has wrought in them both to will and to do, and are concerned when it is otherwise with them: these

shall suffer persecution; it is the will of God, and the appointment of heaven; Christ has foretold it, that so it shall be; and he the head has suffered it himself, and it is necessary that his members should, that they may be conformed unto him; it is the way Christ himself went to glory, and through many tribulations his people must enter the kingdom; and this is the common lot and certain case of all the saints, in one shape or another; for though all do not suffer confiscation of goods, beating, scourging, imprisonment, or a violent death; yet all are more or less afflicted and distressed by wicked men, and are subject to their reproaches and revilings, which are a branch of persecution; and that for professing Christ, and living a godly life in him and under his influence: and since such suffer as Christians, and not as evildoers; and this is the common condition of the people of God, in this world, it should not be thought strange, but be cheerfully endured; to encourage to which is the apostle’s view in this passage.”

32.)  Be strong in the grace that is in Christ

2Ti 2:1, “You therefore, my son, be strong in the grace that is in Christ Jesus.

Ellicott’s Commentary for English Readers

II.

  •  Thou therefore, my son, be strong in the grace that is in Christ Jesus.—St. Paul, after the reference to the faithless Asiatics and the true loyal Onesiphorus, with which he interrupted his exhortation, turns again to Timothy. Thou therefore (oun)my son, considering what has taken place, be strong. It is as though he said, Imitate the one loyal follower, and make up to me for the faithless conduct of so many false friends. “Thou, then, be strong,” but not as men understand strength or firmness; but do thou be strong “in the grace that is in Christ Jesus”—that is, be strong in the power of that inward sanctification which enables a man to will and to do according to what God has commanded, in the power of that inward sanctification which alone proceeds from Christ, and which will never be wanting to any one who is in Christ; in other words, “Be strong in the Lord, and in the power of His might” (Ephesians 6:10).”

33.)  Who called you to His eternal glory in Christ

1Pe 5:10, “After you have suffered for a little while, the God of all grace, Who called you to His eternal glory in Christ, will Himself perfect, confirm, strengthen, and 

establish you.”

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

10But the God of all grace] Rather, as there is no implied contrast, “And the God of all grace.” The epithet, like “the God of all comfort,” in 2 Corinthians 1:3, implies that God is the Author and Giver of all grace that the child of God needs. In connexion with this attribute of God, there follows the fact that He had called those to whom the Apostle writes to nothing less than a share in His “eternal glory.” It may be noted, as bearing on the question as to the authorship of the Second Epistle, that the same description occurs there also (2 Peter 1:3). But this calling is “in Christ,” i.e not merely by Him as the instrument through whom the call came, but as being “in Him,” i.e. by virtue of our union with Him.
after that ye have suffered a while] Literally, suffered a little; but the context, contrasting the transient suffering with the eternal glory, as well as the use of the same adverb in chap. 1 Peter 1:6, justifies us in taking the word of time rather than degree.
make you perfect, stablish, strengthen, settle you] The English verb follows the Received Text in taking the Greek verb as optative. Most of the better MSS., however, give the future tense, “will make you perfect …,” expressing not the prayer of the Apostle, but his firm and steadfast confidence. Each verb has a distinct meaning. That for “make you perfect” implies, as in Matthew 4:21Luke 6:401 Corinthians 1:10, restoring to completeness; that for “stablish,” as 2 Thessalonians 2:172 Thessalonians 3:3, the fixity of Christians; that for “strengthen” (not found elsewhere in the New Testament) giving power to resist attack. In “settle” (literally, to lay a foundation), as in Matthew 7:25Luke 6:48, which may well have been in the Apostle’s thoughts, we have the idea of building up the spiritual life upon Christ as the one foundation (1 Corinthians 3:11).erfect, confirm, strengthen, and establish you.”

34.)  While we were still sinners, Christ died for us

Rom 5:8, “But God demonstrates His own love toward us, in that while we were still sinners, Christ died for us.”

Pulpit Commentary

Verse 8. – But God commendeth his own love towards us, in that, while we were yet sinners, Christ died for us. The emphatic “his own” is lost sight of in the Authorized Version. It is not in contrast to our love to God, but expressive of the thought that the love of God himself towards men was displayed in the death of Christ. This is important for our true conception of the light in which the mysterious doctrine of the atonement is regarded in Holy Scripture. It is not (as represented by some schools of theologians) that the Son, considered apart from the Father, offered himself to appease his wrath – as seems to be expressed in the lines, “Actus in crucem factus es Irato Deo victima” – but rather that the Divine love itself purposed from eternity and provided the atonement, all the Persons of the holy and undivided Trinity concurring to effect it (cf. Romans 3:24Romans 8:32Ephesians 2:42 Thessalonians 2:16John 3:161 John 4:10et al.). If it be asked how this Divine love, displayed in the atonement, and therefore previous to it, is consistent with what is elsewhere so continually said of the Divine wrath, we answer that the ideas are not irreconcilable. The wrath expresses God’s necessary antagonism to sin, and the retribution due to it, inseparable from a true conception of the Divine righteousness; and as long as men arc under the dominion of sin they are of necessity involved in it: But this is not inconsistent with ever-abiding Divine love towards the persons of sinners, or with an eternal purpose to redeem them. It may be added here that the passage Before us intimates our Lord’s essential Deity; for his sacrifice of himself is spoken of as the display of God’s own love. Romans 5:8.”

In Christ you have so many heavenly blessings that you can find in no other person, the grace and love of God, redemption, sanctification, freedom, triumph and truth, eternal life and much more. You must not neglect so great a salvation. To repent of your sins and believe in the Lord Jesus as your Lord and Savior is the right thing to do.

You can do it now.

WILLLIE WONG THOUGHT

WILLIE WONG

https://williewong.cw.center

DECEMBER 4, 2025

https://williewong.cw.center

Copyright © 2018 – 2025 by Willie Wong

All African nations, South America, Asia and the world, where can you find a country which does not have large national debts and deficits? Africa is different because for 500 years, not one country has become self-sufficient and solvent, they glorify with their primitive cultures and brag about their scientists and experts, joy to kill each other. International aid actually fuel their official corruption. Any nation that shares destinies with Africa will be doomed! No resources can fill the Black holes! The international community should leave Africa alone, let them do or die.

China modernization must focus that every village will have:

  1. Electricity.
  2. Running water to drink and wash.
  3. Gas to cook and heat.
  4. Internet.
  5. Livelihood.

*ALL PEOPLE

*ALL PEOPLE

*Our mission is to preach the Gospel of Jesus Christ absolutely free. We do not want donation. We only want you to know the truth. 

BY WILLIE WONG

1.)   Job 37:7, “He seals the hand of every person,

So that all people may know His work.

All people must include you.

Gill’s Exposition of the Entire Bible

He sealeth up the hand of every man,…. That is, by deep snows and heavy rains being on the earth; where, as travellers are stopped in their journeys, and cannot proceed, so various artificers are hindered from their work, and husbandmen especially from their employment in the fields; so that their hands are as it were shut up and sealed, that they cannot work with them. Sephorno interprets this of the fruits and increase of the earth being produced and brought to perfection by means of the snow and rain, and so gathered by and into the hands of men; whereby they are led to observe the work of God and his goodness herein, and so to love and fear him; which he takes to be the sense of the following clause,

that all men may know his work; either their own work; what they have to do at home when they cannot work abroad; or that they may have leisure to reflect upon their moral ways and works, and consider how deficient they are: or rather the work of God; that they may know and own the snow and rain are his work, and depend upon his will; or that they may have time and opportunity of considering and meditating on the works of God, in nature, providence, and grace. Some choose to read the words, “that all men of his work may know” (l); may know him the author of their beings, and the God of their mercies. For all men are the work of his hands; he has made them, and not they themselves; and the end of all God’s dealings with them is, that they may know him, fear, serve, and glorify him.”

2.)   Psa 64:9, “Then all people will fear, and they will

declare the work of God, and will consider what He has done.”

Barnes’ Notes on the Bible

And all men shall fear – That is, a deep impression would be made, not only on the associates and companions of the wicked, but on all that should hear of what was done. People, in view of the just punishment of the wicked, would learn to reverence God, and to stand in awe of One so powerful and so just. Judgments, punishment, wrath, are adapted and designed to make a deep impression on mankind. On this principle, the final punishment of the wicked will make a deep and salutary impression on the universe forever.

And shall declare the work of God – Shall make it known to others. It will become a subject of conversation, or they will talk about it, as illustrating the divine perfections and character. Such should always be the effect of the judgments of God, for they illustrate his true character; they make known his attributes; they convey to the world lessons of the utmost importance. Nothing is more proper than to talk about the judgments of God, and to endeavor to derive from them the instructions which they are adapted to convey about the divine nature, and the principles of the administration under which the universe is placed. Wars, pestilences, famines, earthquakes, conflagrations, inundations, diseases, all teach important lessons about God; and each one bears its own special message to mankind.

For they shall wisely consider of his doing – They shall attentively and carefully consider it; they shall endeavor to derive such lessons from his dealings as they are suited to convey. In other words, an attentive consideration of his doings will contribute to maintain a just knowledge of world in subjection to him. God is thus always speaking to human beings; and nothing is more proper for human beings than to give their minds to a careful consideration of what is really intended to be taught us by the events which are occurring in his providential dealings.”

  • )   Psa 116:11, “I said in my alarm, All people are liars.”

Gill’s Exposition of the Entire Bible

I said in my haste, all men are liars. The sin of lying is common to man; there is a natural proneness and propensity to it: men go astray from the womb, speaking lies; yet such who have received the grace of God “put it off” with the rest of “the deeds of the old man”, and are “children that will not lie”. Wherefore, though the greater part of mankind might deserve this character, yet all and every individual of them did not. However degenerate the age was in which David lived, and the faithful among men were few; yet there were some to whom this imputation did not belong; and therefore, on cool reflection, he owned it was said “in haste”; not with thought and deliberation, but rashly and precipitately, unadvisedly, in a passion, and under a temptation, and when off of his guard; and which he acknowledged and repented of. The Targum is,

“I said in my flight;”

when he made haste and fled from Saul, whom he might call a liar and dissembler, pretending respect to him when he had none; and also his courtiers; nay, even Samuel himself, who had anointed him, and assured him he should be king; and yet now he thought he had deceived him, and he should perish by the hand of Saul, and never come to the kingdom, 1 Samuel 27:1; or when he fled from his son Absalom, whom he might call a liar, who had deceived him with the pretence of a vow; and also Ahithophel and others, who proved treacherous and unfaithful to him. Some take the words in a quite different sense, as an instance of his great faith; that when he was so greatly afflicted, and obliged to fly, yet declared that every man that should say he should not come to the kingdom was a liar; so Kimchi: and others think his meaning is, that every man is a liar in comparison of God, who is true and faithful to his promises, and not a man, that he should lie. Men of both high and low degree are a lie and vanity, and not to be trusted and depended upon; but a man may safely put confidence in the Lord; to this agrees Romans 3:4; where the apostle seems to have some respect to this passage.”

Jesus says, Jhn 17:3, “And this is eternal life, that they may know You, the only true God, and Jesus Christ whom You have sent.”

  • )   Luk 21:17, “and you will be hated by all people because of My name.”

Matthew Henry’s Concise Commentary

21:5-28 With much curiosity those about Christ ask as to the time when the great desolation should be. He answers with clearness and fulness, as far as was necessary to teach them their duty; for all knowledge is desirable as far as it is in order to practice. Though spiritual judgements are the most common in gospel times, yet God makes use of temporal judgments also. Christ tells them what hard things they should suffer for his name’s sake, and encourages them to bear up under their trials, and to go on in their work, notwithstanding the opposition they would meet with. God will stand by you, and own you, and assist you. This was remarkably fulfilled after the pouring out of the Spirit, by whom Christ gave his disciples wisdom and utterance. Though we may be losers for Christ, we shall not, we cannot be losers by him, in the end. It is our duty and interest at all times, especially in perilous, trying times, to secure the safety of our own souls. It is by Christian patience we keep possession of our own souls, and keep out all those impressions which would put us out of temper. We may view the prophecy before us much as those Old Testament prophecies, which, together with their great object, embrace, or glance at some nearer object of importance to the church. Having given an idea of the times for about thirty-eight years next to come, Christ shows what all those things would end in, namely, the destruction of Jerusalem, and the utter dispersion of the Jewish nation; which would be a type and figure of Christ’s second coming. The scattered Jews around us preach the truth of Christianity; and prove, that though heaven and earth shall pass away, the words of Jesus shall not pass away. They also remind us to pray for those times when neither the real, nor the spiritual Jerusalem, shall any longer be trodden down by the Gentiles, and when both Jews and Gentiles shall be turned to the Lord. When Christ came to destroy the Jews, he came to redeem the Christians that were persecuted and oppressed by them; and then had the churches rest. When he comes to judge the world, he will redeem all that are his from their troubles. So fully did the Divine judgements come upon the Jews, that their city is set as an example before us, to show that sins will not pass unpunished; and that the terrors of the Lord, and his threatenings against impenitent sinners, will all come to pass, even as his word was true, and his wrath great upon Jerusalem.”

  • )   Jhn 2:24, “But Jesus, on His part, was not entrusting Himself to them, because He knew all people.”

Barnes’ Notes on the Bible

Did not commit himself – The word translated “commit” here is the same which in John 2:23 is translated “believed.” It means to put “trust” or “confidence in.” Jesus did not put “trust” or “reliance” in them. He did not leave himself in their hands. He acted cautiously and prudently. The proper time for him to die had not come, and he secured his own safety. The reason why he did not commit himself to them is “that he knew all men.” He knew the “inconstancy” and “fickleness” of the multitude. He knew how easily they might be turned against him by the Jewish leaders, and how unsafe he would be if they should be moved to sedition and tumult.”

Human beings are very funny, we trust people we know.

  • )   Jhn 12:32,  “And I, if I am lifted up from the earth, will draw all people to Myself.”

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

  •  And I] ‘I’ is very emphatic in opposition to ‘the ruler of this world.’ The glorified Christ will rule men’s hearts in place of the devil.
    be lifted up] Raised up to heaven by means of the Cross: we need not, as in John 3:14 and John 8:28, confine the meaning to the Crucifixion, although the lifting up on the Cross may be specially indicated. The words ‘from the earth’ (literally, out of the earth) seem to point to the Ascension; yet the Cross itself, apparently so repulsive, has through Christ’s Death become an attraction; and this may be the meaning here. For the hypothetical form ‘if I be lifted up,’ comp. ‘if I go,’ John 14:3. In both cases Christ is concerned not with the time of the act, but with the consequences of it; hence He does not say ‘when,’ but ‘if.’
    will draw] There are two Greek words for ‘draw’ in the N.T., one of which necessarily implies violence, the other does not: it is the latter that is used here and in John 6:44; the former is used Acts 14:19Acts 17:6. Man’s will is free; he can refuse to be drawn: and there is no violence; the attraction is moral. We see from John 6:44 that before the ‘lifting up’ it is the Father who draws men to the Son.
    all men] Not only the Jews represented by the Twelve, but the Gentiles represented by these Greeks.unto me] Better, unto Myself, up from the earth.”
  • )   Jhn 13:35, “By this all people will know that you are My disciples: if you have love for one another.”

Ellicott’s Commentary for English Readers

  •  By this shall all men know that ye are my disciples.—The thought of their state of orphanage when He should depart from them is still present. He gives them a bond of union, by which they should always be linked to Him and to each other in the principle of love. The followers of great Teachers and Rabbis had their distinctive marks. Here was the distinctive Christian mark, which all men should be able to read. It is instructive that the characteristic mark of Christianity should thus be asserted by its Founder to consist, not in any formulary or signs, but in the love which asserts the brotherhood of man. The apologists of the first centuries delighted in appealing to the striking fact of the common love of Christians, which was a new thing in the history of mankind; and while the Church has sometimes forgotten the characteristic, the world never has. By their love for each other, for mankind, for God, is it known or denied that men who call themselves Christians are really Christ’s disciples.”

Do you think Christians all over the world love one another? I don’t think so. For one thing, white Christians think and act they are superior, they look down on everyone. I also discover “evangelical monopoly” practiced by many white believers who are sound in the faith.

  • )  Act 17:25, “nor is He served by human hands, as though He needed anything, since He Himself gives to all people life and breath and all things.”

Gill’s Exposition of the Entire Bible

Neither is worshipped with men’s hands,…. Or “served” with them; or “ministered unto” by them, as the Syriac version renders it: and the sense is, that men by worshipping God do not give anything to him, that can be of any use or service to him; he, being God all sufficient, stands in need of nothing; for external worship is not here intended by worshipping with men’s hands, in distinction from, and opposition to, internal worship, or to the worship of God with the heart; but that whether it be with the one or with the other, or both, nothing is given to God, as adding any thing to his essential glory and happiness:

as though he needed anything; for he does not, he is “El Shaddai”, God all sufficient; nor can anything be given to him, he has not; or otherwise all perfection would not be in him: but that he cannot be indigent of anything, appears from hence,

seeing he giveth to all life and breath; or “the breath of life”, as the Ethiopic version renders it; this God breathed into man at first, and he became a living soul; and every animate creature, everyone that has life and breath, have them from God; he gives them to them, and continues them:

and all things; that are enjoyed by them, and are necessary for their subsistence, and for the comfort of life, and for both their use and profit, and for their delight and pleasure; wherefore he that gives them all things, cannot want anything himself, nor receive anything at their hands. This clause is left out in the Syriac, Arabic, and Ethiopic versions.”

  • )  Act 17:31, “because He has set a day on which He will judge the world in righteousness through a Man whom He has appointed, having furnished proof to all people by raising Him from the dead.”

God raised Jesus Christ from the dead is a proof to all people that Jesus is appointed Judge of the living and the dead on a set day He will judge the world in righteousness.

Gill’s Exposition of the Entire Bible

Because he hath appointed a day,…. The day of judgment is fixed by God in his eternal purposes, and is sure and certain, and will come, though it is not known by men or angels; and this is a reason why God will have the doctrine of repentance everywhere published, both to Jews and Gentiles, since all must come to judgment: and the day for it is appointed by him,

in the which he will judge the world in righteousness; the whole world will be judged, and every individual in it, good and bad, righteous and wicked; and this judgment will be a righteous one; it will proceed according to the strict rules of justice and equity, and upon the foot of the righteousness of Christ, as that has been received or rejected by men, or as men are clothed with, or are without that righteousness:

by that man whom he hath ordained; Beza’s ancient copy reads, “the man Jesus”: not that the apostle means that Christ is a mere man; for then he would not be fit to be a Judge of quick and dead, and to pass and execute the definitive sentence; which requires omniscience and omnipotence: but preaching to mere Heathens, he chose not at once to assert the deity of Christ, though he tacitly suggests it: but intended, by degrees, to open the glories of his nature and office to them, he being the person God had from all eternity ordained, and in time had signified, should have all judgment committed to him, and by whom the last judgment shall be managed and transacted:

whereof he hath given assurance to all men: or full proof, both of his being the Judge, and of his fitness to be one, and also of the righteousness, according to which he will judge:

in that he hath raised him from the dead; whereby he was declared to be the Son of God; and when all power in heaven and in earth was given to him; and which was done for the justification of all those for whose offences he was delivered: and this seems to be the reason why the apostle calls Christ the Judge a man, that he might have the opportunity of mentioning his resurrection from the dead.”

10.)   Act 22:15, “‘For you will be a witness for Him to all people of what you have seen and heard.”

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

  1.  For thou shalt be his witness, &c.] Thus the commission of the later-called Apostle was in the same terms as those in which Christ had spoken (Acts 1:8) to the eleven before his Ascension.
    unto all men] Paul does not utter the word “Gentiles” until he is forced to do so.
    of what thou hast seen and heard] For by revelation the Apostle was made aware of the whole scope of Christian truth, and of those doctrines which Christ in His life on earth had communicated to the Twelve.”

11.)  Rom 12:17, “Never repay evil for evil to anyone. Respect what is right in the sight of all people.”

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

  1.  Recompense to no man, &c.] Matthew 5:391 Thessalonians 5:15, (a pregnant parallel to this context;) 1 Peter 3:9.
    Provide things honest] Lit. thinking beforehand honourable things; using forethought so as to secure the reality and the appearance of rectitude in your life and its surroundings.
    in the sight of all men] i.e. so that all shall see the results of the forethought, in the absence of all fair ground for scandal; in your well-ordered household, avoidance of debt, attention to civil duties, &c.—“All men:”—here, no doubt, the “all” suggests the duty of avoiding just reproach from without as well as within the Church.—This watchfulness about the opinion of others is anything but a slavery to opinion. It is an anxiety to “adorn the doctrine of God our Saviour in all things.” (Titus 2:10.) It is the very opposite of the tendency to make concessions of principle, or to adopt fashions of opinion as a standard of duty.”

12.)  Rom 12:18, “If possible, so far as it depends on you, be at peace with all people.

Pulpit Commentary

Verses 18-21. – If it be possible, as much as lieth in you, live peaceably with all men. Avenge not yourselves, beloved, but give place unto wrath. The thought in ver. 19 seems to follow from what precedes. It may sometimes be impossible to he at peace with all; but at any rate, do not increase bitterness by avenging yourselves. Give place unto wrath (τῇ ὀργῇ), has been taken by some to mean that we are to give scope to the wrath of our enemy, instead of being exasperated to resist it (cf. Matthew 5:39, etc.). But there has been no particular reference to a wrathful adversary. Another view is that our own wrath is intended, to which we are to allow time to expend itself before following its impulse; δότε τόπον being taken as equivalent to data spatium in Latin (cf. Lactantius, ‘De Ira,’ 18, “Ego vero laudarem, si, cum fuisset iratus, dedis-set irae suae spatium, ut, residente per intervallum temporis animi tumore, haberet modum castigatio.” Also Livy, 8:32, “Legati circumstantes sellam orabant, ut rem in posterum diem differret, et irae suae spatium, et consilio tempus daret.” There seems, however, to be no known instance elsewhere of this use of the Greek phrase. Chrysostom, Augustine, Theodoret, and most commentators, understand the meaning to be that we are to give place to the wrath of God, not presuming to forestall it. The wrath, used absolutely, might be an understood expression for the Divine wrath against sin (cf. Romans 5:91 Thessalonians 1:101 Thessalonians 2:16); and this interpretation suits the usual sense of δότε τόπον. It is not thus implied that the falling of Divine vengeance on our enemy should be our desire and purpose, but only this – that, if punishment is due, we must leave it to the righteous God to inflict it; it is not for us to do so. And this interpretation suits what immediately follows. For it is written, Vengeance is mine; I will repay, saith the Lord (Deuteronomy 32:35, quoted freely from the Hebrew, but with the words ἐκδίκησις and ἀνταποδώσω as found in the LXX. The fact that the same form of quotation occurs also in Hebrews 10:30 seems to show that it was one in current use). But (so rather than wherefore, as in the Authorized Version) if thine enemy hunger, feed him; if he thirst, give him drink; for in so doing thou shalt heap coals of fire on his head. This whole verse is from Proverbs 25:21, 22, where is added, “and the Lord shall reward thee.” What is meant by the “coals of fire,” both in the original and in St. Paul’s citation, has been much discussed. Undoubtedly, the expression in itself, in view of its usual significance in the Old Testament, suggests only the idea of Divine vengeance (see Psalm 18:12Psalm 120:4Psalm 140:10; and especially 2 Esdras 16:53. Cf. also Psalm 11:6Habakkuk 3:5); and this especially as it occurs here almost immediately after “Vengeance is mine.” Hence Chrysostom and other Fathers, as well as some moderns, have taken it to mean that by heaping benefits on our enemy we shall aggravate his guilt, and expose him to severer punishment from God. But it is surely incredible that the apostle should have meant to suggest such a motive for beneficence; and the whole tone of the context is against it, including that of ver. 21, which follows. Jerome saw this, writing,” Carbones igitur congregabis super caput ejus, non in maledictum et condemnationem, ut plerique existimant, sed in correctionem et poenitudinem.” But if the “coals of fire” mean the Divine judgment on our enemy, there is nothing to suggest a corrective purpose. The view, held by some, that the softening effect of fire on metals is intended, is hardly tenable. Heaping coals of fire on a person’s head would be an unnatural way of denoting the softening of his heart. More likely is the view which retains the idea of coals of fire carrying with it, as elsewhere, that of punishment and the infliction of pain, but regards the pain as that of shame and compunction, which may induce penitence. This appears to be the most generally received view. It is, however, a question whether any such effect is definitely in the writer’s view. He may mean simply this: Men in general desire vengeance on their enemies, expressed proverbially by heaping coals of fire on the head. Hast thou an enemy? Do him good. This is the only vengeance, the only coals of fire, allowed to a Christian. Then follows naturally, Be not overcome of evil, but overcome evil with good.”

13.)  1Co 9:19, “For though I am free from all people, I have made myself a slave to all, so that I may gain more.

Gill’s Exposition of the Entire Bible

For though I be free from all men,…. As an apostle, being in the highest office in the church, he had none superior to him, that could exercise any power and authority over him, and was also independent of men for his maintenance, which he got by his own hand labour: though it may be observed, that the word “men” is not in the original text, and the word “all” may as well have respect to things as men; and the sense be, that he was free, as from the curse of the moral law, so from the yoke of the ceremonial law, and all the rituals of it, and might, if he would, make use of his Christian liberty; the following verses seem to incline to this sense, as the preceding ones do to the former:

yet have I made myself servant unto all; in faithfully and indefatigably preaching the Gospel to them; undergoing all manner of affliction and persecution for the sake of that and them; behaving towards them with all meekness and humility; condescending to their weakness, and accommodating himself to their capacities and customs:

that I might gain the more; than other apostles have done, or than it could be reasonably thought he should, had he behaved in a more lordly and domineering manner: his end was not to amass wealth, to gain riches and treasures of good things to himself, but many souls to Christ, who otherwise must have been lost; but being brought to the knowledge of Christ, and salvation by him through his ministry, it was profit to them, and gain to Christ: the metaphor is taken from merchants, who spare no pains, but take every method to acquire gain and profit; the ministers of the word are spiritual merchants, their traffic lies in the souls of men, whom they are studiously and anxiously careful to bring to Christ.”

14.)  1Co 9:22, “To the weak I became weak, that I might gain the weak; I have become all things to all people, so that I may by all means save some.”

Ellicott’s Commentary for English Readers

  •  To the weak.—We can scarcely take this (as some do) to refer to weak Christians, of whom he has spoken in 1 Corinthians 8. The whole passage treats of the attitude which the Apostle assumed towards various classes outside the Christian Church, that he might gain them as converts. The words “I became,” which have introduced the various classes in 1Corinthians 9:20, are here again repeated, and this passage seems to be an explanation and reiteration of what had gone before. “It was to the weak points (not to the strong points) of Jews, proselytes, and Gentiles that I assimilated myself. To the weak ones among all these classes I became weak, that I might gain those weak ones.”

I am made all things to all. . . .—Better, I am become all things to all men that I should save at least some. Although he had thus accommodated himself, so far as was possible, consistently with Christian duty, to the weaknesses of all, he could only hope to win some of them. The natural climax would have been—“I become all things to all men that I might win all.” But the Apostle’s humility could not let him dare to hope for so great a reward as that. All the self-sacrifice he could make was necessary to gain “at all events some,” and that would be his ample reward. The word “save” means “win over to Christianity,” as in 1Corinthians 7:16, and is used here instead of the previous word “gain,” being repeated to prevent any possible perversion of the Apostle’s meaning as to “gaining men.” His subject was not, as enemies might suggest, to win them to himself—but to Christ.”

15.)  1Co 15:19, “If we have hoped in Christ only in this life, we are of all people most to be pitied.”

This life no matter how good is temporary and transient. The worldly people only know about this life. Christians have life to come, the eternal life. If our hope in Christ is only this life, we are of all people most to be pitied. The people most to be pitied do not know how miserable they are.

Benson Commentary

1 Corinthians 15:19If in this life only we have hope in Christ — We, who are exposed to such a variety of dangers and sufferings, for his sake; we are of all men most miserable — Ελεεινοτεροιmost to be pitied; that is, if we look for nothing beyond the grave. But if we have a divine evidence of things not seen; if we have a hope full of immortality; if we now taste the powers of the world to come, and see the crown that fadeth not away; then, notwithstanding all our present trials, we are more happy than all men. Some have argued from this verse, that if there were no future state, piety and virtue would make men more miserable in this world than they otherwise would be. But, as Dr. Doddridge observes, it is evident the apostle is not speaking here of the case of good men in general, if their hopes of future happiness should be disappointed; but of the case of the first Christians, and especially of the apostles and other preachers of Christianity, amid the hardships and persecutions to which they were continually exposed. If they had not known that there was a state of immortal felicity and glory before them, and if they had not been supported amid their various sufferings with a well-grounded and lively hope of it, they must have been peculiarly miserable. For besides all the external calamities to which they were exposed, they must have been perpetually subjected to the upbraidings of their own minds, for sacrificing every view of happiness in this world or another, to advance what they knew to be a pernicious falsehood. It must be observed, the apostle does not say, that if there should be no resurrection of the body, the Christian could only hope in Christ in this life; for if the soul be immortal, and may be happy after its separation from the body, that would not follow. But he argues thus: If Christ is not risen for our justification, we are yet under the guilt of sin, 1 Corinthians 15:17; and if so, both soul and body must perish after death, 1 Corinthians 15:18; and then the hope of Christians must terminate with this life, which being more especially to many of them a life of misery, by reason of the sufferings to which their faith here often exposes them, they would of all men be most miserable. Macknight considers the apostle as answering an objection, which he supposes the reader to have made in his own mind, namely, this: “The apostles know that Christ hath not risen, and that there will be no resurrection of the dead, but they preach these things for the sake of some present advantage.” “To this Paul replies, If in this life only we have hope, &c., we are of all men the most miserable — Because, by preaching Christ’s resurrection, we expose ourselves to every possible present evil, and if there is to be no resurrection of the dead, there is no future state in which we can enjoy anything. This argument is levelled against the Sadducees, who, believing the soul to be material, affirmed that it perishes with the body; and will have no existence after death, the body being never to be raised. The apostle’s argument is equally conclusive on supposition that the soul is immaterial, and that it will exist and enjoy [happiness] after death, although the body is not raised. For if the apostles were false witnesses and impostors, they could look for no happiness from God after death.”

16.)  Gal 6:10, ”So then, while we have opportunity, let’s do good to all people, and especially to those who are of the household of the faith.”

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

  1. A noble practical conclusion from what precedes.
    The time of reaping is ‘God’s own’—the season of sowing, ours. But that season is presented to us as ‘opportunity.’ If we ask how we are to recognise and so improve it, the answer is given by St Paul (2 Timothy 4:2) ‘In season, out of season’—not waiting for occasions, but making them.
    As we have] This may be rendered with equal correctness, ‘while, so long as, we have.’ It is so rendered in the Offertory sentence in the Book of Common Prayer, ‘while we have time.’ But the A.V. gives a good sense—‘according as we have opportunity.’
    unto all men] Though in the immediately preceding context St Paul has been enjoining liberality towards teachers, he feels that his premisses are wide enough to bear this conclusion. He here passes from inculcating charity towards all men to a special regard for members of the family of God. St Peter adopts the reverse order, when he exhorts Christians to add to ‘brotherly kindness, love.’ 2 Peter 1:7.
    of the household of faith] As the Church is frequently designated the house or family of God (1 Timothy 3:151 Peter 2:5Hebrews 3:6), so in Ephesians 2:19 believers are spoken of as the members of the household of God. Here the form of the expression is varied. ‘The faith’ is rightly explained by Bp Lightfoot to be here nearly equivalent to ‘the Gospel.’ The bond of a common faith constitutes a new family tie. It united, and still unites men to one another, as children of the same Father, with a common home.”

17.)   Eph 3:9, “and to enlighten all people as to what the plan of the mystery is which for ages has been hidden in God, who created all things.”

The glorious Gospel of Jesus Christ was the plan of the mystery which for ages had been hidden in God. Do you know that all people have to be enlightened regarding spiritual matters?

Ellicott’s Commentary for English Readers

  •  To make all men see.—St. Paul speaks here first of manifestation to all men. The phrase used in the original is at once stronger and weaker than our version of it. It is stronger, for the word is, properly, to enlighten or illuminate—the same word used above (Ephesians 1:18), “the eyes of your heart being enlightened.” Strictly, Christ alone is the Light of the world, “which enlightens every man” (John 1:4-5John 1:9John 8:2); but, as reflecting Him, He declared His servants to be the “light of the world.” Yet it is weaker, for while we can enlighten, it is our daily sorrow that we cannot “make men see.” Even He wept over Jerusalem because His light was, by wilful blindness, “hidden from their eyes” (Luke 19:41). To “open the eyes, and turn men from darkness to light,” although (as in Acts 26:18) attributed in general terms to the servants of God, because naturally following on their ministry, is properly the work of the Holy Spirit, even in relation to the words of our Lord Himself (John 14:26).

The fellowship of the mystery.—Both MS. authority and internal evidence point here to “the dispensation of the mystery” as the true reading. Probably here the reference is not to the commission of the mystery to the Apostle (as in Ephesians 3:2), but (as in Ephesians 1:10) to the law or order which God Himself has ordained for the manifestation of the truth, both to men and angels.

Who created all things by Jesus Christ.—The words “by Jesus Christ” should be omitted, probably having crept in from a gloss, and not belonging to the original. The description of God as “He who created all things,” material and spiritual, is here emphatic—designed to call attention to the dispensation of the gospel as existing in the primeval purpose of the Divine Mind (comp. Ephesians 1:41Corinthians 1:7), hidden from the beginning of the world (properly, from the ages) till the time of its revelation was come. The New Testament constantly dwells on this view of the Mediation of Christ, as belonging in some form to the relation of humanity to God in itself, and not merely to that relation as affected by the Fall; but nowhere with greater emphasis than in the profound and universal teaching of these Epistles.”

18.)   Phl 4:5, “Let your gentle spirit be known to all people. The Lord is near.”

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

  •  moderation] R.V., “forbearance”; margin, “gentleness”; Wyclif, “patience”; Tyndale and Cranmer, “softenes”; Geneva, “patient mynde”; Rheims, “modestie”; Lat. versions, modestia; Beza, œquitas; Luther, Lindigkeit. The word is full of interest and significance, and is very difficult of translation. Perhaps forbearance, though inadequate, is a fair rendering. It means in effect considerateness, the attitude of thought and will which in remembrance of others forgets self, and willingly yields up the purely personal claims of self. The “self-less” man is the “moderate” man of this passage; the man who is yielding as air in respect of personal feeling or interest, though firm as a rock in respect of moral principle. See an excellent discussion, Trench, Synonyms, § xliii.—The editor may be allowed to refer to a small book of his own in further illustration, Thoughts on the Spiritual Life, ch. 3.
    be known, &c.] Trench (quoted above) shews that the quality here commended is essentially, by usage as well as etymology, a thing having to do with life, action, intercourse. For its existence, so to speak, society is necessary. “Men” must be met and dealt with, and so must “know” it by its practical fruits.
    The Lord is at hand”:—in the sense of presence, not of coming. Cp. Psalms 119 (LXX. 118):151, “Thou art near, O Lord”; where the Greek is the same. And for the spiritual principle, see Psalm 31:19-20Psalm 121:5. Not that the deeply calming expectation of the Lord’s approaching Return is excluded from thought here; but Psalms 119. decides for the other as the leading truth.”

19.)  1Th 5:15, “See that no one repays another with evil for evil, but always seek what is good for one another and for all people.”

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

  1.  See that none render evil for evil unto any man] The stress lies not on the personal object, as in the former clause (all, any), but on the quality of the act: better, See that none render unto any one evil in return for evil. The Thessalonian Christians were receiving much evil from the world; possibly some of its members were wronging others: there must be no retaliation. “Blows may fall on you; you must never return them.” This command is linked closely with the last; for while that bids each man restrain his own anger, this requires him to check the resentful spirit wherever it appears. It is a reproach to all, a discredit to the common faith, when a Christian gives back wrong for wrong. Comp. Romans 12:19-21, “Be not overcome of evil, but overcome evil with good;” also 1 Peter 2:18-25; and especially the teaching of Christ in Matthew 5:38-48. On evil, see note to 1 Thessalonians 5:22.
    but ever follow that which is good] This is to “follow” not by way of imitation, as in ch. 1 Thessalonians 1:61 Thessalonians 2:14, but by way of aim and pursuit: hence, follow after (R. V.). And “the good” is here “the beneficial.” As much as to say: “Make the good of your fellow-men your constant pursuit, and let no Injury or unworthiness on their part tarn you aside from it.”
    This line of conduct is to be pursued both within and without the Church: one toward another, and toward all. Amongst Christians such seeking of the good of others is mutual, and there its best results will appear. But its exercise is to be unlimited. No follower of Christ will do wilful harm to any man. The distinction made “by them of old time. Thou shalt love thy neighbour, and hate thine enemy,” Christ, our Lawgiver, has abolished (Matthew 5:43-48).
    From social duties the Apostle’s homily now rises to matters of religion, from the claims of Christians on each other to “the will of God” concerning them. See note introductory to 1 Thessalonians 5:12.”

20.)   Tit 3:2, “to slander no one, not to be contentious, to be gentle, showing every consideration for all people.”

Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges

  •  to speak evil of no man] Cf. 1 Timothy 1:201 Timothy 6:1Titus 2:5. In the first place used absolutely ‘to blaspheme,’ as Acts 26:11, ‘I strove to make them blaspheme.’
    to be no brawlers, but gentle] Better, as R.V., not to be contentious; the word only occurs in N. T., 1 Timothy 3:3, where it is joined, as here, with ‘gentle’ or ‘forbearing’; see note there.
    shewing all meekness] The compound form of the word has occurred 1 Timothy 6:11, coupled with ‘patience,’ see note. The distinction between ‘gentleness’ above and ‘meekness’ is given by Aquinas (quoted in N. T. Syn. p. 152), as twofold, (1) ‘gentleness,’ clementia, is ‘lenitas superioris ad inferiorem’; meekness, mansuetudo, is ‘cuiuslibet ad quemlibet’: (2) ‘gentleness’ is in outward acts, ‘est moderativa exterioris punitionis’; ‘meekness’ is in the inner spirit, ‘proprie diminuit passionem irae.’ But besides its separateness of force in combination with ‘gentleness,’ the ‘meekness’ here is especially fitted to lead on to the argument of the next verse from its own proper sense. ‘It is an inwrought grace of the soul; and the exercises of it are first and chiefly towards God, when we accept His dealings with us without disputing. He that is meek indeed will know himself a sinner amongst sinners; or if there was One who could not know Himself such, yet He too bore a sinner’s doom and endured therefore the contradiction of sinners, Matthew 11:29, “I am meek and lowly of heart;” and this knowledge of his own sin will teach him to endure meekly the provocations with which they may provoke him, and not to withdraw himself from the burdens which their sin may impose upon him (Galatians 6:12 Timothy 2:25).’ N. T. Syn. p. 150.”

21.)   1Ti 2:4, “Who wants all people to be saved and to come to the knowledge of the truth.”

A false theologian and false teacher taught that God predestined a certain group of people to go to Hell. The false theologian and false teacher was wrong. God wants all people to be saved and to come to the knowledge of the truth.

Ellicott’s Commentary for English Readers

  •  Who will have all men to be saved, and to come unto the knowledge of the truth.—Here St. Paul gives some explanation of his exhortation, that “the congregation should pray for all men.” Our prayers after all—for those far off, as well as for those near—will be in strict harmony with the will of God. “Imitate God,” writes St. Chrysostom;” if He wills that all men should be saved, it is surely natural that prayer should be offered for all; if He willed that all should be saved, do thou will it now; and if in earnest thou wiliest it, then pray.”

One or two points must ever be held in mind when this great statement of St. Paul’s is used as a proof of “Universal Redemption.” We must remember the position it occupies in the argument, it being only introduced as a reason for the exhortation to pray for all. Then the words must be looked at very carefully. God’s-will is not to save (sōsai) all—if that had been His sovereign will He would have saved all; but His will is that all should be saved—all should come to the knowledge of the truth; not to the knowledge of the mere theoretical, but of the practical and saving truth as revealed in the gospel. “In other words, through the sacrifice and the death of Christ all are rendered capable of salvation (salvabiles); that some are indisputably not saved, is not due to any outward circumscription or inefficacy of the divine will, but to man’s rejection of the special means of salvation which God has been pleased to appoint, and to which it is His divine will that man’s salvation should be limited. Redemption is universal, yet conditional—all may be saved, yet all will not be saved, because all will not conform to God’s appointed condition.”—Bishop Ellicott.

22.)   Tit 2:11, “For the grace of God has appeared, bringing salvation to all people.”

All people includes you. So a false theologian and false teacher who taught that God predestined a certain group of people to go to Hell is absolutely wrong. The grace of God has appeared, bringing salvation to all people.

Ellicott’s Commentary for English Readers

  •  For the grace of God that bringeth salvation hath appeared to all men.—More accurately translated, For the grace of God hath appeared, bringing salvation to all men. “For” gives the ground, the base upon which the practical exhortations to freemen as well as to bond-servants, contained in Titus 2:1-10, rest. These words might be paraphrased thus: “Yes, exhort all classes and orders, every age of life, each sex, bond as well as free, to struggle after pure, good, righteous lives, for I tell you, in very truth, like a sun on a darkened world has the grace of God arisen with salvation in its beams.” Compare the grand Isaiah passage, “Arise, shine; for thy light is come, and the glory of the Lord is risen upon thee” (Isaiah 60:1); and also the words of Malachi (4:2), “Unto you that fear my name shall the Sun of righteousness arise with healing in his wings.” (See, too, Isaiah 9:2.) The thought of these passages was not improbably in St. Paul’s view while he wrote the words to Titus telling him to exhort his flock, for God’s grace had appeared to all men. The Greek word translated “appeared” occurs in Luke 1:79 and Acts 27:20—both writings closely connected with St. Paul, if not in great part written by him—and in each of these passages it is used to express the shining of the sun. The “grace of God” here spoken of is that divine favour to and love for men upon which the whole work of redemption was based, the object of which redemption was the ultimate restoration of man. The epiphany, or manifestation of this grace to the world, commenced with the incarnation of our Lord; but the reference here must not be limited to that or to any one event in the blessed Life. The expression “bringing salvation to all men” is another of those hard sayings which have been pressed into the service of that kindly but erring school of expositors which shuts its eyes to the contemplation of the many unmistakable sayings which warn the impenitent and hardened sinner of the sad doom of eternal death. The “grace” alone brings salvation to all men—in other words, it is that grace of God whereby alone it is possible for mankind to be saved. The expression by no means asserts that all men will be saved by it, but that it is the only means by which salvation is possible.

23.)  Act 17:30, “So having overlooked the times of ignorance, God is now proclaiming to mankind that all people everywhere are to repent.”

Ellicott’s Commentary for English Readers

  •  And the times of this ignorance God winked at.—Better, perhaps, overlooked, the English phrase, though vivid, being somewhat too familiar, and suggesting; strictly taken, not merely tolerance, but connivance and concurrence. The thought is one in which St. Paul manifestly found comfort. He sees in that ignorance a mitigation of the guilt, and therefore of the punishment due to the heathen world. The past history of the world had shown a prætermission of the sins, for which, on the condition of repentance, men were now offered a full remission. (See Note on Romans 3:25.) In thus teaching he was reproducing what our Lord had taught as to the servant who “knew not his Lord’s will,” and should therefore be beaten, but with “few stripes.” (See Note on Luke 12:48.)

And now commandeth all men every where to repent.—At this point the feelings of both Stoics and Epicureans would almost inevitably undergo a change. The latter might regret the mistakes he had made in his search after the maximum of enjoyment, but a change such as the Greek for “repentance” implied—new aims and purposes, loathing of the past and efforts for the future—was altogether alien to his thoughts. From the Stoics, as measured by Epictetus and Marcus Aurelius, better things might perhaps have been expected, but the doctrine of Necessity, which entered largely into popular Stoicism, blunted their sense of responsibility. They accepted the consequences of their actions with a serene apathy; for the most part, they gave thanks, as the philosophic Emperor did, that they were not as other men, and that the events of their life had led them to an ethical completeness; but the idea of abhorring themselves, and repenting in dust and ashes, had not as yet dawned on the Stoic’s thoughts. (Meditt. i. 1-16.)”

It is clear, that by grace God has brought salvation to all people. God wants you to repent of your sins so that you can be saved. So you must not neglect so great a salvation. You can do it now.

24.)  Act 20:26, “Therefore, I testify to you this day that I am innocent of the blood of all people.”

I am at least innocent of your blood if you reject the salvation of God, and refuse to repent of your sins and believe in the Lord Jesus as your Lord and Savior.Barnes’ Notes on the Bible

Wherefore – In view of the past, of my ministry and labors among you, I appeal to your own selves to testify that I have been faithful.

I take you to record – Greek: I call you to witness. If any of you are lost; if you prove unfaithful to God, I appeal to yourselves that the fault is not mine. It is well when a minister can make this appeal, and call his hearers to bear testimony to his own faithfulness. Ministers who preach the gospel with fidelity may thus appeal to their hearers; and in the day of judgment may call on themselves to witness that the fault of the ruin of the soul is not to be charged to them.

That I am pure – I am not to be charged with the guilt of your condemnation, as owing to my unfaithfulness. This does not mean that he set up a claim to absolute perfection; but that, in the matter under consideration, he had a conscience void of offence.

The blood of all men – The word “blood” is often used in the sense of “death, of bloodshed”; and hence, of the “guilt or crime of putting one to death,” Matthew 23:35Matthew 27:25Acts 5:28Acts 18:6. It here means that if they should die the second death; if they should be lost forever, he would not be to blame. He had discharged his duty in faithfully warning and teaching them; and now, if they were lost, the fault would be their own, not his.

All men – All classes of people – Jews and Gentiles. He had warned and instructed all alike. Ministers may have many fears that their hearers will be lost. Their aim, however, should be:

  • To save them, if possible; and,

(2) If they are lost, that it should be by no neglect or fault of theirs.”

WILLLIE WONG THOUGHT

WILLIE WONG

https://williewong.cw.center

December 2, 2025

https://williewong.cw.center

Copyright © 2018 – 2025 by Willie Wong

All African nations, South America, Asia and the world, where can you find a country which does not have large national debts and deficits? Africa is different because for 500 years, not one country has become self-sufficient and solvent, they glorify with their primitive cultures and brag about their scientists and experts, joy to kill each other. International aid actually fuel their official corruption. Any nation that shares destinies with Africa will be doomed! No resources can fill the Black holes! The international community should leave Africa alone, let them do or die.

China modernization must focus that every village will have:

  1. Electricity.
  2. Running water to drink and wash.
  3. Gas to cook and heat.
  4. Internet.
  5. Livelihood.